Home

Ref. 29 CFR 1910.1000 - NC Department of Labor

1. 99 Hexavalent Chromium Program gyi ceca ooh Ee eckse Sh we 100 Hot Work Permit Program sidi sak oh 4th a eae glee Pe Raa 107 Hot Work Permit 6 7 05 08 annaa aara a ae an a ieee 108 Housekeeping Program 624105 4 ela tO unanenn anere 109 iii Hygiene and Decontamination Procedures 00 00 c eee eee 111 Industrial Hygiene Policy xis ses a 099 scars Baa eG Few PS Gs 113 Isocyanates Policy si nirai t pace e alle cata ok Ao ae A ae tk gs 116 Ladder Safety Program 6240 ches a ghana yh hee he panes og eas Oe foe 117 Lead Boley sesi aeaa De lines ek Ed ott i yi NA Le we Re 118 Lockout Tagout Program Control of Hazardous Energy 124 e Types Locations of Energy Isolating Devices 0 00005 125 e LOTO Training Documentation e ussas ca pad da eae bea alee am 129 Machine Guarding Program 22455 24 adv ag Seen SAV ae ew See eS 2 Be 130 e Machines and Machine Guarding Inspection Form 134 Personal Protective Equipment Program 2 0 0 c eee eee ee eee 135 e PPE Hazard Assessment i 2 63 25 82 reg 58 PRGA R EOS Re Bs OR EG 136 Respiratory Protection Prograny ii8 2 0 gaya ek Vos GR gee ea as Ye wae RA 137 e Appendix C Medical Questionnaire Mandatory 148 e Appendix D Voluntary Use Filtering Facepieces 153 Scaffolding Policy ceesre n ae aS ee eee eae ea Gale ee as 154 Silica POC a rS n ce an cn Sea ee gree ae Ste A G
2. B The training information session will include 1 The contents of 29 CFR 1910 1450 and its appendixes These will be available to employees at the follow ing location 2 The availability and location of the written chemical hygiene plan 3 Information on OSHA permissible exposure limits PELs where they exist and other recommended expo sure limits 4 Signs and symptoms associated with exposure to hazardous chemical in laboratories 5 Location of reference materials including all MSDSs received on the safe handling of chemicals in labo ratories 6 Methods to detect the presence or release of chemicals i e monitoring odor thresholds 7 The physical and health hazards of chemicals in laboratory work areas 8 Measures to protect employees from these hazards including a Standard operating procedures Work practices Emergency procedures Personal protective equipment and Details of the chemical hygiene plan b c d e C The CHO is responsible for developing and updating standard operating procedures and ensuring that em ployees receive all appropriate training 30 V Prior Approval for Specific Laboratory Operations VI Certain laboratory procedures that present a serious chemical hazard require prior approval by the CHO before work can begin For this facility these procedures include A Work with select carcinogens B Work with reproductive hazards C Work with neurotoxins and D Wor
3. Examples of moderate work effort are sitting while nailing or filing driving a truck or bus in urban traffic stand ing while drilling nailing performing assembly work or transferring a moderate load about 35 Ibs at trunk level walking on a level surface about 2 mph or down a 5 degree grade about 3 mph or pushing a wheelbarrow with a heavy load about 100 Ibs on a level surface Heavy above 350 kcal per hour Yes No O If yes how long does this period last during the average shift hrs mins Examples of heavy work are lifting a heavy load about 50 Ibs from the floor to your waist or shoulder working on a loading dock shoveling standing while bricklaying or chipping castings walking up an 8 degree grade about 2 mph climbing stairs with a heavy load about 50 lbs 151 13 Will you be wearing protective clothing and or equipment other than the respirator when you re using your respi rator Yes No If yes describe this protective clothing and or equipment 14 Will you be working under hot conditions temperature exceeding 77 deg F Yes No 15 Will you be working under humid conditions Yes No 16 Describe the work you ll be doing while you re using your respirator s 17 Describe any special or hazardous conditions you might encounter when you re using your respirator s for exam ple confined spaces life threatening gases 18 Provide the following informa
4. OoOddo OoOoOddo Ooddo Are steps on stairs and stairways designed or provided with a surface that renders them slip resistant 184 Yes No NA O O O Are stairway handrails located between 30 and 34 inches above the leading edge of stair treads O OQ UO Do stairway handrails have at least 3 inches of clearance between the handrails and the wall or surface they are mounted on O O O Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway is there a platform provided so the swing of the door does not reduce the width of the platform to less than 21 inches O QO O Are stairway handrails capable of withstanding a load of 200 pounds applied within 2 inches of the top edge in any downward or outward direction O QO O Where stairs or stairways exit directly into any area where vehicles may be operated are adequate bar riers and warnings provided to prevent employees stepping into the path of traffic O OQ UO Do stairway landings have a dimension measured in the direction of travel at least equal to the width of the stairway O O O Is the vertical distance between stairway landings limited to 12 feet or less Elevated Surfaces m O m Are signs posted when appropriate showing the elevated surface load capacity O O O Are surfaces elevated more than 30 inches above the floor or ground provided with standard guardrails O 0O O Areall elevated surfaces beneath which people or machinery could be exposed to falling objects pro vided wit
5. oo c Chronic bronchitis Yes No d Emphysema Yes No e Pneumonia Yes No f Tuberculosis Yes No g Silicosis Yes No h Pneumothorax collapsed lung Yes No i Lung cancer Yes No j Broken ribs Yes No k Any chest injuries or surgeries Yes No 1 Any other lung problem that you ve been told about Yes No Do you currently have any of the following symptoms of pulmonary or lung illness a Shortness of breath Yes No b Shortness of breath when walking fast on level ground or walking up a slight hill or incline Yes No c Shortness of breath when walking with other people at an ordinary pace on level ground Yes No d Have to stop for breath when walking at your own pace on level ground Yes No e Shortness of breath when washing or dressing yourself Yes No f Shortness of breath that interferes with your job Yes No Coughing that produces phlegm thick sputum Yes No Coughing that wakes you early in the morning Yes No Coughing that occurs mostly when you are lying down Yes No Coughing up blood in the last month Yes No Wheezing Yes No Wheezing that interferes with your job Yes No Chest pain when you breathe deeply Yes No Any other symptoms that you think may be related to lung problems Yes No 3s B wu oo Have you ever had any of the following cardiovascular or heart problems a Heart attack Yes No b Stroke Yes No c Angina Yes No d Heart failure Yes No e Swelling
6. All employees on any project that will be required to wear a personal fall arrest or restraint system will follow these guidelines A full body harness will be used at all times All personal fall arrest systems will be inspected before each use by the employee Any deteriorated bent dam aged impacted or harness showing excessive wear will be removed from service Connectors will be inspected to ensure they are drop forged pressed or formed steel or are made of equivalent materials and that they have a corrosion resistant finish as well as that all surfaces and edges are smooth to pre vent damage to interfacing parts of the system Verify that D rings and snap hooks have a minimum tensile strength of 5 000 pounds and that the D rings and snap hooks are proof tested to a minimum tensile load of 3 600 pounds without cracking breaking or taking permanent deformation Only shock absorbing lanyards or retractable lanyards are to be used so as to keep impact forces at a minimum on the body fall arrest systems Only nylon rope or nylon straps with locking snap hooks are to be used for restraints All lanyards will have self locking snap hooks Verify that unintentional disengagement of snap hooks is prevented by either of the following means Snap hooks are a compatible size for the member to which they are connected Locking type snap hooks are used Verify that unless the snap hook is a locking type and is designed for the follow
7. Fixed stairs will be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30 and 50 degrees Vertical clearance above any stair tread to an overhead obstruction will be at least 7 feet measured from the lead ing edge of the tread Portable Ladders The chief hazard when using a ladder is falling A poorly designed maintained or improperly used ladder may col lapse under the load placed upon it and cause the employee to fall A ladder is an appliance consisting of two side rails joined at regular intervals by crosspieces on which a person may step to ascend or descend The various types of portable ladders include Stepladder A self supporting portable ladder nonadjustable in length having flat steps and hinged back Single Ladder A non self supporting portable ladder nonadjustable in length consisting of but one section Its size is designed by overall length of the side rail Extension Ladder A non self supporting portable ladder adjustable in length Portable Ladder Requirements Portable stepladders longer than 20 feet will not be used Stepladders will be equipped with a metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size and strength to securely hold the front and back sections in open position Single ladders longer than 30 feet will not be used Extension ladders longer than 60 feet will not be used Ladders will be maintained in good condition at all times Ladders will be inspected frequently and those that have d
8. Miscellaneous Aids While these aids do not give complete protection from machine hazards they may provide the worker with an extra margin of safety Sound judgment is needed in their application and usage Examples of possible application include the following e An awareness barrier serves as a reminder to a person that he or she is approaching the danger area Although the barrier does not physically prevent a person from entering the danger area it calls attention to it For an employee to enter the danger area an overt act must take place that is the employee must either reach or step over under or through the barrier Generally awareness barriers are not considered adequate when continual exposure to the hazard exists e Special hand tools may be used to place or remove stock particularly from or into the point of operation of a machine A typical use would be for reaching into the danger area of a press or press brake A push stick or block may be used when feeding stock into a saw blade When it becomes necessary for hands to be in close proximity to the blade the push stick or block may provide a few inches of safety and prevent a severe injury Feeding and Ejection Methods Many feeding and ejection methods do not require workers to place their hands in the danger area In some cases no operator involvement is necessary after the machine is set up In other situations operators can manually feed the stock with the assistance of
9. compensation Recordkeeping and Reporting Ref 29 CFR 1904 29 CFR 1910 1020 Injuries and Illnesses Reporting Employees are required to report any injury or work related illness to their immediate supervisor regardless of how serious Minor injuries such as cuts and scrapes will be entered on the first aid log The employee will use an Em ployee s Incident Report form or Workers Compensation Form 18 to report more serious compensable injuries The supervisor will e Investigate all injuries and illnesses in their work area including serious first aid cases and near miss incidents Complete an Incident Investigation Report form and Supervisor s Incident Investigation form immediately following the incident e Provide all incident investigation report forms to the safety and health manager company medical professional or HR personnel office within three days of the incident The safety and health manager company medical professional HR or personnel manager will e Determine from the Employee s Incident Report form Incident Investigation Report form and any claim form associated with the incident whether it must be recorded on the OSHA 300 Injury and Illness Log and Summary according to the instructions for that form The N C Industrial Commission Form 19 may be used in lieu of OSHA Form 301 e Enter any recordable incident within seven calendar days after becoming aware of the injury illness fatality
10. e The scope of the energized equipment is so large that the person working cannot monitor it e The equipment cannot otherwise be guarded against accidental intrusion by a passerby Alerting Techniques The following alerting techniques will be used to warn and protect employees from hazards that could cause injury due to electric shock burns or failure of electric equipment parts e Safety signs safety symbols or accident prevention tags will be used where necessary to warn employees about electrical hazards that may endanger them as required e Barricades will be used in conjunction with safety signs where it is necessary to prevent or limit employee access to work areas exposing employees to uninsulated energized conductors or circuit parts Conductive barricades may not be used where they might cause an electrical contact hazard e Attendant TIf signs and barricades do not provide sufficient warning and protection from electrical hazards an at tendant will be stationed to warn and protect employees Safe Work Practices e Know the equipment and potential hazards Define the scope of work e Submit the scope of work to your safety coordinator for approval e Analyze the hazards use engineered methods to mitigate hazards e Establish procedures as necessary e Use barricades or other means to prevent unqualified persons from crossing approach boundaries e Employees will employ insulating barriers to prevent themselves and others from
11. Electrical Safety Related Work Practices Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 331 335 A Scope Safety related work practices will be in use by our employees to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contact when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits that are or may be energized The specific safety related work practices will be consistent with the nature and extent of the associ ated electrical hazards The content of this electrical safe work practice is as required in OSHA Subpart S Electrical 29 CFR 1910 331 335 This program covers the servicing and maintenance of machines and equipment that have not been placed in an elec trically safe working condition and the installation removal of main disconnect switches on bus ducts Conductors and parts of electric equipment that have been de energized but have not been locked out or tagged will be treated as ener gized parts Any machine or equipment that has not been shut down per our lockout tagout procedures will not be con sidered to be electrically safe B Covered Employees The provisions of these procedures cover electrical safety related work practices for both qualified persons those who have training in avoiding the electrical hazards of working on or near exposed energized parts and unqualified persons those with little or no such training working on near or with the following installations e Premises Wiring Insta
12. classroom or over the Internet being required prior to driv ing a company vehicle Cargo Security Cargo equipment falling from vehicles can result in fatalities to pedestrians or other drivers Prior to each trip in a company pickup truck or van a final walk around of the vehicle by the driver should be com pleted to ensure that all cargo and equipment is adequately secured In cases of questionable security management or veteran drivers should be contacted for advice Inspecting the cargo equipment within the first 50 miles of the trip as required for commercial motor vehicles per FMCSR 392 9 is recommended Drug and Alcohol Policy Commercial Motor Vehicles Requiring a CDL As applicable FMSCR 382 Controlled Substances and Alcohol Use and Testing will be followed Vehicle Inspections All passenger vehicles over 10 001 gross vehicle weight GVW are required to have a minimum of semi annual in spections to ensure proper preventive maintenance tire rotations oil changes etc drivability care and recordkeeping All vehicles over 10 001 GVW those that are designed for 15 or more passengers including the driver or those hauling hazardous materials to the extent that the vehicle needs to be placarded Commercial Motor Vehicle must have daily post trip inspections performed and documented by the operator This should also include documentation on maintenance concerns that would be seen by the next driver of the vehicle
13. e Additionally respiratory protection may be needed if exposure levels exceed the limits set for the type of iso cyanate used Refer to the MSDS for proper PPE and if a respirator is necessary e PPE should be well maintained and cleaned after every use e Employees are to wash thoroughly immediately after exposure to and at the end of the work shift e Hazard signs will be posted in the work areas along with warning information e If contaminants get on clothing the employee is to change into clean clothing promptly e No eating drinking or smoking is allowed in work areas where chemicals are being handled processed or stored 116 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Ladder Safety Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 25 27 Ladders must be maintained in good condition at all times Ladders that are not in good condition will be placed out of service immediately with a tag stating out of service The employee will submit a maintenance request work order for ladder repair Inspections Portable ladders will be visually inspected each day prior to use Other ladders will be inspected at least annua
14. loose connections ground faults and unguarded live parts and should take appropriate remedial action before working on or near live parts Employees should work only where there is adequate clearance Employees should not work on or near live parts that are in a hazardous location e g in wet or damp areas or where there are corrosive or flammable atmospheres Restrict unnecessary people from being in the work area 48 Electrical Safety Related Work Practices Self Audit Checklist Area Room Date Model written program available Training complete and documented Lockout tagout program includes electrical safety related work practices Selection and Use of Work Practices Minimum safe work distances established when work involves energized parts Illumination provided in all spaces containing exposed electrical conductors Measures taken to avoid inadvertent contact with energized parts in enclosed or confined spaces Measures taken to avoid inadvertent contact of conductive materials or equipment with energized parts during handling Portable ladders have nonconductive side rails Conductive apparel not worn unless rendered nonconductive Measures taken to avoid inadvertent contact with energized parts during housekeeping duties Electrical safety interlocks defeated only by a qualified person following specific procedures Use of Equipment Procedures for handling portable equipment implemented Proced
15. or other similar written information is required to be kept at the worksite that MSDS or other written information must be made available to the medical facility personnel treating the exposed entrant Training All Employees The respective supervisor will ensure that each employee receives awareness training on e The characteristics of a confined space e The characteristics of a permit required confined space e Whether they are allowed to enter permit required confined spaces Required actions when working around or near a permit space entry The authority of authorized attendants and entry supervisors Training will be required 37 e During orientation e Prior to entry into a permit required confined space e Whenever the supervisor becomes aware that the employee has failed to follow the instructions provided in the training The supervisor will provide verification of training to insert job title of responsible person Entry Supervisors Attendants and Entrants The supervisor will ensure that employees designated as entry supervisors attendants and entrants receive training in e The requirements of this policy and any procedures The duties authority and responsibilities of entry supervisors attendants lead entrants and entrants The types of hazards expected to be encountered in permit spaces The calibration use care and cleaning of equipment expected to be used during entry operations The performance o
16. practices practices practices practices practices Note Dependent on assigned job duties and responsibilities Training may be a few days to several weeks 171 Annual Refresher Training Annual refresher training will be conducted by each department on required OSHA and other safety and health top ics along with job safe practices The following matrix will be updated and modified based on company needs This will be the responsibility of management Annual Refresher Training Matrix Example Job All Department Trainer Safety Coordinator Location Company Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Lockout Tagout PPE Forklift Safety Chemical Hygiene Scaffolding Hearing Welding Cutting Forklift Safety Spray Finishing Fleet Management Conservation and Brazing Respiratory Walking and Hot Work Permit Industrial Hygiene Hazardous Protection Working Surfaces Materials Fire Extinguishers Emergency Action Housekeeping Dip Coating Bloodborne Pathogens Machine Fire Prevention Fall Protection Air Contaminants Safe Work Guarding Practices Trenching and Electrical Safety Ladder Safety Thermal Safe Work Excavations Exposures Practices Accident Reporting Safe Work Workers Ergonomics Safe Work Practices Compensation Practices Return to Work Hand and Power Safe Work Substance Abuse Compressed Gas Summary Tools Practices Policy Disciplinary Cylinders Policy Each topic will be covered for a minimum of 30 minutes or based on need All employees
17. pulleys chains and sprockets on equipment such as concrete mixers and air compressors O QO O Are portable fans provided with full guards or screens having openings inch or less O 0O O Ishoisting equipment available and used for lifting heavy objects and are hoist ratings and characteris tics appropriate for the task O QO O Are ground fault circuit interrupters provided on all temporary electrical 15 and 20 ampere circuits used during periods of construction O OQ O Are pneumatic and hydraulic hoses on power operated tools checked regularly for deterioration or damage Abrasive Wheel Equipment Grinders m O m Is the work rest used and kept adjusted to within s inch of the wheel O O Cd Is the adjustable tongue on the top side of the grinder used and kept adjusted to within 1 4 inch of the wheel 187 Yes 00020 0 Boao gd Oa m O OoOoOdgdadao OoOoOddo m No OOodagq a aaa Oa m O OoOda ao OoOddo O NA OOodaq a aaa Oa m O OoOda 0 OoOddo m Do side guards cover the spindle nut flange and 75 percent of the wheel diameter Are bench and pedestal grinders permanently mounted Are goggles or face shields always worn when grinding Is the maximum RPM rating of each abrasive wheel compatible with the RPM rating of the grinder motor Are fixed or permanently mounted grinders connected to their electrical supply system with metallic conduit or other permanent wiring method Does
18. such as a cage rack or other effective means used while inflating tires mounted on split rims or rims using retainer rings Are employees strictly forbidden from taking a position directly over or in front of a tire while it s being inflated 204 Building Monthly Building Inspection Form Inspector Date Yes No Identified Hazard Comments Action s Electric cord attached to building surface or run through door ceiling wall Electric cord frayed cut or damaged Light duty 2 prong extension cord used Ground pin missing from cord Empty opening knockout in electric box Exposed live electrical parts Ungrounded equipment Storage within 3 of electric panels Circuit breakers disconnects not labeled Fire extinguishers blocked obscured Fire extinguishers w o monthly check Exit doors blocked locked Exit signs arrows not in place and visible Emergency evacuation lights not tested Storage gt 5 feet w o stepstool or ladder Storage within 18 inches of sprinkler heads Storage within 3 feet of heater heat source Storage aisles lt 28 inches wide Storage stacks lean unstable Compressed gas not capped chained Excessive flammables outside of cabinets Incompatible chemicals stored together Chemicals not labeled with name hazards Material safety data sheets not available Emergency s
19. sweeping and dry brushing are only allowed in cases where HEPA filtered vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of exposure to Cr VI have been tried and found not to be effective The use of compressed air for cleaning surfaces is only allowed when used in conjunction with a ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud or when no alternative method is feasible Employees should use caution whenever compressed air is used as a cleaning method since the air will spread the contamination further unless the dust is appropriately collected Compressed air should never be directed at other work ers and should not be used to clean protective clothing or equipment We will ensure that waste scrap debris and any other materials contaminated with Cr VJ are collected and disposed of in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers Additionally bags or containers of waste scrap debris and any other materials contaminated with Cr VT must be la beled Medical Surveillance The purpose of medical surveillance is to determine if an individual can be exposed to Cr VJ at his or her workplace without experiencing adverse health effects to identify Cr VI related adverse health effects when they do occur so that appropriate intervention measures can be taken and to determine a worker s fitness to use personal protective equip ment such as respirators All medical examinations and procedures will be performed
20. which workers were actually monitored Historical Monitoring Data If any historical monitoring data was used to determine worker exposures to Cr VJ an accurate record of the histor ical monitoring data will be maintained The record will show e That the data were collected using methods that meet the accuracy requirements of the standard e That the processes and work practices characteristics of the Cr VI containing material and environmental condi tions at the time the data were obtained are essentially the same as those of the job for which current exposure is being determined e Any other relevant data regarding operations materials processes or worker exposures 105 Objective Data If any objective data were used to comply with the Cr VI standard an accurate record of the objective data will be maintained The record will indicate The Cr VJ containing material in question e The source of the objective data The testing protocol and results of testing or analysis of the material for the release of Cr VI A description of the process operation or activity and how the data support the determination e Any other relevant data regarding the processes operations activities materials or worker exposures Medical Surveillance We will maintain an accurate record for each worker provided medical surveillance under the standard The record will include the following information about the worker e Name and Soc
21. will not be used as rollers or supports No person other than the gas supplier will attempt to mix gases in a cylinder No one except the owner of the cylin der or person authorized by the owner will refill a cylinder No one will use a cylinder s contents for purposes than those intended by the supplier All cylinders used will meet the Department of Transportation requirements published in 49 CFR Part 178 Subpart C Specification for Cylinders No damaged or defective cylinder will be used Use of Fuel Gas The employer will thoroughly instruct employees in the safe use of fuel gas as follows e Fuel gas will not be used from cylinders through torches or other devices that are equipped with shutoff valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold e Before a regulator to a cylinder valve is connected the valve will be opened slightly and closed immediately This action is generally termed cracking and is intended to clear the valve of dust or dirt that might otherwise enter the regulator The person cracking the valve will stand to one side of the outlet not in front of it The valve of a fuel gas cylinder will not be cracked where the gas would reach welding work sparks flame or other possible sources of ignition The cylinder valve will always be opened slowly to prevent damage to the regulator For quick closing valves of fuel gas cylinders will not be opened mor
22. 30 years First aid records not including medical histories of one time treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches cuts burns splinters and the like that do not involve medical treatment loss of consciousness restriction of work or motion or transfer to another job if made on site by a nonphysician and if maintained separately from the em ployer s medical program and its records and the medical records of employees who have worked for less than one year for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of employment if they are provided to the employee upon the termination of employment Exposure Records Background data to environmental workplace monitoring or measuring such as laboratory reports and work sheets need only be retained for one year so long as the sampling results the collection methodology sampling plan a description of the analytical and mathematical methods used and a summary of other background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained are retained for at least 30 years Material safety data sheets and records concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specified period as long as some record of the identity chemical name if known of the substance or agent where it was used and when it was used is retained for at least 30 years Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by specific occupational safety and health standards m
23. 50 parts per million ppm Industrial hy giene sampling should be conducted to verify carbon monoxide levels To control the levels of carbon monoxide in the plant gasoline engines should not be idled in enclosed areas for long periods of time Routine Inspection and Maintenance e Operators will be held responsible for checking the mechanical condition of their trucks at the start of each shift or before initial use e Operators will be instructed never to make adjustments or repairs on trucks but to promptly report any faulty me chanical condition to maintenance for repair e Maintenance employees will make a thorough mechanical inspection of all trucks at least once a month at which time necessary repair and parts replacement will be made e If at any time a powered industrial forklift is found to be in need of repair defective or in any way unsafe the truck will be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition e Open flames will not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks 76 Storage batteries used for electric powered trucks require regular maintenance and charging Adequate ventilation emergency eyewash stations and other appropriate equipment will be provided Employees will be trained in the proper procedures to handle and charge batteries and to handle acids All powered industrial trucks should be maintained in safe operating cond
24. Are portable fire extinguishers provided in adequate number and type Are fire extinguishers mounted in readily accessible locations Are fire extinguishers recharged regularly and noted on the inspection tag omoi0oioi0aoi0i0 0g0 OoOdgdagoao ao OoOdgdagoao o Are employees periodically instructed in the use of extinguishers and fire protection procedures Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing m O m Are protective goggles or face shields provided and worn where there is any danger of flying particles or corrosive materials O QO O Are approved safety glasses required to be worn at all times in areas where there is a risk of eye in juries such as punctures abrasions contusions or burns O O O Are employees who need corrective lenses glasses or contacts in working environments having harm ful exposures required to wear only approved safety glasses or protective goggles or use other med ically approved precautionary procedures O 0O O Ate protective gloves aprons shields or other means provided and required where employees could be cut or where there is reasonably anticipated exposure to corrosive liquids chemicals blood or other potentially infectious materials See 29 CFR 1910 1030 b for the definition of other potentially in fectious materials O OQ O Are hard hats provided and worn where danger of falling objects exists O QO O Are hard hats inspected periodically for damage to the shell and suspensio
25. Contaminated air exhausted from a working space will be discharged clear of the source of intake air All air replacing that withdrawn will be clean and respirable Oxygen will not be used for ventilation purposes comfort cooling blowing dust from clothing or cleaning the work area Welding Cutting and Heating in Confined Spaces Except where air line respirators are required or allowed as described below adequate mechanical ventilation meet ing the requirements described above will be provided whenever welding cutting or heating is performed in a confined space When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access employees in the confined space will be protected by air line respirators An employee on the outside of the confined space will be assigned to maintain communication with those working within it and to aid them in an emergency Where a welder must enter a confined space through a small opening means will be provided for quickly removing him or her in case of emergency When safety belts and lifelines are used for this purpose they will be so attached to the welder s body that his or her body cannot be jammed in a small exit opening An attendant with a preplanned rescue procedure will be stationed outside to observe the welder at all times and be capable of putting rescue operations into effect 168 Welding Cutting or Heating of Metals of Toxic Significance Welding cutting or heating in a
26. Insert signal e For hazardous weather Insert signal o Other Insert signal 50 Evacuation Plans Emergency evacuation escape route plans are posted in key areas of the facility All employees will be trained on pri mary and secondary evacuation routes for each type of emergency as well as storm tornado shelter locations and whether employees should exit the facilities or shelter in place or in some other internal area of the worksite For Building Evacuation In the event of a fire explosion evacuation all occupants will promptly exit the building via the nearest exit Go to your designated assembly point and report to your supervisor Each supervisor or designee will account for each as signed employee via a head count All supervisors will report their head count to insert job title of responsible person who will be located at insert evacuation location or accessible via cell phone or radio insert phone number or radio channel In the event of a chemical release all affected employees will be given evacuation instruction by those in authority supervisor other via nsert alert Each supervisor or designee will account for each assigned employee via head count All supervisors will report their head count to insert job title of responsible person Under no circumstances will employees leave the worksite unless instructed to so by management or other authority Building Re Entry Once evacuated no one will re ente
27. Male UO Female Age Department Job title at time of incident Part of body affected shade all Nature of injury most serious one This employee works that apply Abrasion scrapes Q Regular full time QO Amputation Q Regular part time U Broken bone Seasonal Bruise Q Temporary Burn heat Burn chemical Concussion to the head Crushing Injury Months doing this job Cut laceration puncture Hernia U Illness QO Sprain strain Damage to a body system Other Months with this company Step 2 Describe the incident Exact location of the incident Exact time What part of employee s workday U Entering or leaving work Q Doing normal work activities QO During meal period Q During break Q Working overtime O Other Names of witnesses if any 10 Attachments Written witness statements Photographs Maps drawings What personal protective equipment was being used if any Describe step by step the events that led up to the injury Include names of any machines parts objects tools materials and other important details Attach separate sheets if necessary Step 3 Why did the incident happen Unsafe workplace conditions Check all that apply UO Inadequate guard QO Unguarded hazard LI Defective safety device QO Defective tool or equipment QO Hazardous workstation layout UO Unsafe l
28. Only stable or safely arranged loads will be handled Only loads within the rated capacity of the vehicle will be handled The forks must be placed under the load as far as possible The mast will be carefully tilted backward 78 Extreme care should be used when tilting the load forward or backward especially when the load is raised When stacking or tiering the operator should use only enough backward tilt to stabilize the load The operator must be careful not to damage lights pipes sprinkler systems overhead doors vertical beams walls etc when stacking material The uppermost portion of any staked loads will never be closer than 18 inches under overhead installations lights etc Never tilt the load except where the load is on a deposit position over a rack or stack If material is not banded or correctly piled and the load obviously is wobbly the operator will not attempt to lift it Never stack material so that it causes blind spots at corners and intersections Only stack material on a stable base that is sufficient in size and capable of supporting the stacked weight The operator should remove unsafe containers and damaged pallets Training Requirements Operator Training Operator training will be conducted prior to allowing anyone to operate an industrial vehicle with recertification for experienced drivers every three years Methods will be devised to train operators in the safe operation of powered in dustrial li
29. Reduction of noise levels at the source Substitution of materials i e plastic for metal Dampening or reducing surface vibration Increasing the distance between the employee and the noise source Enclosures or sound insulation material Relocation of job tasks that may be completed out of high noise areas Administrative Controls to Reduce Noise When engineering measures alone cannot reduce the noise below 90 dBA administrative controls may be used to minimize employee exposure such as worker rotation from high noise levels to quiet areas or limiting the length of time an employee can work when rotation is not possible Hearing Conservation Training Hearing conservation training is required annually for all employees with noise exposures of 85 dBA TWA or greater The goal of the training is to teach the employees the company hearing conservation program policies and the requirements of the standard The following topics will be included in the employee training of the hearing conservation program The effects of noise on hearing It can take many years to occur and the employee may not realize the gradual hearing loss The loss occurs with out any pain and cannot be corrected by any known medical or surgical treatment A good rule of thumb to re member is that if you have to raise your voice at a distance of 3 feet you are in an area with a possible hazardous noise level Repeated unprotected noise exposure will cause a perman
30. Work Permit Hazardous Noise and Hearing Dipping and Policy and Materials Protection Coating Procedures Accident Reporting Welding Cutting Emergency Fire Extinguishers Spray Finishing and Investigation and Brazing Eyewash and Shower Workers Hygiene and Electrical Safety Air Contaminants Compressed Gas Compensation Decontamination Industrial Hygiene Cylinders Return to Work Substance Abuse Hand and Power Ergonomics Fleet Management Bloodborne Policy Disciplinary Tools Pathogens Policy Walking and Machine LOTO Emergency Safe Work Working Surfaces Guarding Action Practices Housekeeping Chemical Hygiene Thermal Fire Prevention Summary Exposures Note Orientation topics will be modified as needed to best meet the needs of the employees and the Company Each topic will be covered for a minimum of 30 minutes Some topics may require several hours depending on the employee s assigned job duties and responsibilities Required by OSHA initial training dependent on assigned job duties and responsibilities 170 On the Job Training OJT Each department has an OJT matrix that each new employee goes through before being released The matrix for each department will be reviewed and updated as necessary by management OJT Matrix Example Job All Department Conducted by Safety Coordinator Company Week1 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday OJT safe work OJT safe work OJT safe work OJT safe work OJT safe work
31. a plug to be inserted into slots intended for connection to the current carrying conductors e Adapters i e cheaters that interrupt the continuity of the equipment grounding connection may not be used Conductive Work Locations Portable electric equipment and flexible cords used in highly conductive work loca tions such as those inundated with water or other conductive liquids or in job locations where employees are likely to contact water or conductive liquids will be approved for those locations Connecting Attachment Plugs Employees hands may not be wet when plugging and unplugging flexible cords and cord and plug connected equipment if energized equipment is involved e Energized plug and receptacle connections may be handled only with insulating protective equipment if the condi tion of the connection could provide a conducting path to the employee s hand 45 e Locking type connectors will be properly secured after connection Electric Power and Lighting Circuits Routine Opening and Closing of Circuits Load rated switches circuit breakers or other devices specifically de signed as disconnecting means will be used for the opening reversing or closing of circuits under load conditions Cable connectors not of the load break type fuses terminal lugs and cable splice connections will not be used for such purposes except in an emergency Reclosing Circuits After Protective Device Operation A fter a circuit
32. above the action level we will reduce the frequency of periodic mon itoring to every six months We will discontinue periodic monitoring for workers represented by monitoring results in dicating that exposures have fallen below the action level if those results are confirmed by a second measurement taken seven days later Additional Monitoring Additional monitoring will be conducted when a workplace change results in new or additional exposures to Cr VI or we have reasons to believe that new or additional exposures have occurred These changes include alterations in the production process raw materials equipment personnel work practices or control methods used in the workplace 100 Performance Oriented Option 2 We have determined the 8 hour TWA exposure for each worker on the basis of a combination of air monitoring data historical monitoring data and objective data sufficient to accurately determine current worker exposure to Cr VI This option allows us flexibility in assessing the Cr VT exposures of our personnel more accurately The exposure determination will be performed prior to the time that the work operation commences and will provide the same degree of assurance that worker exposures have been correctly characterized as is provided for under the scheduled monitoring option We will reevaluate worker exposures when there is any change in the production process raw materials equipment personnel work practices or contro
33. and overseeing the chemical hy giene committee Additional Protection for Work With Select Carcinogens Reproductive Toxins and Chemicals With High Acute Toxicity When any of these chemicals are used the following provision will be employed where appropriate 1 Establishment of a designated area 2 Use of containment devices such as fume hoods or glove boxes 3 Procedures for safe removal of contaminated waste 4 Decontamination procedures Emergency Response We will follow our company s emergency action plan under 1910 38 and or plan under 1910 120 for all emer gencies relating to the laboratory Laboratory Standard Training All laboratory employees will be trained initially and periodically thereafter on the standard s requirements as well as standard operating procedures 32 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Compressed Gas Cylinders Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 101 Safe Work Practices Cylinders should be stored in upright positions and immobilized by chains or other means to prevent them from being knocked over Cylinders should be stored away from highly flammable substances s
34. as needed thereafter as a best practice maintain your training records as deemed appropriate for your company Employee Training Roster Certificate of Training Topic Date Trainer Employee Name Department Signature 176 Management Training To ensure that managers have the skill sets required for their respective duties and responsibilities they will receive at least insert number of hours hours annually of safety and health continuing education training The following ma trix will be updated and modified based on company and departmental needs This will be the responsibility of Insert job title of person responsible Management Training Matrix Example Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Welcome and Management Skills Risk Management Company Safety Job Progression Introductions Programs Refresher Workers Management Skills Risk Management Company Safety Job Progression Compensation Programs Refresher Workers Management Skills Risk Management Company Safety Skills Assessment Compensation Programs Refresher Accident Management Skills Risk Control Company Safety Skills Assessment Investigations and Programs Reporting Refresher Accident Review Risk Financing Risk Control Company Safety Job Safety Boards Programs Analyses Refresher OSHA 300 Log Risk Financing Preventive Company Safety Job Safety DART and TCR Maintenance Program
35. before the energy level reaches a point where the exposure would not be harmful As much as applicable noise will be reduced by installing equipment and systems that have been engineered de signed and built to operate quietly by enclosing or shielding noisy equipment by making certain that equipment is in good repair and properly maintained with all worn or unbalanced parts replaced by mounting noisy equipment on spe cial mounts to reduce vibration and by installing silencers mufflers or baffles Substituting quiet work methods for noisy ones is another way we will strive to reduce noise Where possible treat ing floors ceilings and walls with acoustical material or erecting sound barriers at adjacent workstations around noisy operations will be considered We may also reduce noise exposure by increasing the distance between the source and the receiver by isolating workers in acoustical booths limiting workers exposure time to noise and by providing hearing protection OSHA re quires that workers in noisy surroundings be periodically tested as a precaution against hearing loss Another physical hazard radiant heat exposure can be controlled by installing reflective shields and by providing protective clothing Ergonomic Hazards The science of ergonomics studies and evaluates a full range of tasks including but not limited to lifting holding pushing walking and reaching Many ergonomic problems result from technological c
36. by fire resistant shields Welding cutting done only in areas authorized by management No welding cutting in sprinkled building when sprinkler system is impaired or in presence of explosive atmosphere or in area of storage of readily ignitable material Dusts and conveyor systems that might carry sparks to distant combustibles protected or shutdown Cutter welder is trained in safe operation of equipment and safe use of the process Any on site contractors advised about flammable material or hazardous conditions of which they may not be aware Welding or Cutting Containers Container thoroughly cleaned and ventilated Any pipelines or connections to containers disconnected or blanked PPE used as needed e g eye protection helmet protective clothing respirator and gloves Warning sign posted to warn other workers of hot metal Appropriate ventilation provided When working in confined spaces a permit has been issued as per 1910 146 Yes No For specific requirements refer to General Industry Standards 1910 146 1910 252 254 and 1910 272 and Construction Standards 1926 803 1926 350 and 1926 352 353 Authorized Signature Supervisor 108 Date Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete
37. by or under the supervision of a physician or other licensed healthcare professional PLHCP When medical surveillance is required it will be provided at no cost to workers and at a reasonable time and place If participation requires travel away from the worksite the employer must bear the cost Workers will be paid for time spent taking medical examinations including travel time 103 Employers must provide medical surveillance to workers who are Exposed or may be exposed to Cr VI at concentrations at or above the action level as an 8 hour TWA for 30 or more days per year Experiencing signs and symptoms of adverse health effects associated with Cr VI exposures e g blistering le sions redness or itchiness of exposed skin shortness of breath or wheezing that worsens at work nosebleeds a whistling sound while inhaling or exhaling Exposed in an emergency situation i e any occurrence that results or is likely to result in an uncontrolled release of Cr VJ that is not an incidental release that can be controlled by workers in the immediate area or by mainte nance personnel Frequency of Medical Examination Medical examinations must be given Within 30 days after initial assignment to a job involving Cr VI exposure unless the worker has received an ex amination that meets the requirements of the standard within the last 12 months Annually Within 30 days after a PLHCP s written medical opinion recommends an ad
38. certificate of analysis from the supplier that the breathing air meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air Moisture content in breathing air cylinders does not exceed a dew point of 50 degrees F 45 6 degrees C at 1 atmosphere pressure o Breathing air couplings are incompatible with outlets for nonrespirable worksite air or other gas systems No asphyxiating substance will be introduced into breathing air lines o Breathing gas containers will be marked in accordance with the NIOSH respirator certification standard 42 CFR Part 84 147 Appendix C to Sec 1910 134 OSHA Respirator Medical Evaluation Questionnaire Mandatory To the employer Answers to questions in Section 1 and to question 9 in Section 2 of Part A do not require a medical examination To the employee Can you read circle one Yes No Your employer must allow you to answer this questionnaire during normal working hours or at a time and place that is convenient to you To maintain your confidentiality your employer or supervisor must not look at or review your an swers and your employer must tell you how to deliver or send this questionnaire to the health care professional who will review it Part A Section 1 Mandatory The following information must be provided by every employee who has been selected to use any type of respirator please print 1 Today s date Your name Your age to nearest year Sex circle one Male
39. compliance with all other OSHA statutory and regulatory requirements under routine and reasonably foreseeable emergency situations The respirator selected must be appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant Identification of Filters and Cartridges All filters and cartridges will be labeled and color coded with the NIOSH approval label The user will ensure that the label is not removed and remains legible A change out schedule for filters and cartridge has been developed to en sure these elements of the respirators remain effective Respirator Filter and Canister Replacement An important part of the respiratory protection program includes identifying the useful life of cartridges and filters used on air purifying respirators Each filter and cartridge must be equipped with an end of service life indicator ESLI certified by NIOSH for the contaminant If there is no ESLI appropriate for the conditions a change schedule for canisters and cartridges based on objective information or data that will ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the end of their service life will be implemented Filter and Cartridge Change Schedule Stock of spare filers and cartridges will be maintained to allow immediate change when required or desired by the employee Cartridges will be changed based on the most limiting factor below e Prior to expiration date e Manufactures recommendations for the specific use an
40. cord must not create a trip hazard o Extension cords will not be attached to building surfaces or used in lieu of fixed wiring of a structure o Extension cords will not be run through doorways or windows or concealed behind walls ceilings or floors Handling Portable equipment will be handled in a manner that will not cause damage Flexible electric cords con nected to equipment may not be used for raising or lowering the equipment Flexible cords may not be fastened with staples or otherwise hung in such a fashion as could damage the outer jacket or insulation Visual Inspection Portable cord and plug connected equipment and flexible cord sets extension cords will be vi sually inspected before use on any shift for external defects and evidence of possible internal damage e Cord and plug connected equipment and extension cords that remain connected once they are put in place and are not exposed to damage need not be visually inspected until they are relocated e Defective or damaged items will be removed from service until repaired Grounding Type Equipment A flexible cord used with grounding type equipment will contain an equipment grounding conductor e Attachment plugs and receptacles may not be connected or altered in a manner that would prevent proper continu ity of the equipment grounding conductor at the point where plugs are attached to receptacles Additionally these devices may not be altered to allow the grounding pole of
41. driver If the committee finds the accident was preventable and the driver disagrees the driver is encouraged to present their side and ask for a reopening of the finding The committee may request assistance from insurance agency carrier loss control professionals in the event of a nonunanimous committee opinion or requested reopening The committee however is under no obligation to reopen an accident review The findings of the committee will be placed in the driver s personal driving file for future review If the accident was preventable the driver may be subject to additional action as deemed appropriate by their supervisor or top level management These actions may include but not be limited to the following e Attendance at an advanced driver training seminar Assignment usually temporary to a nondriving position One and two above Probation without pay from one to three weeks Termination of employment when driving record criteria is surpassed 74 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Forklift Safety Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 178 Purpose The purpose of this progr
42. entry into a permit space the entrants and attendants will perform the duties outlined in these procedures and will return the permit or documentation to insert job title of responsible person upon termina tion of entry Contractors The company must ensure that every contract for work within an identified permit space or work within a non per mit space that will introduce a reclassifying hazard will Notify the contractor that the space is a permit required confined space and of the hazards within the space Require the contractor to control entry into the space by a permit system meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1910 146 36 e Require the contractor to eliminate any temporary hazards created by the work or notify the supervisor responsi ble for the space of any permanent hazards created by the work Field Staff Managers of field staff authorized to enter permit spaces will e Procure the equipment necessary for entry testing and develop procedures to provide entry supervisors with the equipment as necessary e Designate and train entry supervisors attendants and entrants Rescue Service Personnel The company must identify emergency responders either on or off site who are capable of responding to an emer gency in a timely manner The responders must have appropriate rescue equipment including respirators and be trained how to use all equipment Rescue service personnel must receive the authorized entrants traini
43. examinations and consultations are provided by our designated healthcare provider s All as pects of these examinations are provided by a licensed physician or supervised by a licensed physician These examinations are provided without cost to the employee without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place E The CHO will provide the following information to the physician 1 Identity of the hazardous chemical to which the employee may have been exposed 2 A description of the conditions of the exposure including exposure date if available and 3 A description of signs and symptoms of the exposure that the employee is experiencing if any F The written opinion that the company receives from the physician must include 1 Recommendations for future medical follow up 2 Results of examination and associated tests 3 Any medical condition revealed that may place the employee at increased risk as the result of a chemical exposure and 4 A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the examination con sultation and told of any medical conditions that may require additional examination or treatment 31 VII VIrl IX G The material returned to us by the physician will not include specific findings and diagnoses that are unre lated to occupational exposure Responsibilities Under the Chemical Hygiene Plan The CHO is responsible for the implementation of the chemical hygiene plan
44. exposure such as inhalation or dermal absorption signs and symptoms and consequences of the exposure Use appropriate personal protective equipment properly Maintain communication with attendants as necessary to enable them to monitor the entrant s status and alert the entrant to evacuate when necessary Exit from the permit space as soon as possible when ordered by the attendant when he or she recognizes the warning signs or symptoms of exposure when a prohibited condition exists or when an automatic alarm is acti vated Alert the attendant when a prohibited condition exists or when warning signs or symptoms of exposure exist Entry Supervisor tThe trained individual with the responsibility to ensure that acceptable entry conditions are present within a permit space under his or her jurisdiction issuing a permit authorizing entry overseeing entry opera tions and terminating the entry and permit For each entry into a PRCS the designated entry supervisor will Perform the pre entry duties of the entry supervisor on the permit space to be entered Prepare an entry permit reclassify the space as a non permit space or authorize alternate entry procedures in compliance with the relevant procedures of this section Perform the post entry duties of the entry supervisor Collect the permit from the attendant at the end of entry or prepare the documentation for reclassification or alter nate entry For the duration of each
45. frequently Awkward Postures Body postures that deviate from normal resting or neutral positions place unnecessary stress on muscles tendons and bones Examples of awkward postures include reaching above shoulder height kneeling lean ing over an assembly or sanding table bending the wrist during spray operations and twisting the body while lifting See appendix B for visual presentations of neutral and awkward postures Static Postures Assuming and holding any posture for a long period of time can place stress on the body particu larly if the posture is not neutral Static postures can accelerate the development of fatigue and discomfort 54 Vibration Vibration is the physical exposure to rapidly oscillating tools or machinery Powered hand tools or any where an operator comes in contact with a vibration source such as a tow motor operator are places to look for this stressor Contact Stress Physical contact between the body and sharp edges of tools equipment and products Pressing the body against a hard sharp edge such as the edge of a work table is an example of this stressor Environmental Factors Cold heat lighting and noise are factors in the work environment that can directly influ ence worker comfort and can indirectly influence risk of injury through interaction with the above mentioned physical stressors Other environmental factors such as slick work surfaces that are found in many poultry processing plants c
46. generate airborne fibers Initial monitoring has been performed and exposures are above the PEL and or EL For this reason periodic moni toring will be conducted at intervals no greater than every six months If either initial or periodic monitoring statisti cally indicates that employee exposures are below the PEL and or EL then we will discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring We will reinitiate monitoring whenever there has been a change in the production process control equipment per sonnel or work practices that may result in new or additional exposures to asbestos above the PEL and or EL or when we have the reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures above the PEL and or EL Affected employees and their representatives will be allowed to observe monitoring and notified in writing either in dividually or by posting results in an accessible location within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of moni toring This written notification will contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to asbestos on or below the PEL and or EL wherever monitoring results indicate that the PEL and or EL has been exceeded If monitoring is being observed in a regulated area the observer must be provided proper protective clothing and equipment Medical Surveillance The employer must institute a medical surveillance progra
47. good electrical contact and the exposed metal parts of the lugs will be com pletely insulated Ground Returns and Machine Grounding A ground return cable will have a safe current carrying capacity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the arc welding or cutting unit that it services When a single ground return cable services more than one unit its safe current carrying will exceed the total specified maximum output capacities of the all the units that it services Pipelines containing gases or flammable liquids or conduits containing electrical circuits will not be used as a ground return When a structure or pipeline is employed as a ground return circuit it will be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints The generation of an arc sparks or heat at any point will cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit When a structure or pipeline is continuously employed as a ground return circuit all joints will be bonded and peri odic inspections will be conducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by virtue of such use The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines will be grounded either through a third wire in the cable contain ing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire that is grounded at the source of the current Grounding circuits other than by means of the structure will be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground a
48. in your legs or feet not caused by walking Yes No f Heart arrhythmia heart beating irregularly Yes No g High blood pressure Yes No h Any other heart problem that you ve been told about Yes No Have you ever had any of the following cardiovascular or heart symptoms a Frequent pain or tightness in your chest Yes No b Pain or tightness in your chest during physical activity Yes No c Pain or tightness in your chest that interferes with your job Yes No d In the past two years have you noticed your heart skipping or missing a beat Yes No e Heartburn or indigestion that is not related to eating Yes No f Any other symptoms that you think may be related to heart or circulation problems Yes No Do you currently take medication for any of the following problems a Breathing or lung problems Yes No b Heart trouble Yes No c Blood pressure Yes No d Seizures Yes No If you ve used a respirator have you ever had any of the following problems If you ve never used a respirator check the following space and go to question 9 a Eye irritation Yes No b Skin allergies or rashes Yes No c Anxiety Yes No d General weakness or fatigue Yes No e Any other problem that interferes with your use of a respirator Yes No 149 9 Would you like to talk to the health care professional who will review this questionnaire about your answers to this questionnaire Yes No Questions 10 to 15 below must be answer
49. leaning into or falling into live parts and to prevent live parts that might become loose from contacting other employees e Employees will wear safety glasses e Employees will not wear metallic personal items e g jewelry glasses watches while working on or near live parts e Employees will use nonconducting ladders when needed e Always assume a conductor is energized until proven otherwise e Employees will wear voltage rated gloves when using tools on or near live parts e Employees will use only PPE that is designed approved or certified for the hazard 47 Employees will use only insulated tools when working on or near live parts Employees will use only tools and instruments that are designed for the system voltage Employees will not bypass interlocks or safety devices that protect people against electrical shock except when absolutely necessary and then only with written approval from their supervisor Whenever possible do not work alone Safety watch is required when deemed so by your supervisor This person will be CPR trained and be familiar with removing all sources of power to the device being worked upon and have ready access to a phone in order to call 911 in case of emergency When operating circuit breakers or fused switches ALWAYS stand to the side NEVER directly in front of the de vice being operated Employees should inspect electrical equipment for defective parts faulty insulation improper grounding
50. medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on the employee s ability to procreate a healthy child or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting test or during use e As medically appropriate for each employee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining ma terial impairment to health or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination 121 Contents of Medical Examination A detailed work history and a medical history with particular attention to past lead exposure occupational and non occupational personal habits smoking hygiene and past gastrointestinal hematologic renal cardiovascu lar reproductive and neurological problems A thorough physical examination with particular attention to teeth gums hematologic gastrointestinal renal cardiovascular and neurological systems Pulmonary status should be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used A blood pressure measurement A blood sample and analysis that determines blood lead level hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations red cell indices and examination of peripheral smear morphology zinc protoporphyrin blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine routine urinalysis with microscopic examination and any laboratory or other test that the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice Information Provided to the PLHCP We will ensure that
51. not include all the programs and policies that may be required by OSHA stan dards or as a best practice for your specific operation or industry It may also include more programs than are needed for your operation The N C Department of Labor NCDOL Occupational Safety and Health OSH Division s Consultative Services Bureau can be contacted for assistance in helping you set up your individual safety and health management program and with on site surveys Feel free to contact them at 1 800 NC LABOR 1 800 625 2267 or at 919 807 2899 You may also want to visit their website at http www nclabor com osha consult consult htm For training events publications PowerPoint presentations and standard interpretations please contact the Education Training and Technical Assistance ETTA Bureau at 919 807 2875 or access their website at http www nclabor com osha etta etta htm Special Emphasis Program SEP The purpose of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of North Carolina is to ensure so far as possible every working man and woman in the State of North Carolina safe and healthful working conditions and to preserve our human resources The OSH Division s Five Year Strategic Plan is designed to promote the achievement of this purpose through the specific goals and objectives established by the division and its employees To reduce injuries illnesses and fatalities in North Carolina the OSH Division established a basic strategy of desi
52. oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO Are employees prohibited from riding on top of any load that can shift topple or otherwise become unstable Control of Harmful Substances by Ventilation Is the volume and velocity of air in each exhaust system sufficient to gather the dusts fumes mists va pors or gases to be controlled and to convey them to a suitable point of disposal Are exhaust inlets ducts and plenums designed constructed and supported to prevent collapse or fail ure of any part of the system Are clean out ports or doors provided at intervals not to exceed 12 feet in all horizontal runs of exhaust ducts Are proper safeguards taken to ensure that where two or more different types of operations are being controlled through the same exhaust system the combination of substances being controlled do not constitute a fire explosion or chemical reaction hazard in the duct Is adequate makeup air provided to areas where exhaust systems are operating Is the source point for makeup air located so that only clean fresh air which is free of contaminants will enter the work environment Where two or more ventilation systems are serving a work area is their operation such that one will not offset the function of the other Sanitizing Equipment and Clothing Is personal protective clothing or equipment that employees are required to wear or use of a type capa ble of being cleaned easily and disinfected Are employ
53. occupants are to wear seat belts or where appropriate child restraints when riding in a company owned vehicle or in a personal vehicle being used for company business All employees and their families are strongly encouraged to always use seat belts and the proper child restraints whenever they are driving or riding in any vehicle in any seating position Spotter Safety A spotter should always be used any time a vehicle or moving equipment with a restricted view is operating on site The spotter s main responsibilities are to look out for himself or herself and look out for all others on the site Some tips for the spotter include e Never leave the driver s sight without notifying the operator to stop the vehicle e Always signal in an area the driver can see e Be consistent with hand signals to ensure understanding Safe Operation Techniques e Do not drive a vehicle equipment in reverse gear with an obstructed rear view unless it has an audible reverse alarm distinguishable from the surrounding noise level or another worker signals that it is safe On sites with mul tiple vehicles with backup alarms employees can become accustomed to these alarms and no longer hear them Under these circumstances the use of a spotter may be necessary e Workers must be highly visible in all levels of light Warning clothing such as red or orange vests are required and if worn for night work must be of reflective material that meets the requireme
54. of heat exhaustion are headache nausea dizziness weakness irritability confusion thirst heavy sweating and a body temperature greater than 100 4 F Workers with heat exhaustion should be removed from the hot area and given liquids to drink Remove unnecessary clothing including shoes and socks Cool the worker with cold compresses to the head neck and face or have the worker wash his or her head face and neck with cold water Encourage frequent sips of cool water Workers with signs or symptoms of heat exhaustion should be taken to a clinic or emergency room for medical evaluation and treatment Make sure that someone stays with the worker until help arrives If symptoms worsen call 911 and get help immedi ately Heat Cramps are muscle pains usually caused by physical labor in a hot work environment Heat cramps are caused by the loss of body salts and fluid during sweating Workers with heat cramps should replace fluid loss by drinking water and or carbohydrate electrolyte replacement liquids e g sports drinks every 15 to 20 minutes Heat Rash is the most common problem in hot work environments Heat rash is caused by sweating and looks like a red cluster of pimples or small blisters Heat rash usually appears on the neck upper chest in the groin under the breasts and in elbow creases The best treatment for heat rash is to provide a cooler less humid work environment The rash area should be kept dry Powder may be applied to incre
55. of the job on the worker 114 Hazard Controls Engineering controls include eliminating toxic chemicals and replacing harmful toxic materials with less hazardous ones enclosing work processes or confining work operations and installing general and local ventilation systems Work practice controls alter the manner in which a task is performed Some fundamental and easily implemented work practice controls that we may utilize include 1 following proper procedures that minimize exposures while oper ating production and control equipment 2 inspecting and maintaining process and control equipment on a regular basis 3 implementing good housekeeping procedures 4 providing good supervision and 5 mandating that eating drinking smoking chewing tobacco or gum and applying cosmetics in regulated areas be prohibited Administrative controls that we may utilize include controlling employees exposure by scheduling production and workers tasks or both in ways that minimize exposure levels When effective work practices and engineering controls are not feasible to achieve the permissible exposure limit or while such controls are being instituted and in emergencies appropriate respiratory equipment will be used In addi tion personal protective equipment such as gloves safety goggles helmets safety shoes and protective clothing may also be required To be effective personal protective equipment must be individually selected prop
56. one year of an employee s first exposure at or above the ac tion level However the employee must wear protection for any period exceeding six months until the baseline is ob tained North Carolina Workers Compensation Law has a 90 working day grace period If a company gives the baseline before the grace period is up then the company may be liable only for subsequent hearing loss It is required that the baseline audiogram be preceded by at least 14 hours without exposure to workplace noise Time that hearing protection is worn may be included as part of the 14 hours without exposure to noise All employees will be notified that they need to avoid nonoccupational noise exposure during the 14 hours prior the audiometric test If it is not possible to avoid high noise levels prior to testing the employee should wear hearing pro tection prior to the test to minimize the possibility of a temporary threshold A retest audiogram can be conducted to verify or confirm a standard threshold result Times when a retest may be needed e The company may obtain a retest within 30 days of the original test and use the results to determine whether a persistent threshold shift has occurred e The audiologist or physician requests a retest to confirm test results e The test administrator requests a new test due to errors in the original test Audiometer The company must verify that the following checks are made e The functional operation of the au
57. or exceed an 8 hour time weighted average of 85 dBA Monitoring will be repeated whenever a change in production process equipment or control increases noise exposure to the extent that e Additional employees may be exposed at or above the action level e The attenuation provided by the hearing protectors being used by the employees may be rendered inadequate A complete sound survey of the company is recommended at least every two years If it is determined through noise monitoring that employee are exposed at or above 85 dBA as an 8 hour time weighted average then the employees must be provided with e Annual hearing tests e Annual hearing conservation training e Hearing protection optional or mandatory e The OSHA Hearing Conservation Standard 29 CFR 1910 95 posted e Notification of the results of the sound survey If the noise level exceeds 90 dBA the standard requires that engineering and administrative control measures must be investigated evaluated and where feasible utilized to reduce employee exposures It is important that any measure investigated utilized or evaluated to reduce the noise levels be documented Hearing protection is mandatory for em ployees exposed at or above 90 dBA as an 8 hour time weighted average Engineering Controls to Reduce Noise Contact the equipment manufacturer for noise abatement suggestions Purchase quieter equipment and perform routine maintenance to reduce noise levels 93
58. over them e Don t misuse fuses Never install a fuse rated higher than specified for the circuit e Investigate any appliance or equipment that smells strange Space heaters microwave ovens hot plates coffee makers and other small appliances will be rigidly regulated and closely monitored e The use of extension cords to connect heating devices to electric outlets will be prohibited e Ifa hot or under inflated tire is discovered it should be moved well away from the vehicle As an alternative the driver should remain with the vehicle until the tire is cool to the touch and then make repairs If a vehicle is left with a hot tire the tire might burst into flames and destroy the vehicle and load Welding and Cutting Welding and cutting are not permitted unless authorized by management If practical welding and cutting operations will be conducted in well ventilated rooms with a fire resistant floor If this practice is not feasible contact insert job title of responsible person to ensure that the work areas have been surveyed for fire hazards the necessary precautions taken to prevent fires and issue a hot work permit This hot work permit will only encompass the area item and time that are specified on it If welding is to be performed over wooden or other combustible type floors the floors will be swept clean wetted down and covered with either fire retardant blankets metal or other noncombustible coverings Welding will not be
59. permitted in or near areas containing flammable or combustible materials liquids vapors or dusts Welding will not be permitted in or near closed tanks that contain or have contained flammable liquids unless they have been thoroughly drained purged and tested free from flammable gases or vapors and the company s permit required confined spaces PRCS program is being followed Welding will not begin until all combustible materials have been removed at least 35 feet from the affected areas or if unable to relocate covered with a fire retardant cover ing Openings in walls floors or ducts will be covered if located within 35 feet of the intended work area Welding will not be permitted on any closed containers 64 Fire extinguishers will be provided at each welding or cutting operation A trained watcher will be stationed at all times during the operation and for at least 30 minutes following the completion of the operation This person will en sure that no stray sparks cause a fire and will immediately extinguish fires that do start Open Flames No open flames will be permitted in or near spray booths or spray rooms If indoor spray painting work needs to be performed outside of standard spray painting booths adequate ventilation will be provided All potential ignition sources will also be eliminated Gasoline or alcohol torches will be placed so that the flames are at least 18 inches away from wood surfaces They will not be used in th
60. plan will be provided the necessary training and equipment to ensure their safety This plan applies to emergencies that could be reasonably expected in our workplace such as fire smoke tornadoes bomb threats or chemical releases Emergency Plan Coordinators Building Department Name Title Phone Coordinators are responsible for the proper inventory and maintenance of equipment They may be contacted by em ployees for further information on this plan Plan Outline Description Means of Reporting Emergencies All fires and emergencies will be reported by one or more of the following means as appropriate e Verbally to the coordinator during normal working hours e By telephone if after hours weekends e By the building alarm system Note The following numbers will be posted throughout the facility e Fire e Police e Ambulance e Hazmat e Poison Control Alarm System Requirements Alarm system requirements for notifying employees during an emergency are as follows e Provides warning for safe escape e Can be perceived by all employees e Alarm is distinctive and recognizable e Employees have been trained on the alarm system e Emergency phone numbers are posted e Emergency alarms have priority over all other communications e Alarm system is properly maintained Sounding the Alarm The alarm signals for this facility are below e For fire Insert signal e For chemical release
61. rators adequate infectious waste disposal systems and appropriate controls including isolation as applicable Physical Hazards These include excessive levels of ionizing and nonionizing electromagnetic radiation noise vibration illumination and temperature Where employees are exposed to ionizing radiation time distance and shielding are important tools in ensuring worker safety Danger from radiation increases with the amount of time one is exposed to it hence the shorter the time of exposure the smaller the radiation danger Distance also is a valuable tool in controlling exposure to both ionizing and nonionizing radiation Radiation levels from some sources can be estimated by comparing the squares of the distances between the worker and the source For example at a reference point of 10 feet from a source the radiation is 1 100 of the intensity at 1 foot from the source Shielding also is a way to protect against radiation The greater the protective mass between a radioactive source and the worker the lower the radiation exposure Nonionizing radiation also is dealt with by shielding workers from the source Sometimes limiting exposure times to nonionizing radiation or increasing the distance is not effective Laser radiation for example cannot be controlled ef fectively by imposing time limits An exposure can be hazardous that is faster than the blinking of an eye Increasing the distance from a laser source may require miles
62. should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Scaffolding Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 21 30 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L A scaffold is defined as an elevated temporary work platform There are three basic types of scaffolds e Supported scaffolds which consist of one or more platforms supported by rigid load bearing members such as poles legs frames or outriggers e Suspended scaffolds which are one or more platforms suspended by ropes or other nonrigid overhead support e Other scaffolds principally manlifts personnel hoists etc which are sometimes thought of as vehicles or ma chinery but can be regarded as another type of supported scaffold Common Hazards Associated With All Scaffolds e Falls from elevation due to lack of fall protection e Collapse of the scaffold caused by instability or overloading e Being struck by falling tools work materials or debris e Electrocution principally due to proximity of the scaffold to overhead power lines Safe Work Practices e Scaffolds should be set on sound footing e Damaged parts that affect the strength of the scaffold are taken out of service e Scaffolds are not altered e All scaffolds should be fully planked e Scaffolds are not moved horizontally while workers are on them unless they are designed to be mobile and work ers have been trained in the proper procedures e Employees are not permitted to work on scaffolds when covered with snow ice
63. solvents are used Chemical Hazards Harmful chemical compounds in the form of solids liquids gases mists dusts fumes and vapors exert toxic effects by inhalation breathing absorption through direct contact with the skin or ingestion eating or drinking Airborne chemical hazards exist as concentrations of mists vapors gases fumes or solids Some are toxic through inhalation and some of them irritate the skin on contact some can be toxic by absorption through the skin or through ingestion and some are corrosive to living tissue The degree of worker risk from exposure to any given substance depends on the nature and potency of the toxic ef fects and the magnitude and duration of exposure Information on the risk to workers from chemical hazards can be obtained from the material safety data sheet MSDS The MSDS is a summary of the important health safety and toxicological information on the chemical or the mixture s ingredients Biological Hazards These include bacteria viruses fungi and other living organisms that can cause acute and chronic infections by entering the body either directly or through breaks in the skin Effective personal hygiene particularly proper attention to minor cuts and scratches especially those on the hands and forearms should be followed to keep worker risks to a minimum 113 Workers should also use local ventilation along with proper personal protective equipment such as gloves and respi
64. that are no longer needed accumulate If it is not needed get rid of it Tools equipment machinery and work areas are to be maintained in a clean and safe manner Defects and unsafe conditions must be reported to your supervisor Return tools and equipment to their proper place when not in use Lay out extension cords air hoses water hoses ladders pipes tools etc in such a way as to minimize tripping hazards or obstructions to traffic Clean up spills immediately to avoid hazards In the event the removal cannot be done immediately the area must be appropriately guarded signed or roped off Nail points ends of loop or tie wires etc must not be left exposed when packing and unpacking boxes crates barrels etc Nails are to be removed as soon as lumber is disassembled Store sharp or pointed articles to keep co workers from coming in contact with the sharp edges or points Dispose of all packing materials properly to reduce the chance of fires Empty wastebaskets daily into approved containers Put oily and greasy rags in a metal container for that purpose and dispose of properly and frequently Maintain adequate lighting in obscure areas for the protection of both employees and the public Keep landscaping well manicured to minimize hiding places Employees are not to handle food tobacco etc with residue from any lead based product such as leaded gaso line on their hands Consumption of food and beverages is prohibi
65. the PLHCP has a copy of the Lead Standard and must provide the PLHCP with A description of the affected worker s former current and anticipated duties as they relate to lead exposure Information on the worker s former current and anticipated lead exposure levels Prior blood lead determinations A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used by the worker including when and for how long the worker has used that equipment Information from records of employment related medical examinations previously provided to the affected worker currently within the control of the employer Written Medical Opinion We will obtain a written medical opinion from the PLHCP for each medical examination performed The written medical opinion must be obtained within 30 days of the examination and must contain The PLHCP s opinion as to whether the worker has any detected medical condition s that would place the worker at increased risk of material impairment to health from further exposure to lead Any recommended limitations on the worker s exposure to lead or on the use of personal protective equipment such as respirators A statement that the PLHCP has explained to the worker the results of the medical examination including any medical conditions related to lead exposure that require further evaluation or treatment and any special provisions for the use of protective clothing or equipment The PLHCP will not reveal to
66. the building alarm system The automatic sprinkler system if applicable will adhere to NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Sys tems The sprinkler system and components will be electrically supervised to ensure reliable operation This includes gate valve tamper switches with a local alarm at a constantly attended site when the valve is closed If a single water supply is provided by a connection to the city water supply a low pressure monitor will be included If pressure tanks are the primary source of water air pressure water level and temperature will be supervised If fire pumps are provided to boost system pressure supervision will monitor loss of pump power pump running indication low system pressure and low pump suction pressure If portable fire extinguishers are required or placed in a building the fire extinguishers must be kept fully charged and in their designated places The extinguishers must not be obstructed or obscured from view The fire extinguishers must be inspected at least monthly to make sure that they are in their designated places have not been tampered with or actuated and are not corroded or otherwise impaired The attached inspection tags on fire extinguishers will be initialed and dated each month The location of all hydrants hose houses portable fire extinguishers or other fire protective equipment will be prop erly marked with arrows and signs painted on the pavement Painted arrows and sign
67. the personal protective equipment selected The completed assessments are maintained by insert job title of responsible person PPE Training Each employee who is required to use personal protective equipment will be trained on e What personal protective equipment is necessary e When the personal protective equipment is necessary e How to properly don doff adjust and wear the personal protective equipment e The limitations of the personal protective equipment e The proper care maintenance useful life and disposal of the personal protective equipment As part of the training each employee will demonstrate an understanding of the items specified above and the ability to use the equipment properly before being allowed to perform work requiring the use of personal protective equip ment Retraining will be provided whenever the required PPE changes or when the employee demonstrates lack of knowl edge concerning use of the equipment 135 Personal Protective Equipment Hazard Assessment Location Department Date Revision Date Job or Task Potential Hazards PPE Required 136 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the refer enced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Respiratory Protection Progr
68. to the welder be shut off when no one is in attendance Is suitable fire extinguishing equipment available for immediate use Is the welder forbidden to coil or loop welding electrode cable around his or her body Are wet machines thoroughly dried and tested before being used Are work and electrode lead cables frequently inspected for wear and damage and replaced when needed Do means for connecting cable lengths have adequate insulation When the object to be welded cannot be moved and fire hazards cannot be removed are shields used to confine heat sparks and slag Are fire watchers assigned when welding or cutting is performed in locations where a serious fire might develop Are combustible floors kept wet covered by damp sand or protected by fire resistant shields When floors are wet down are personnel protected from possible electrical shock When welding is done on metal walls are precautions taken to protect combustibles on the other side Before hot work is begun are used drums barrels tanks and other containers so thoroughly cleaned that no substances remain that could explode ignite or produce toxic vapors Is it required that eye protection helmets hand shields and goggles meet appropriate standards Are employees exposed to the hazards created by welding cutting or brazing operations protected with personal protective equipment and clothing Is a check made for adequate ventilation where welding or cutting is per
69. trash Place oily rags in covered containers and dispose of daily Do not use gasoline or other flammable solvent or finish to clean floors Use noncombustible oil absorptive materials for sweeping floors Dispose of materials in noncombustible containers that are emptied daily Remove accumulation of combustible dust Don t refuel gasoline powered equipment in a confined space especially in the presence of equipment such as fur naces or water heaters Don t refuel gasoline powered equipment while it is hot Don t refuel plastic gasoline containers in the back of a truckbed Follow proper storage and handling procedures Ensure combustible materials in areas are present only in quantities required for the work operation Clean up any spill of flammable liquids immediately Ensure that if a worker s clothing becomes contaminated with flammable liquids the individual changes clothes before continuing to work Post No Smoking caution signs near the storage areas Report any hazardous condition such as old wiring worn insulation and broken electrical equipment to the super visor Keep motors clean and in good working order Don t overload electrical outlets Ensure all equipment is turned off at the end of the workday Maintain the right type of fire extinguisher available for use Use the safest cleaning solvents nonflammable and nontoxic when cleaning electrical equipment 65 e Ensure that all passageways an
70. uct identity and a hazard warning communication of the specific health hazards and physical hazards O m O Is there a material safety data sheet readily available for each hazardous substance used O m O Is there an employee training program for hazardous substances This program needs to include An explanation of what an MSDS is and how to use and obtain one MSDS contents for each hazardous substance or class of substances Explanation of right to know OoOoOddo OoOddo OoOddo Identification of where employees can see the employer s written hazard communication program and where hazardous substances are present in their work areas m Physical and health hazards of substances in the work area and specific protective measures to be used O m O Details of the hazard communication program including how to use the labeling system and MSDSs Bloodborne Pathogens O OQ O Ifemployees are exposed to blood or other potentially infectious material is there a written exposure control plan If NA skip to the next section The employee training program on the bloodborne pathogens standard needs to contain the following elements An accessible copy of the standard and an explanation of its contents A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens OoOddo OoOddo OoOddo An explanation of the employer s exposur
71. until replaced by management Management representation should not outnumber employee representation If the company employs a medical professional on staff it is recommended that this individual serve on the safety and health committee as well but at least an individual who manages the workers compensation injury and illness and first aid logs such as the company safety and health manager A chairperson should be selected by a majority vote by the committee members each year If there is a vacancy the same method should be used to select a replacement The duties of safety and health committee members include e Conducting a monthly self inspection of the area they represent e Communicating with the employees they represent on safety and health issues e Encouraging safe work practices among co workers e Reviewing the injury illness and first aid logs for trends and conducting a separate investigation of any incident if determined appropriate e Providing any recommendations to management for consideration The safety and health committee should meet at least insert frequency Each area committee member should bring information from the monthly inspections of their areas and any concerns from the employees in the area they repre sent Using this information the committee can help identify safety and health problems develop solutions review in cident reports provide training and evaluate the effectiveness of the safety and he
72. will receive annual refresher training Note Dependent on assigned job duties and responsibilities Required by OSHA annually Required by OSHA every three years OJT is optional Note Fire extinguisher training is required annually when you require your employees to use them not required if you don t Machinery and machine guarding training is required annually if the company has mechanical power presses 172 Note The following section contains example job progression training and skills assessments and matrixes Please add modify or delete content to each assessment and matrix as deemed necessary to meet your company s needs These are a best practice only Job Progression Training and Skills Assessment The following departments are responsible for ensuring that the identified jobs follow their job progression matrix They will also conduct a skills assessment to ensure adequate job progression The skills assessment will be conducted at least annually Department Job Job Progression Matrix Job Department Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 The skills assessment form for each employee will be maintained in the personnel files 173 Skills Assessment Form Job Date Skill Assessor Rating Employee 174 Note The following se
73. 2 Table of Contents Foreword and Overview 9 40 0s 4 oe lt b Ste SEA ERS ORAS SOE Se eS RES v Special Emphasis Program 35 40k Shae SSS A eR A eS oe RS ei RS es vi Section 1 Safety and Health Program Management 2 00e 000 1 Management Commitment 2 34 fa oes e eed Bh eee eee eee waed wee 1 Safety and Health Responsibilities naana kw G4 We pee a eee 2 Employee Paricipation esens see sc Bea Meee oe ae bee bay oS eas 3 Recordkeeping and Reporting 24 e312 wah wee eid Wha ada ee ea 5 e Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records 5 Accident Incident Investigation Policy ooann aaan 7 e Employee s Incident Report Form saasaa aaa 8 e Supervisor s Incident Investigation Form n s saasaa aeaaaee 9 e Incident Investigation Report saasaa saaa 10 Safety and Health Inspection Procedures nunnana aaua 14 Hazard Prevention and Control n o aaua naaa 15 Disciplinary Policy tates ch staged anaua 16 Alcohol and Drug Use Policy nnna anana 17 Section 2 Safety and Health Programs 0 cee cee eee eee e eee eee 18 Asbestos Poly ons 4 Beata a gay etna Bdge peed each Sees SA eh ad Bea Se 19 Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan 0 0 00 e eee 23 e Hepatitis B Vaccine Declination 0 0 cece eee eee 28 Chemical Hygiene Plath cititan Rake eae ees betes Ode aes ha we OS 29 Compressed Gas Policy wy os 4 u55 42 56 045 35u 00 44 oon ee SS Ona ease
74. 406 Health Hazards Targeted in North Carolina Industry Safety and Health Management Program N C Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Division N C Department of Labor 1101 Mail Service Center Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Cherie Berry Commissioner of Labor N C Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Program Cherie Berry Commissioner of Labor OSHA State Plan Designee Allen McNeely Deputy Commissioner for Safety and Health Kevin Beauregard Assistant Deputy Commissioner for Safety and Health Wanda Lagoe Author This guide is in a series of industry guides focused on the Special Emphasis Programs It is intended to be consistent with all existing OSHA standards therefore if an area is considered by the reader to be inconsistent with a standard then the OSHA standard should be followed To obtain additional copies of this guide or if you have questions about North Carolina occupational safety and health standards or rules please contact N C Department of Labor Education Training and Technical Assistance Bureau 1101 Mail Service Center Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Phone 919 807 2875 or 1 800 625 2267 Additional sources of information are listed on the inside back cover of this guide The projected cost of the NCDOL OSH program for federal fiscal year 2011 2012 is 17 841 216 Federal funding provides approximately 31 percent 5 501 500 of this total ry oA Original 03 201
75. 97 Yes Oa OoOddo m 00 o0 00 0 No Oa OoOddo m 00 o0 00 0 NA 00 OoOddo m 00 o0 00 0 Have standard operating procedures been established and are they being followed when cleaning up chemical spills Where needed for emergency use are respirators stored in a convenient clean and sanitary location Are respirators intended for emergency use adequate for the various uses for which they may be needed Are employees prohibited from eating in areas where hazardous chemicals are present Is personal protective equipment provided used and maintained whenever necessary Are there written standard operating procedures for the selection and use of respirators where needed Ifyou have a respirator protection program are your employees instructed on the correct usage and limitations of the respirators Are the respirators NIOSH approved for this particular application Are they regularly inspected and cleaned sanitized and maintained If hazardous substances are used in your processes do you have a medical or biological monitoring system in operation Are you familiar with the threshold limit values or permissible exposure limits of airborne contami nants and physical agents used in your workplace Have control procedures been instituted for hazardous materials where appropriate such as respira tors ventilation systems and handling practices Whenever possible are hazardous substances handle
76. Baseline Hearing Test nonmandatory It is an OSHA hearing conservation standard requirement that employees be free from high noise exposure for 14 hours before each audiometric test If it is not possible to avoid high noise levels prior to testing the employee should wear hearing protection prior to the test to minimize the possibility of a temporary threshold The following types of noise exposures should be avoided prior to the test e Workplace noise e Lawn mowers e Leaf blowers e Weed trimmers e Chain saws e Power tools e Small engines e Car races e Snow mobiles e Small airplanes e Power boats e All firearms hunting target shooting skeet shooting e Loud music concerts walkman or other headset radio radio stereos I have been notified of the need to avoid occupational and nonoccupational noise prior to my test Employee Signature Date 99 Note This example program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The stan dard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Hexavalent Chromium Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 1026 Exposure Limits The 8 hour TWA permissible exposure limit PEL for hexavalent chromium is 5 g m measured as Cr VI This means that over the course of any 8 hour work shift the average exposure to Cr VI cannot exceed 5 u
77. DLH atmospheres and has limited the selection and use of air purifying respirators All selected respirators are NIOSH certified List company air contaminants estimates of exposure and respirators to be used with those contaminants in this section Filter Classifications tThese classifications are marked on the filter or filter package N Series Not Oil Resistant e Approved for non oil particulate contaminants e Examples dust fumes mists not containing oil R Series Oil Resistant e Approved for all particulate contaminants including those containing oil e Examples dusts mists fumes e Time restriction of 8 hours when oils are present P Series Oil Proof e Approved for all particulate contaminants including those containing oil e Examples dust fumes mists e See manufacturer s time use restrictions on packaging Respirators for IDLH Atmospheres The following respirators will be used in IDLH atmospheres e A full facepiece pressure demand SCBA certified by NIOSH for a minimum service life of 30 minutes or e A combination full facepiece pressure demand supplied air respirator SAR with auxiliary self contained air supply 140 e Respirators provided only for escape from IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH certified for escape from the at mosphere in which they will be used Respirators for Atmospheres That Are Not IDLH e The respirators selected must be adequate to protect the health of the employee and ensure
78. Female Your weight Ibs Your job title 2 3 4 5 Your height ft in 6 7 8 A phone number where you can be reached by the health care professional who reviews this questionnaire include the Area Code 9 The best time to phone you at this number 10 Has your employer told you how to contact the health care professional who will review this questionnaire circle one Yes No 11 Check the type of respirator you will use you can check more than one category a N R or P disposable respirator filter mask non cartridge type only b Other type for example half or full facepiece type powered air purifying supplied air self contained breathing apparatus 12 Have you worn a respirator circle one Yes No If yes what type s Part A Section 2 Mandatory Questions 1 through 9 below must be answered by every employee who has been se lected to use any type of respirator please circle yes or no 1 Do you currently smoke tobacco or have you smoked tobacco in the last month Yes No 2 Have you ever had any of the following conditions a Seizures Yes No b Diabetes sugar disease Yes No c Allergic reactions that interfere with your breathing Yes No d Claustrophobia fear of closed in places Yes No e Trouble smelling odors Yes No 3 Have you ever had any of the following pulmonary or lung problems a Asbestosis Yes No b Asthma Yes No 148 Nn
79. Hazardous weather procedures Special duties as assigned to coordinators and those listed above Written records will be maintained for all training and provided to insert job title of responsible person 51 Note The following example program is a best practice and does not need to be in writing as there is not a specific standard for this hazard Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Ergonomics Policy The number and severity of injuries resulting from physical demands can be substantially reduced by providing an alternative to manual lifting and is the primary goal of the ergonomics process in our company We will evaluate the effectiveness of our ergonomics efforts and follow up on unresolved problems Evaluation helps sustain the effort to reduce injuries and illnesses track whether or not ergonomic solutions are working identify new problems and show areas where further improvement is needed Evaluation and follow up are central to continu ous improvement and long term success As solutions are introduced we will ensure they are effective Various indicators e g OSHA 300 and 301 informa tion data and workers compensation reports can provide useful empirical data at this stage as can other techniques such as employee interviews The purpose of the interviews is to provide a mechanism for ensuring that the solution is not only in place but is being used properly The same methods that are use
80. O 0 O Iscare taken not to drop or strike cylinders O O O Unless secured on special trucks are regulators removed and valve protection caps put in place before moving cylinders O m O Do cylinders without fixed wheels have keys handles or nonadjustable wrenches on stem valves when in service Are liquefied gases stored and shipped valve end up with valve covers in place Are provisions made to never crack a fuel gas cylinder valve near sources of ignition Before a regulator is removed is the valve closed and gas released from the regulator OoOddoO OoOddo OoOddo Is red used to identify the acetylene and other fuel gas hose green for oxygen hose and black for inert gas and air hose Are pressure reducing regulators used only for the gas and pressures for which they are intended O 0 O Isopen circuit no load voltage of arc welding and cutting machines as low as possible and not in ex cess of the recommended limits O O O Under wet conditions are automatic controls for reducing no load voltage used O 0O O Is grounding of the machine frame and safety ground connections of portable machines checked peri odically 190 Yes Oodaqaq oa m O OoOddo m 00 00 OoOodaqaqo oO No 000000 O O OoOddo O 00 00 OoOoOodacao ao NA Ooddaq0 Oa OoOoOada a m Oa 00 00 mo0oo0auo0n00 Are electrodes removed from the holders when not in use Is it required that electric power
81. O Do you have electrical installations in hazardous dust or vapor areas If so do they meet the National Electrical Code NEC for hazardous locations m O m Are exposed wiring and cords with frayed or deteriorated insulation repaired or replaced promptly O O O Are flexible cords and cables free of splices or taps O 0 O Are clamps or other securing means provided on flexible cords or cables at plugs receptacles tools and equipment and is the cord jacket securely held in place O 0O O Areall cord cable and raceway connections intact and secure 200 Yes No NA O 0 O Inwet or damp locations are electrical tools and equipment appropriate for the use or location or otherwise protected O 0O CIs the location of electrical power lines and cables overhead underground underfloor other side of walls determined before digging drilling or similar work is begun O 0 UO Are metal measuring tapes ropes handlines or similar devices with metallic thread woven into the fabric prohibited where they could come in contact with energized parts of equipment of circuit conductors O O CIs the use of metal ladders prohibited in areas where the ladder or the person using the ladder could come in contact with energized parts of equipment fixtures or circuit conductors m O m Are all disconnecting switches and circuit breakers labeled to indicate their use or equipment served O m O Are disconnecting means always opened before fuses
82. OL offers many educational programs to the public and produces publications to help inform people about their rights and responsibilities regarding occupational safety and health When reading this guide please remember the mission of the N C Department of Labor is greater than just regula tory enforcement An equally important goal is to help citizens find ways to create safe workplaces Everyone profits when managers and employees work together for safety This booklet like the other educational materials produced by the N C Department of Labor can help Cherie Berry Commissioner of Labor Overview This industry guide is designed to assist employers in developing a comprehensive safety and health program with best practices to be tailored to your own operation We encourage you to customize the information in this industry guide as necessary to accomplish this goal You may also copy any of the material in this guide to be used in your safety and health efforts This guide is provided as a best practice and compliance aid It does not constitute a legal interpretation of OSHA standards nor does it replace the need to be familiar with and follow the actual OSHA standards including any North Carolina specific changes Though the programs contained in this document are intended to be consistent with OSHA standards if an area is considered by the reader to be inconsistent the OSHA standard should be followed Please note that this guide may
83. Part B Any of the following questions and other questions not listed may be added to the questionnaire at the discre tion of the health care professional who will review the questionnaire 1 In your present job are you working at high altitudes over 5 000 feet or in a place that has lower than normal amounts of oxygen Yes No If yes do you have feelings of dizziness shortness of breath pounding in your chest or other symptoms when you re working under these conditions Yes No 2 At work or at home have you ever been exposed to hazardous solvents hazardous airborne chemicals e g gases fumes or dust or have you come into skin contact with hazardous chemicals Yes No If yes name the chemicals if you know them 3 Have you ever worked with any of the materials or under any of the conditions listed below a Asbestos Yes No b Silica e g in sandblasting Yes No c Tungsten cobalt e g grinding or welding this material Yes No d Beryllium Yes No e Aluminum Yes No f Coal for example mining Yes No g Iron Yes No h Tin Yes No 150 i Dusty environments Yes No j Any other hazardous exposures Yes No If yes describe these exposures List any second jobs or side businesses you have List your previous occupations List your current and previous hobbies Have you been in the military services Yes No If yes were you exp
84. Recognize the environmental and workplace conditions that lead to potential cold induced illnesses and injuries e Watch for signs and symptoms of cold induced illnesses injuries e Select proper clothing for cold wet and windy conditions Layer clothing to adjust to changing environmental temperatures Wear a hat and gloves in addition to underwear that will keep water away from the skin polypropy lene e Take frequent short breaks in warm dry shelters to allow the body to warm up e Perform work during the warmest part of the day e Avoid exhaustion or fatigue because energy is needed to keep muscles warm e Use the buddy system work in pairs e Drink warm sweet beverages sugar water sports type drinks Avoid drinks with caffeine coffee tea or hot chocolate or alcohol e Eat warm high calorie foods like hot pasta dishes Responding to Frost Bite e Move the person to a warm dry area Don t leave the person alone e Remove any wet or tight clothing that may cut off blood flow to the affected area e DO NOT rub the affected area because rubbing causes damage to the skin and tissue e Gently place the affected area in a warm 105 F water bath and monitor the water temperature to slowly warm the tissue Don t pour warm water directly on the affected area because it will warm the tissue too fast causing tis sue damage Warming takes about 25 40 minutes e After the affected area has been warmed it may become puffy and b
85. Wear lightweight light colored loose fitting clothes e Avoid alcohol caffeinated drinks and heavy meals e Whenever possible distribute the workload evenly over the day and incorporate work rest cycles e Reduce physical demands during hot weather e Do heavier work in cooler times of the day e Rotate job functions to minimize overexertion and heat exposure e Be aware that certain personal protective equipment can increase the risk of heat related illness e Immediately report any heat related symptoms to your supervisor Heat Related Illnesses Heat Stroke is the most serious heat related health problem Heat stroke occurs when the body s temperature regu lating system fails and body temperature rises to critical levels greater than 104 F This is a medical emergency that may result in death The signs and symptoms of heat stroke are confusion loss of consciousness and seizures Work ers experiencing heat stroke have a very high body temperature and may stop sweating If a worker shows signs of pos sible heat stroke get medical help immediately and call 911 Until medical help arrives move the worker to a shady cool area and remove as much clothing as possible Wet the worker with cool water and circulate the air to speed cooling Place cold wet cloths wet towels or ice all over the body or soak the worker s clothing with cold water Heat Exhaustion is the next most serious heat related health problem The signs and symptoms
86. Yes UNo If yes when Supervisor Employee s signature Date Supervisor s Incident Investigation Form Name of Injured Person Date of Birth Telephone Number Address City State Zip L Male Female What part of the body was injured Describe in detail What was the nature of the injury Describe in detail Describe fully how the accident happened What was employee doing prior to the event What equipment and tools were being used Names of all witnesses Date of Event Time of Event Llam Ipm Exact location of event What caused the event Were safety regulations in place and used If not what was wrong Employee went to doctor hospital Doctor s Name Hospital s Name Recommended preventive action to take in the future to prevent reoccurrence Supervisor s Signature Date Incident Investigation Report Instructions Complete this form as soon as possible after any incident that an employee reports or which results in serious injury or illness and to investigate a minor injury or near miss that could have resulted in a serious injury or illness This is areportof Q Death ULostTime UDr VisitOnly QO First Aid Only U Near Miss This report is made by Q Employee U Supervisor U Team Date of incident T Other Step 1 Injured employee complete this part for each injured employee Name Sex OU
87. a feeding mechanism Properly designed ejection methods do not require any operator involve ment after the machine starts to function Using these feeding and ejection methods does not eliminate the need for guards and devices Guards and devices must be used wherever they are necessary and possible in order to provide pro tection from exposure to hazards Automatic Feed e Stock is fed from rolls indexed by machine mechanism etc e Eliminates the need for operator involvement in the danger area e Other guards are required for worker protection usually fixed barrier guards e Requires frequent maintenance e May not be adaptable to stock variation Semiautomatic Feed e Stock is fed by chutes movable dies dial feed plungers or sliding bolster Automatic Ejection e Work pieces are ejected by air or mechanical means e May create a hazard of blowing chips or debris e Size of stock limits the use of this method e Air ejection may present a noise hazard 131 Semiautomatic Ejection Work pieces are ejected by mechanical means that are initiated by the worker Operator does not have to enter danger area to remove finished work Other guards are required for operator protection May not be adaptable to stock variation Machinery Maintenance and Repair Good maintenance and repair procedures contribute significantly to the safety of the maintenance crew as well as that of machine operators The variety and complexity of m
88. achines to be serviced the hazards associated with their power sources the special dangers that may be present during machine breakdown and the severe time constraints often placed on maintenance personnel all make safe maintenance and repair work difficult If possible machine design should permit routine lubrication and adjustment without removal of safeguards When safeguards must be removed and the machine serviced the lockout procedure must be adhered to The maintenance and repair crew must never fail to replace the guards before the job is considered finished and the machine released from lockout In order to prevent hazards while servicing machines each machine or piece of equipment should be safeguarded during the conduct of servicing or maintenance by e Notifying all affected employees usually machine or equipment operators or users that the machine or equip ment must be shut down to perform some maintenance or servicing Stopping the machine Isolating the machine or piece of equipment from its energy source Locking out or tagging out the energy source Relieving any stored or residual energy Verifying that the machine or equipment is isolated from the energy source Although this is the general rule there are exceptions when the servicing or maintenance is not hazardous for an em ployee when the servicing conducted is minor in nature done as an integral part of production and the employer uti lizes alternative safeg
89. achments recommended by the manufacturer e Do not load the tool unless it is to be used immediately e Do not leave a loaded tool unattended especially where it would be available to unauthorized people e Keep hands clear of the barrel end e Never point the tool at anyone When using powder actuated tools to apply fasteners several additional procedures must be followed e Do not fire fasteners into material that would allow the fasteners to pass through to the other side e Do not drive fasteners into very hard or brittle material that might chip or splatter or make the fasteners ricochet e Always use an alignment guide when shooting fasteners into existing holes e When using a high velocity tool do not drive fasteners more than 3 inches 7 62 cm from an unsupported edge or corner of material such as brick or concrete e When using a high velocity tool do not place fasteners in steel any closer than inch 1 27 cm from an unsup ported corner edge unless a special guard fixture or jig is used 87 Hydraulic Power Tools The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an approved fire resistant fluid and must retain its operating charac teristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed The exception to fire resistant fluid involves all hydraulic fluids used for the insulated sections of derrick trucks aerial lifts and hydraulic tools that are used on or around energized lines This hydraulic fluid will b
90. affles noncombustible and easily cleaned Is infrared drying apparatus kept out of the spray area during spraying operations Is the spay booth completely ventilated before using the drying apparatus Is the electric drying apparatus properly grounded Are lighting fixtures for spray booths located outside of the booth and the interior lighted through sealed clear panels Are the electric motors for exhaust fans placed outside booths or ducts Are belts and pulleys inside the booth fully enclosed Do ducts have access doors to allow cleaning Do all drying spaces have adequate ventilation Entering Confined Spaces Are confined spaces thoroughly emptied of any corrosive or hazardous substances such as acids or caustics before entry Are all lines to a confined space containing inert toxic flammable or corrosive materials valved off and blanked or disconnected and separated before entry Is it required that all impellers agitators or other moving equipment inside confined spaces be locked out if they present a hazard Is either natural or mechanical ventilation provided prior to confined space entry Are appropriate atmospheric tests performed to check for oxygen deficiency toxic substances and ex plosive concentrations in the confined space before entry Is adequate illumination provided for the work to be performed in the confined space Is the atmosphere inside the confined space frequently tested or continuously monitored
91. al do they protect the operator s hands Are revolving drums barrels and containers required to be guarded by an enclosure that is interlocked with the drive mechanism so that revolution cannot occur unless the guard enclosure is in place Do arbors and mandrels have firm and secure bearings and are they free from play Are provisions made to prevent machines from automatically starting when power is restored after a power failure or shutdown Are machines constructed so as to be free from excessive vibration when the largest size tool is mounted and run at full speed If machinery is cleaned with compressed air is air pressure controlled and personal protective equip ment or other safeguards utilized to protect operators and other workers from eye and body injury Are fan blades protected with a guard having openings no larger than inch when operating within 7 feet of the floor Are saws used for ripping equipped with anti kick back devices and spreaders Are radial arm saws so arranged that the cutting head will gently return to the back of the table when released Lockout Tagout Procedures Is all machinery or equipment capable of movement required to be de energized or disengaged and blocked or locked out during cleaning servicing adjusting or setting up operations whenever required Where the power disconnecting means for equipment does not also disconnect the electrical control circuit Are the appropriate electrical e
92. allows employees to rest affected muscle groups during that time period e Cross train employees so that sufficient support is available for peak production to cover breaks to institute job enlargement programs and to provide additional rotation alternatives e Performing routine and preventive maintenance on equipment ensures that the equipment is working properly When combined with exposure to other risk factors cold can increase the risk of developing a musculoskeletal disor der Employers typically limit cold exposure by providing a warm dry area and allowing frequent short breaks to allow workers to warm up It is also important to use appropriate clothing and personal protective equipment when working in cold environments 56 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The stan dard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please mod ify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Fall Protection Plan Ref 29 CFR 1910 66 f and 269 g Types of Fall Protection Systems e Articulating manlifts provided with a restraint system and full body harness to an anchor point below the waist preferably at the floor level e Guardrails with toeboards e Personal fall arrest systems Anchor points rated at 5 000 pound
93. alth program A committee member will be designated to keep minutes A copy of the minutes will be posted in a place where all affected employees have access to them The company should archive meeting minutes for a specified period of time such as one year for follow up review purposes The company may choose to post minutes on employee bulletin boards on an intranet etc Additionally the company may choose to archive such records electronically General Employee Safety Meetings All employees are required to attend a monthly safety and health meeting This meeting will help identify safety and health problems develop solutions provide training and evaluate the effectiveness of the safety and health program An employee will be designated each month to keep the minutes A copy of the minutes will be posted in a place where all affected employees have access to them The company should archive meeting minutes for a specified period of time such as one year for follow up review purposes The company may choose to post minutes on employee bul letin boards on an intranet etc Additionally the company may choose to archive such records electronically Note The following example policy contains workers compensation procedures and OSHA recordkeeping require ments It also contaains best practices that can be modified or delected to the policy as deemed appropriate Refer to the NCIC website http www ic nc gov for information on workers
94. am Ref 29 CFR 1910 134 General In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts fogs fumes mists gases smokes sprays or vapors the primary objective will be to prevent atmospheric contamination This will be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures for example enclosure or confinement of the operation general and local ventilation and substitution of less toxic materials When effective engineering con trols are not feasible or while they are being instituted appropriate respirators will be used Responsibilities All employees must follow the requirements of the respiratory protection program Management e Implement the requirements of this program e Provide a selection of respirators as required e Enforce all provisions of this program e Appoint an individual to administer the respiratory protection program Program Administrator e Review sanitation storage procedures e Ensure respirators are properly stored inspected and maintained e Monitor compliance for this program e Provide training for affected employees e Review compliance and ensure monthly inspection of all respirators e Provide respirator fit testing Designated Occupational Health Care Provider HCP e Conduct medical aspects of program Program Administrator Insert job title will be designated as the program administrator who is qualified by appropriat
95. am is to prevent injury or property damage from the unsafe operation of powered industrial vehicles The policy provides the fundamentals for the operation use and maintenance of powered industrial trucks in cluding fork trucks tractors platform lift trucks motorized hand trucks and other specialized industrial trucks powered by electric motors or internal combustion engines This program has been developed to comply with 29 CFR 1910 178 Powered Industrial Trucks General Requirements Selection e Ifthe load to be handled is such that it presents a hazard to the operator for instance boxes falling from a pallet during travel the manufacturer will install a vertical load backrest e A vehicle used in dim areas of the plant will come equipped with its own light including vehicles that are used to load semi trucks e Nameplates and markings on powered industrial trucks should remain intact and should be maintained in legible condition The manufacturer s written approval must be obtained for any modifications that affect truck capacity or safe operation If a modification is made the capacity operation and maintenance instruction plates tags or de cals should be changed e Prior to using a truck in each area of the plant the atmosphere or location should be classified as to whether it is hazardous or nonhazardous The type of industrial truck used in each area is dependent on this classification Only approved industrial trucks sh
96. an directly increase the risk of injury Many jobs combine multiple stressors in a single job For example a single job might combine awkward shoulder and back postures in reaching across the work table force in lifting exposure to vibration repetitive wrist motions and contact stress with a sharp work table edge The combination of multiple stressors within a job or work task can create an increased risk of injury Identifying Problems OSHA recommends that poultry processing facilities establish a three step process to systematically identify er gonomic problems This process should account not only for current workplace conditions but also for planned changes to existing and new facilities processes materials and equipment The three step process for identifying ergonomic problems in poultry processing facilities includes e Gathering information from available sources e Conducting initial workplace surveys to determine which jobs need a closer analysis and e Performing ergonomic job hazard analyses of those workstations with identified risk factors Gathering Information From Available Sources The first step in identifying ergonomic problems should be a review and analysis of available information Informa tion about problems or potential problems can be obtained from a variety of sources including the OSHA 300 and 301 reports first aid logs reports of workers compensation claims accident and near miss investigation reports
97. ances that impair an employee s ability to perform the job safely is not allowed The use of these sub stances except legally prescribed drugs reported to the supervisor employer during duty hours is prohibited and their use may result in disciplinary action Duty hours consist of all working hours including break periods and on call peri ods whether on or off company premises The consumption of alcohol or illegal drugs while performing company business or while in a company facility or vehicle is prohibited and will result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment Additionally employees must report to their supervisor the use of legally prescribed drugs such as narcotics that may affect their ability to perform any part of their job safely so that alternate assignments duties may be considered when necessary Failure to report this type of drug use may also result in disciplinary action under certain circumstances Drug testing will be performed after all accidents that occur on company time or property or in or on a company owned vehicle or other equipment Additionally random drug testing may be performed if employees are suspected of being under the influence of alcohol or any illegal drug and when they appear to be impaired by any substance includ ing unreported use of legally prescribed medications while at work Refusal to submit to a drug test after an accident incident may result in termination of employme
98. and familiar with any electrical safety related practices not specifically addressed but which are necessary for their safety The training required will be of the classroom or on the job type preferably both The degree of training provided will be determined by the risk to the employee 42 D Selection and Use of Work Practices Safety related work practices will be used to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits that are or may be energized The specific safety related work practices will be consistent with the nature and extent of the associated electrical hazards e De energized parts Live parts to which an employee may be exposed will be de energized before the employee works on or near them unless the employer can demonstrate that de energizing introduces additional or increased hazards or is infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations Live parts that operate at less than 50 volts to ground need not be de energized if there will not be increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion due to electric arcs Energized parts If the exposed live parts are not de energized i e for reasons of increased or additional hazards or infeasibility other safety related work practices will be used to protect employees who may be exposed to the electrical hazards involved Such work practices will protec
99. and any mechanical repairs that were com pleted between inspections Pretrip inspections also known as walk arounds are required for commercial motor vehicles This inspection also includes review of the last driver vehicle inspection report No written documentation of this inspection is required un less there needs to be a sign off on the prior driver vehicle inspection report 73 Accident Review Committee An accident review committee will be established and composed of three members chosen at large One member will be a manager one member will be a senior experienced driver and one member will be an employee chosen at large The purpose of this committee is to review the circumstances involving an accident to determine if the accident was preventable The National Safety Council NSC guidelines will be used for this determination A preventable accident is defined by NSC as Any occurrence involving a vehicle which results in property damage and or personal injury re gardless of who was injured what property was damaged to what extent or where it occurred in which the driver in question failed to do everything he she reasonably could have done to prevent the occurrence The definition of a preventable accident will be strictly and impartially applied All accidents will be reviewed for evidence of defensive driving techniques Accident Review Findings The findings of the accident review committee will be presented to the
100. and enters his her job title at the time of affixing and removing the device Documentation of Employee Training Documentation must be completed for each employee following every training or retraining session Refer to form Lockout Tagout Training Documentation Lockout Tagout Training Documentation Name of Equipment Procedure Employee Name Employee Address Home Phone Cell Phone Job Title Department Date of Training or Retraining Signature of Employee Signature of Trainer Is the employee authorized to implement lockout tagout procedure _ Yes No Date Authorized Authorizing Supervisor s Signature 129 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Machine Guarding Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 211 219 The purpose of machine guarding is to protect the machine operator and other employees in the work area from haz ards created by ingoing nip points rotating parts flying chips and sparks All employees will follow our policy on guarding Any discrepancy to our policy without authorization from the Safety Co
101. and insur ance company reports Employers can also gain useful information from employee interviews and surveys as well as from reviews and observations of workplace conditions Conducting an Initial Workplace Survey The second step is to conduct an initial workplace survey An initial workplace survey is typically performed with an ergonomics checklist to look for relevant workplace risk factors According to poultry processing employers the most important risk factors in poultry processing facilities are e Repetition performing the same motion or series of motions continually or frequently e Force the amount of physical effort required to perform a task such as heavy lifting or to maintain control of equipment or tools e Awkward and static postures assuming positions that place stress on the body such as reaching above shoulder height kneeling squatting leaning over a worktable twisting the torso while lifting as well as holding or using tools e g knives or scissors in a nonneutral or fixed position e Vibration utilizing hand held power tools that can increase the stress on the hands and arms Cold temperatures in combination with the above risk factors may also increase the potential for musculoskeletal disorders to develop Many of the operations in poultry processing occur with a chilled product or in a cold environ ment Not all of these risk factors will be present in every job nor is the existence of one or all o
102. and repairs to the cylinder and valve must be made by the compressed gas vendor Modification of safety relief devices beyond the tank or regulator should only be made by a competent person appointed by management Painting cylinders without authorization is prohibited Charged and full cylinders should be labeled and stored away from empty cylinders The bottom of the cylinder should be protected from the ground to prevent rusting All compressed gas cylinders should be regularly inspected for corrosion pitting cuts gouges digs bulges neck defects and general distortion Cylinder valves should be kept closed at all times except when the valve is in use Compressed gas cylinders should be moved even short distances by a suitable hand truck Using wrenches or other tools for opening and closing valves is prohibited Suitable pressure regulating devices should be kept in use whenever the gas is emitted to systems with pressure rated limitations lower than the cylinder pressure 33 All compressed gas cylinder connections such as pressure regulators manifolds hoses gauges and relief valves should be checked for integrity and tightness An approved leak detection liquid should be used to detect flammable gas leaks Procedures should be established for when a compressed gas cylinder leak cannot be remedied by simply tighten ing the valve The procedures should include the following o Attach tag to the cylinder stating it is unserv
103. aned beforehand No one should blow dust off protective clothing and equipment We will ensure that workers do not eat drink smoke chew tobacco or gum or apply cosmetics or carry or store products associated with these activities in regulated areas or in areas where skin or eye contact with lead occurs Housekeeping Proper housekeeping requirements are important because they target sources of exposure to lead that engineering controls are generally not designed to address We will ensure that all surfaces are maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead Cleaning Methods Surfaces contaminated with lead will be cleaned by HEPA filtered vacuuming or other methods that minimize expo sure to lead including wet methods such as wet sweeping or wet scrubbing Dry methods e g dry shoveling dry sweeping and dry brushing are only allowed in cases where HEPA filtered vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of exposure to lead have been tried and found not to be effective 120 The use of compressed air for cleaning surfaces is only allowed when used in conjunction with a ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud or when no alternative method is feasible Employees should use caution whenever compressed air is used as a cleaning method since the air will spread the contamination further unless the dust is appropriately collected Compressed air should never be directed at other work ers and shoul
104. ans for connecting a valve protector device or with a collar or recess to protect the valve O QO O Are cylinders legibly marked to clearly identify the gas contained O QO UO Are compressed gas cylinders stored in areas that are protected from external heat sources such as flame impingement intense radiant heat electric arcs or high temperature lines O O O Are cylinders located or stored in areas where they will not be damaged by passing or falling objects or subjected to tampering by unauthorized people O OQ UO Are cylinders stored or transported in a manner to prevent them from creating a hazard by tipping falling or rolling O QO O Are cylinders containing liquefied fuel gas stored or transported in a position so that the safety relief device is always in direct contact with the vapor space in the cylinder O OQ O Are valve protectors always placed on cylinders when the cylinders are not in use or connected for use O QO OC Areall valves closed off before a cylinder is moved when the cylinder is empty and at the completion of each job O OQ UO Are low pressure fuel gas cylinders checked periodically for corrosion general distortion cracks or any other defect that might indicate a weakness or render it unfit for service O 0O O Does the periodic check of low pressure fuel gas cylinders include a close inspection of the cylinders bottoms Hoist and Auxiliary Equipment O OQ O Iseach overhead electric hoist equipped with a
105. any Alternative methods may be used as well Safety and Health Committees and Meetings Employers can form safety and health committees to help employees and management work together to identify safety and health problems develop solutions review incident reports and evaluate the effectiveness of the safety and health program The committee should be made up of management designated representatives and employee elected representatives from all areas within the company Employees from each operational unit division or area may volunteer or be nominated from among themselves to be a representative on the committee If there is only one volunteer or nomination the employees may approve the person by voice vote at a short meeting called for that purpose If there is more than one volunteer or nomination a secret paper ballot may be used to elect the representative Elected representatives will serve for insert number of years year s before being re elected or replaced If there is a vacancy then an election will be held before the next scheduled meeting to fill the balance of the term It is recom mended that members serve two years with half of the members replaced after the first year when the initial committee is formed so that there are carry over members on the committee at all times In addition to the employee elected representatives management should designate no more than three representa tives but a minimum of one who will serve
106. are replaced O 0 UO Doall interior wiring systems include provisions for grounding metal parts of electrical raceways equipment and enclosures m O m Are all electrical raceways and enclosures securely fastened in place O QO O Areall energized parts of electrical circuits and equipment guarded against accidental contact by ap proved cabinets or enclosures O 0O O Is sufficient access and working space provided and maintained about all electrical equipment to per mit ready and safe operations and maintenance O OQ O Areall unused openings including conduit knockouts in electrical enclosures and fittings closed with appropriate covers plugs or plates O QO UO Are electrical enclosures such as switches receptacles and junction boxes provided with tight fitting covers or plates O QO UO Are disconnecting switches for electrical motors in excess of 2 horsepower capable of opening the cir cuit when the motor is in a stalled condition without exploding The horsepower rating of switches must be equal to or in excess of the motor s horsepower rating O 0O O Is low voltage protection provided in the control device of motors driving machines or equipment that could cause probable injury from inadvertent starting O O m Is each motor disconnecting switch or circuit breaker located within sight of the motor control device O 0O O Iseach motor located within sight of its controller or the controller disconnecting means capable
107. as possible the hazards that would be present for nonroutine tasks such as a chemical spill or container rupture Cleanup procedures and proper personal pro tective equipment will be considered and adequate training for such tasks will be addressed When an outside contractor will be used it will be the responsibility of insert job title of responsible person to ad vise the contractor of any hazardous chemicals to which its employees may be exposed and the appropriate protective measures to be taken Conversely it will be the same person s responsibility to determine if the contractor will be using any hazardous chemicals during this work that would expose employees Appropriate training and protective measures must be taken in order to protect employees Prior to any work being performed by an outside contractor involving haz ardous chemicals insert job title of responsible person is to be advised All employees exposed to any hazardous chemicals will complete an information and training program that includes at least the subjects listed below New employees must complete similar instruction before initial exposure to any haz ardous chemical in the workplace 89 Adequate training of all employees exposed to hazardous chemicals will be given by insert job title of responsible person assisted as needed by the hazard communication program coordinator Employee information for this program will include e The purpose and need for suc
108. ase comfort Ointments and creams should not be used on a heat rash Anything that makes the skin warm or moist may make the rash worse 159 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Walking and Working Surfaces Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 21 30 A Purpose Slips trips and falls constitute the majority of general industry accidents They cause 15 percent of all accidental deaths and are second only to motor vehicles as a cause of fatalities B Responsibilities Safety Coordinator e Conduct routine inspections to ensure all walking and working surfaces are free from slip trip and fall hazards e Conduct training for employees who use ladders scaffolds or other elevated platforms e Conduct training in use and inspection of fall prevention and arrest equipment e Ensure proper ladders are used for specific tasks e Provide adequate fall prevention and arrest equipment Employees e Maintain work areas free from slip trip and fall hazards e Correct or immediately report slip trip and fall hazards e Use proper ladders for assigned tasks C Hazard Control Engineering Controls e Proper constr
109. ase reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Hygiene and Decontamination Procedures Ref 29 CFR 1910 1030 and 1910 120 Safe Work Practices General Hygiene Practices Regularly wash hands face neck and other exposed skin surfaces with soap and water after using the toilet prior to preparing food and eating or drinking applying cosmetics using medications or smoking after chemical use and dirty work and at the end of the workday Use shower facilities after exposure to chemicals or as needed Dispose of clothes in proper laundry containers Floodwaters may be contaminated with sewage and decaying animal and human remains Wear appropriate PPE when contact cannot be avoided Disinfection of skin clothing tools and equipment and work surfaces after contamination is critical in disease prevention Seek immediate medical attention if a wound becomes red swells or oozes pus Hand Decontamination Use soap and clean water whenever it is available A waterless alcohol based hand cleaner may be used when soap and water are not immediately available however employees must wash their hands with soap and water as soon as possible Rinse completely dry with a clean disposable towel or air dry Clothing Tool and Equipment Decontamination Use soap and clean water when available If only contaminated water is available mix 4 cup bleach per gallon of water Immerse objects in solutio
110. ation It is critically important that workers recognize the hazards associated with exposure to Cr VI and understand the measures they can take to protect themselves Employees will receive hazard communication training along with e The requirements of the Cr VT standard e The medical surveillance program required by the standard including recognition of the signs and symptoms of adverse health effects that may result from Cr VI exposure We will also have a copy of the Cr VI standard available without cost to affected workers Recordkeeping Accurate records can demonstrate employer compliance with the standard and can assist in diagnosing and identify ing workplace related illnesses Therefore we will maintain records of worker Cr VI exposures including air monitor ing data historical monitoring data and objective data and medical surveillance records Air Monitoring Data We will keep an accurate record of all air monitoring performed to comply with the standard The record will indi cate e The date of the measurement for each sample taken e The operation involving exposure to Cr VJ that was monitored Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy The number duration and results of samples taken The type of personal protective equipment used e g type of respirators worn The name Social Security number and job classification of all workers represented by the monitoring specifying
111. ation to the muscles and causes greater muscle fatigue Effort required to make a particular cut either with a knife or scissors can depend upon the sharpness of the tool A dull instrument requires more force or exertion and contributes to cumulative trauma disorders Preventative Measures Early recognition of problems and treatment of complaints have been very effective in reducing and preventing cu mulative trauma disorders Work methods should be examined and corrections made where practical and appropriate Workplaces may need to be redesigned to better accommodate the area to the worker ergonomic necessities Work place redesign may necessitate adjustable foot rests and stand sit props to help relieve muscle strain and back pressure for workers in fixed standing positions Cushioned floor mats or shoes with cushioned soles will also be more comfort able for workers standing in one position Frequent walk around periods also help relieve muscle strain Stackable or adjustable work stands can raise shorter workers to a more comfortable work position However care must be taken to see that such stands do not create a fall or trip hazard Conveyors should be designed so that the maxi mum reach for workers is no greater than 13 18 Upward reaches should be no higher than shoulder level preferably even lower the higher the upward reach the shorter should be the forward reach The important factors in deciding the proper dimensions of a w
112. b to be performed O 0 O When hoisting material or equipment are provisions made to ensure no one will be passing under the suspended loads O 0 O Are material safety data sheets available to employees handling hazardous substances Transporting Employees and Materials O 0 UO Do employees who operate vehicles on public thoroughfares have valid operator s licenses O QO O When seven or more employees are regularly transported in a van bus or truck is the operator s li cense appropriate for the class of vehicle being driven O 0O O Iseach van bus or truck used regularly to transport employees equipped with an adequate number of seats O 0 O When employees are transported by truck are provisions provided to prevent their falling from the ve hicle O O O Are vehicles used to transport employees equipped with lamps brakes horns mirrors windshields and turn signals in good repair O O O Aretransport vehicles provided with handrails steps stirrups or similar devices so placed and arranged that employees can safely mount and dismount O 0 O Are employee transport vehicles equipped at all times with at least two reflective type flares O 0 O When cutting tools or tools with sharp edges are carried in passenger compartments of employee trans port vehicles are they placed in closed boxes or containers that are secured in place 203 Yes No NA O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O oO O
113. be encountered while using hand tools Workplace floors will be kept as clean and dry as possible to prevent accidental slips with or around dangerous hand tools Power tools will be fitted with guards and safety switches They are extremely hazardous when used improperly The types of power tools are determined by their power source electric pneumatic liquid fuel hydraulic or powder actuated Guards The exposed moving parts of power tools need to be safeguarded Belts gears shafts pulleys sprockets spindles drums flywheels chains or other reciprocating rotating or moving parts of equipment must be guarded Machine guards as appropriate must be provided to protect the operator and others from the following e Point of operation e In running nip points e Rotating parts e Flying chips and sparks Safety guards must never be removed when a tool is being used Portable circular saws having a blade greater than 2 inches 5 08 cm in diameter must be equipped with guards at all times An upper guard must cover the entire blade of the saw A retractable lower guard must cover the teeth of the saw except where it makes contact with the work material The lower guard must automatically return to the covering position when the tool is withdrawn from the work material General Safe Work Practices To prevent hazards associated with the use of power tools workers should observe general safe work practices e Never carry a tool by the co
114. bilities Ensure that sufficient employee time supervisor support and funds are budgeted for equipment training and car rying out the safety and health program Evaluate supervisors each year to make sure they carry out their responsibilities as described in this program Ensure that incidents are fully investigated and corrective action is taken to prevent the hazardous conditions or behaviors from happening again Ensure that a record of injuries and illnesses is maintained and posted as described in this program Set a good example by following established safety and health rules and attending required training Report unsafe practices or conditions to the supervisor of the area where the hazard was observed Supervisor Responsibilities Ensure that each employee has received initial orientation before beginning work Ensure that each employee is competent or has received training on safe operation of equipment or tasks before starting work Ensure that each employee receives required personal protective equipment PPE before starting work on a project requiring PPE Perform a daily safety check of the work area Promptly correct any hazards you find Observe the employees you supervise while they are working Promptly correct any unsafe behavior Provide additional training and take corrective action as necessary Document employee evaluations Set a good example for employees by following the safety and health rules and attend
115. cate that it was a near miss and that no actual injury occurred The report will be forwarded to insert appropriate name job title to record on the inci dent log and for further action Employee s Incident Report Form Instructions Employees will use this form to report all work related injuries illnesses or near miss events which could have caused an injury or illness no matter how minor This helps to identify and correct hazards before they cause serious injuries This form will be completed by employees as soon as possible and given to a supervisor for further action NCIC Form 18 may be used in place of this one am reporting a work related Ol Injury OU Illness QO Near miss Name Job Title Supervisor Have you told your supervisor about this injury near miss OYes UNo Date of injury illness near miss Time of injury illness near miss Names of witnesses if any Where exactly did it happen What were you doing at the time Describe step by step what led up to the injury illness near miss continue on the back if necessary What could have been done to prevent this injury illness near miss What parts of your body were injured If a near miss how could you have been hurt Did you see a doctor about this injury illness OYes UNo If yes whom did you see Doctor s phone number Date Time Has this part of your body been injured before O
116. cessary supplies available periodically inspected and replenished as needed O QO UO Have first aid kit supplies been approved by a physician indicating that they are adequate for a particular area or operation O QO O Are means provided for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body in areas where corrosive liquids or materials are handled Fire Protection Is your local fire department well acquainted with your facilities its location and specific hazards If you have a fire alarm system is it certified as required If you have a fire alarm system is it tested at least annually If you have interior standpipes and valves are they inspected regularly Oodaq0 OoOddad0 Oodaqc0 If you have outside private fire hydrants are they flushed at least once a year and on a routine preven tive maintenance schedule Are fire doors and shutters in good operating condition m O O Are fire doors and shutters unobstructed and protected against obstructions including their counter weights O QO O Ate fire door and shutter fusible links in place O 0 O Are automatic sprinkler system water control valves air and water pressure checked weekly periodi cally as required m O m Is the maintenance of automatic sprinkler systems assigned to responsible people or to a sprinkler con tractor Are sprinkler heads protected by metal guards when exposed to physical damage Is proper clearance maintained below sprinkler heads
117. cessary to prevent eye or skin irritation associated with respira tor use e If they detect vapor or gas breakthrough changes in breathing resistance or leakage of the facepiece e To replace the respirator or the filter cartridge or canister elements If the employee detects vapor or gas breakthrough changes in breathing resistance or leakage of the facepiece the company will replace or repair the respirator before allowing the employee to return to the work area Procedures for IDLH atmospheres For all IDLH atmospheres the company will ensure that e One employee or when needed more than one employee is located outside the IDLH atmosphere e Visual voice or signal line communication is maintained between the employees in the IDLH atmosphere and the employees located outside the IDLH atmosphere e The employees located outside the IDLH atmosphere are trained and equipped to provide effective emergency rescue e The employer or designee is notified before the employees located outside the IDLH atmosphere enter the IDLH atmosphere to provide emergency rescue e The employer or designee authorized to do so by the company once notified provides necessary assistance appro priate to the situation Employees located outside the IDLH atmospheres will be equipped with e Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs or a pressure demand or other positive pressure supplied air respirator with auxiliary SCBA and either e Appropr
118. ch as jackhammers requires proper effective use of appropriate hearing protection 86 Liquid Fuel Tools Fuel powered tools are usually operated with gasoline The most serious hazard associated with the use of fuel pow ered tools comes from fuel vapors that can burn or explode and also give off dangerous exhaust fumes Be careful to handle transport and store gas or fuel only in approved flammable liquid containers according to proper procedures for flammable liquids Before refilling a fuel powered tool tank shut down the engine and allow it to cool to prevent accidental ignition of hazardous vapors When a fuel powered tool is used inside a closed area effective ventilation and or proper respirators such as atmosphere supplying respirators must be utilized to avoid breathing carbon monoxide Fire extinguishers must also be available in the area Powder Actuated Tools Powder actuated tools operate like a loaded gun and must be treated with extreme caution In fact they are so dan gerous that they must be operated only by specially trained employees When using powder actuated tools wear suitable ear eye and face protection Select a powder level high or low velocity that is appropriate for the powder actuated tool and necessary to do the work without excessive force The muzzle end of the tool must have a protective shield or guard centered perpendicular to and concentric with the barrel to confine any fragments or particles tha
119. cident reports number of accidents e Management staff compliance with program components e Periodic on site audits e Staff feedback interviews Contractors All outside contractors working in or on the premises will be required to follow the guidelines set forth in this fall protection program when the contractor and employees are exposed to fall hazards Contractors in the prejob meeting will be informed of these requirements as well as the on site construction rules that apply 62 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs This program does not have to be in writing for employers with 10 or fewer employees The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Fire Prevention Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 39 The primary goal of this fire protection program is to reduce or eliminate fires in the workplace by heightening the fire safety awareness of all employees Another goal of this plan is to provide all employees with the information neces sary to recognize hazardous conditions and take appropriate action before such conditions result in a fire emergency This plan details the basic steps necessary to minimize the potential for fire occurring in the workplace Prevention of fires in the workplace is the responsibility of everyone employed by the c
120. clothing and equipment at no cost to the worker The following precautions must be taken to protect workers and others who handle protective clothing and equipment We will ensure that workers remove protective clothing and equipment that has become contaminated with lead ei ther at the end of their work shift or when they complete their tasks involving lead exposure whichever comes first We will not allow any worker to remove contaminated protective clothing or equipment from the workplace except for those workers whose job it is to launder clean maintain or dispose of the clothing or equipment When contaminated protective clothing or equipment is removed for laundering cleaning maintenance or disposal we will ensure that it is stored and transported in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers Bags or containers of contaminated protective clothing or equipment that are removed from change rooms for laun dering cleaning maintenance or disposal will be labeled in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard We will clean launder repair and replace protective clothing and equipment as necessary to ensure that the effec tiveness of the clothing and equipment is maintained We will inform any person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with lead of the potentially harmful effects of lead exposure and that the clothing and equipment should be laundered or cleaned in a manne
121. condenses in cool air In most cases the solid particles re sulting from the condensation react with air to form an oxide The term mist is applied to a finely divided liquid suspended in the atmosphere Mists are generated by liquids con densing from a vapor back to a liquid or by breaking up a liquid into a dispersed state such as by splashing foaming or atomizing Aerosols are also a form of a mist characterized by highly respirable minute liquid particles Fibers are solid particles whose length is several times greater than their diameter Gases are formless fluids that expand to occupy the space or enclosure in which they are confined Examples are welding gases such as acetylene nitrogen helium and argon as well as carbon monoxide generated from the operation of internal combustion engines or by its use as a reducing gas in a heat treating operation Another example is hydrogen sulfide which is formed wherever there is decomposition of materials containing sulfur under reducing conditions Liquids change into vapors and mix with the surrounding atmosphere through evaporation Vapors are the volatile form of substances that are normally in a solid or liquid state at room temperature and pressure Vapors are the gaseous form of substances that are normally in the solid or liquid state at room temperature and pressure They are formed by evaporation from a liquid or solid and can be found where parts cleaning and painting takes place and where
122. content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Housekeeping Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 22 Housekeeping is an important element of every safety and health program When materials tools and equipment all have a place for orderly storage and are returned to the proper place after use they are easier to find and easier to in spect for damage and wear The following housekeeping safety procedures apply Keep work areas and storage facilities clean neat and orderly Keep all aisles stairways passageways exits and access ways to buildings free from obstructions at all times Re move all grease and water spills from traffic areas immediately It is everyone s responsibility to pick up and clean up Do not place supplies on top of lockers hampers boxes or other moveable containers at a height where they are not visible from the floor When piling materials for storage make sure the base is firm and level Cross tie each layer Keep piles level and do not stack piles too high Keep aisles clear and maintain adequate space to work in them When storing materials suspended from racks or hooks secure them from falling and route walkways a safe dis tance from the surface beneath When storing materials overhead on balconies or mezzanines provide adequate toeboards to keep objects from rolling over the edge Do not let materials and supplies
123. ction e Prepare bleach solutions daily and allow to stand for at least 30 minutes before use e Label containers Bleach disinfected water DO NOT DRINK CAUTION Do not mix bleach with ammonia products 112 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on standard The standard does not re quire a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete con tent to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be applicable to your company Industrial Hygiene Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 1000 Industrial hygiene is the science of anticipating recognizing evaluating and controlling workplace conditions that may cause workers injury or illness Industrial hygienists use environmental monitoring and analytical methods to detect the extent of worker exposure and employ engineering work practice controls and other methods to control potential health hazards Air Contaminants These are commonly classified as either particulate or gas and vapor contaminants The most common particulate contaminants include dusts fumes mists aerosols and fibers Dusts are solid particles that are formed or generated from solid organic or inorganic materials by reducing their size through mechanical processes such as crushing grind ing drilling abrading or blasting Fumes are formed when material from a volatilized solid
124. ction contains example periodic training schedules Please add modify or delete content to each schedule as deemed necessary to meet your company s needs These are a best practice only Periodic Training Periodic safety training which includes daily weekly and monthly safety talks will be conducted within specific departments along with prejob briefings Daily Safety Talks The following departments will conduct daily five minute safety talks can be used in lieu of prejob briefings Topic choices are up to the supervisor or Insert job title of person responsible A roster will be maintained for the personnel files Weekly Safety Talks The following departments will conduct weekly safety talks Topic choices are up to the supervisor or Insert job title of person responsible A roster will be maintained for the personnel files Monthly Safety Talks The following departments will conduct monthly safety talks Topic choices are up to the supervisor or Insert job title of person responsible A roster will be maintained for the personnel files 175 Note Many OSHA standards require training and some do not require documentation that the training was conducted Documenting all training is a best practice Many training records are required to be kept for three years refer to the relevant OSHA standard for required recordkeeping timelines If training is only required initially and then
125. d The entry supervisor authorized attendant or entrant may make recommendations to management at any time to make changes in procedures to address and correct weaknesses in the procedures The entry supervisor or unit manager may notify the company at any time of potential weaknesses in policy or pro cedures The company will view and initiate whatever changes necessary to address confirmed weaknesses Retention of Records Canceled permits and other documentation will be retained by the company not less than one year following the date of entry Permits will then be retained as an employee exposure record if applicable 38 Confined Space Entry Permit Example 1 Date and time issued Date and time expires Jobsite space I D Job supervisor Equipment to be worked on Work to be performed Entrants name s Stand by personnel 1 Atmospheric checks Time Oxygen Explosive L F L Toxic PPM 2 Tester s signature 3 Source isolation no entry Yes No N A Pumps or lines blinded O O O Disconnected or blocked Oo O O 4 Ventilation modification Yes No N A Mechanical O O Natural ventilation only Oj O O 5 Atmospheric check after isolation and ventilation Oxygen gt 195 lt 23 5 Explosive L F L lt 10 Toxic PPM lt 10 H2S PPM Time Tester s signature 6 Communication procedures 7 Rescue procedures 8 Entry standby and backup persons Yes No N A Successfully completed
126. d We will review and update our plan as necessary to reflect significant changes in the compliance program Employee rotation will not be used as a means of compliance with the PEL and or the EL Respiratory Protection Respirators will be selected provided and used in the following circumstances e While feasible engineering and work practice controls are being installed or implemented e During maintenance and repair activities or other activities where engineering and work practice controls are not feasible e In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PEL and or EL and in emergencies 21 Respirators will be selected from among those approved by NIOSH We will also provide a powered air purifying respirator in lieu of any negative pressure respirator when the employee chooses it and when the respirator provides ad equate protection All employees using respirators will follow the procedures identified in our respirator program Employees who use a filter respirator will use a high efficiency filter and will change filters whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected Employees who wear respirators will be allowed to wash their faces and respirator facepieces whenever necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use An employee will not be as signed to tasks requiring the use of respirators if a physician determines tha
127. d be referenced to ensure that all re quirements are being met Hearing Conservation Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 95 All employees who are exposed at or above 85 dBA as an 8 hour time weighted average TWA will be included in a hearing conservation program Monitoring will be repeated whenever a change in production process equipment or control increases noise exposure to the extent that e Additional employees may be exposed at or above the action level e The attenuation provided by the hearing protectors being used by the employees may be rendered inadequate A complete sound survey will be conducted every insert years For noise levels exceeding 90 dBA mandatory hearing protection and engineering and administrative control meas ures will be utilized to reduce employee exposures Under the current OSHA standard all workers exposed to 85 dBA as an 8 hour time weighted average TWA are to be included in a hearing conservation program It is important to note that for work shifts in excess of eight hours the 85 dBA TWA is reduced For example exposures in excess of 83 4 dBA for a 10 hour work shift and exposures in ex cess of 82 1 dBA for a 12 hour work shift necessitate inclusion in a hearing conservation program Exposure Monitoring An ongoing noise exposure evaluation program is required under the OSHA Standard for Occupational Noise Expo sure 29 CFR 1910 95 when information indicates that any employee s exposure may equal
128. d by their job duties to be present in the area and may include maintenance repair personnel managers and quality control engineers Designated worker representatives may also enter the regulated area to observe exposure monitoring All people who enter the regulated area will use proper protective equipment including respirators when appropri ate Control Measures To protect workers from Cr VI hazards whenever exposures exceed the PEL we will use engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain Cr VI exposures to or below the PEL These are the most effective controls Whenever feasible engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL we will use such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable and supplement them by the use of respiratory protection Engineering controls include substitution using a less toxic material or process that results in lower exposures isolation such as enclosing the source of exposure and ventilation such as using a local exhaust system that captures airborne Cr VI near its source Work practice controls involve adjustments in the way a task is performed Workers will be trained on the proper way to perform a task to minimize their exposure and to maximize the effectiveness of the control In many cases work practice controls complement engineering controls in providing worker protection We will not rotate workers to diff
129. d environment e After each use e When requested by employee e When contaminant odor is detected e When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally Cartridges will remain in their original sealed packages until needed for immediate use Filters will be changed on the most limiting factor below e Prior to expiration date e Manufacturer s recommendations for the specific use and environment e When requested by employee e When contaminant odor is detected e When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally e When discoloring of the filter media is evident Filters will remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use 141 Respiratory Protection Schedule by Job and Working Condition The company maintains a respiratory protection schedule by job and working condition This schedule is provided to each authorized and trained employee The schedule provides the following information e Job working conditions e Work location e Hazards present e Type of respirator or SCBA required e Type of filter canister required e Location of respirator or SCBA e Filter cartridge change out schedule The schedule will be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever any changes are made in the work envi ronments machinery equipment or processes or if respirator different respirator models are introduce
130. d fire doors are unobstructed Stairwell doors must never be propped open and ma terials must not be stored in stairwells e Periodically remove over spray residue from walls floors and ceilings of spray booths and ventilation ducts e Remove contaminated spray booth filters from the building as soon as replaced or keep immersed in water until disposed e Don t allow material to block automatic sprinkler systems or to be piled around fire extinguisher locations To ob tain the proper distribution of water a minimum of 18 inches of clear space must be maintained below sprinkler deflectors If there are no sprinklers a 3 foot clearance between piled material and the ceiling must be maintained to permit use of hose streams These distances must be doubled when stock is piled higher than 15 feet e Check daily for any discarded lumber broken pallets or pieces of material stored on site and remove properly e Repile immediately any pile of material that falls into an aisle or clear space e Use weed killers that are not toxic and do not pose a fire hazard Fire Protection Equipment Every building will be equipped with an electrically managed manually operated fire alarm system When activated the system will sound alarms that can be heard above the ambient noise levels throughout the workplace The fire alarm will also be automatically transmitted to the fire department Any fire suppression or fire detection system will automat ically actuate
131. d in properly designed and exhausted booths or similar locations Do you use general dilution or local exhaust ventilation systems to control dusts vapors gases fumes smoke aerosols or mists that may be generated in your workplace Is ventilation equipment provided for removal of contaminants from such operations as production grinding buffing spray painting and vapor degreasing and is it operating properly Do you monitor employees to make sure there are no complaints about dizziness headaches nausea irritation or other discomfort when they use solvents or other chemicals Do you watch for employee health problems such as dryness irritation or sensitization of the skin Have you considered the use of an industrial hygienist or environmental health specialist to evaluate your operation If internal combustion engines are used is carbon monoxide kept within acceptable levels Is vacuuming used rather than blowing or sweeping dusts whenever possible for cleanup Are materials that give off toxic asphyxiant suffocating or anesthetic fumes stored in remote or iso lated locations when not in use Respiratory Protection Program In any workplace where respirators are necessary to protect the health of the employee or whenever respirators are required by the employer has a written respiratory protection program with worksite specific procedures been established and implemented If NA go to next section The program must be u
132. d not be used to clean protective clothing or equipment We will ensure that waste scrap debris and any other materials contaminated with lead are collected and disposed of in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers Additionally bags or containers of waste scrap debris and any other materials contaminated with lead must be la beled Medical Surveillance The purpose of medical surveillance is to determine if an individual can be exposed to lead at his or her workplace without experiencing adverse health effects to identify lead related adverse health effects when they do occur so that appropriate intervention measures can be taken and to determine a worker s fitness to use personal protective equip ment such as respirators All medical examinations and procedures will be performed by or under the supervision of a physician or other licensed healthcare professional PLHCP When medical surveillance is required it will be provided at no cost to workers and at a reasonable time and place If participation requires travel away from the worksite the employer must bear the cost Workers will be paid for time spent taking medical examinations including travel time Employers must provide medical surveillance to workers who are or may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days per year Biological Monitoring We will make available biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and analysis for
133. d or existing models are removed Permanent respirator schedule assignments are List as appropriate Physical and Medical Qualifications Records of medical evaluations must be retained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 1020 Medical Evaluation Required Using a respirator may place a physiological burden on employees that varies with the type of respirator worn the job and workplace conditions in which the respirator is used and the medical status of the employee The company provides a medical evaluation through an HCP to determine the employee s ability to use a respirator before the employee is fit tested or required to use the respirator in the workplace Medical Evaluation Procedures The employee will be provided a medical questionnaire 29 CFR 1910 134 Appendix C which is sent confiden tially to the designated HCP for review and when determined by the HCP will receive a medical examination Follow Up Medical Examination The company will ensure that a follow up medical examination is provided for an employee who gives a positive re sponse to any question among questions in Part B of the questionnaire or whose initial medical examination demon strates the need for a follow up medical examination The follow up medical examination will include any medical tests consultations or diagnostic procedures that the physician deems necessary to make a final determination Administration of the Medical Question
134. d to identify problems in many cases can also be used for evaluation Assessing the potential for work to injure employees in the food manufacturing industry is complex because the typi cal operations involve the repeated lifting carrying and repositioning of materials Material lifting and repositioning tasks can be variable dynamic and unpredictable in nature As a result specific techniques are used for assessing mate rial lifting and repositioning tasks that are not appropriate for assessing the potential for injury associated with other nursing home activities An analysis of any material lifting and repositioning task involves conducting an assessment of the materials and the equipment to be used This assessment allows employees to account for material characteristics while determining the safest methods for performing the task We have established routine maintenance schedules to ensure that the equipment is in good working order Employees will be trained before they lift or reposition materials or perform other work that may involve risk of in jury Training will cover e Policies and procedures that should be followed to avoid injury including proper work practices and use of equip ment e How to recognize MSDs and their early indications e Advantages of addressing early indications of MSDs before serious injury has developed e Procedures for reporting work related injuries and illnesses as required by OSHA s injury and illne
135. de up of members of the safety and health committee will conduct a wall to wall walk through inspection of the entire worksite They will write down any safety haz ards or potential hazards they find The results of this inspection will be used to eliminate or control obvious haz ards target specific work areas for more intensive investigation assist in revising the checklists used during regular monthly safety inspections and as part of the annual review of the effectiveness of the accident prevention program e Periodic Change Survey A supervisor or a team will be assigned to look at any changes we make to identify safety issues Changes include new equipment changes to production processes or changes to the building struc ture The team will be made up of maintenance production and safety committee representatives It will examine the changed conditions and makes recommendations to eliminate or control any hazards that were or may be cre ated as a result of the change e Monthly Safety Inspection Each month the safety and health committee representatives will inspect their areas for hazards using the standard safety and health inspection checklist They will talk to co workers about their safety and health concerns The committee representatives will report any hazards or concerns to the safety and health committee at the next scheduled meeting for consideration The results of the area inspection and any ac tion taken will be posted in th
136. dent Insert job title of person responsible will ensure that all medical evaluations and procedures including the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series and post exposure follow up including prophylaxis are e Made available at no cost to the employee e Made available at a reasonable time and place e Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or other licensed healthcare professional PLHCP e Provided according to the recommendations of the U S Public Health Service Hepatitis B vaccination will be made available after the employee has received training in occupational exposure and within 10 working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously received the complete hepatitis B vaccination series antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune or the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons For employees who complete the hepatitis B vaccination series antibody testing will be made available at no cost to the employee one to two months after completion of the series as recommended by the U S Public Health Service Employees who decline the hepatitis B vaccination will sign the OSHA required declination form indicating their re fusal Refer to hepatitis B declination at the end of program Any employee who initially declines hepatitis B vaccina tion but later decides to accept vaccination while still covered by the standard w
137. dible alarms and horns are in working order All bidirectional machines such as front end loaders back hoes and bulldozers must be equipped with a horn Cell Phones or Radios The company will provide hands free cell phones or other radio equipment to employees who have a business need for such equipment Hands free in this instance refers to not having to hold the phone while carrying on a discussion however placing calls and hanging up may require handling the phone For other employees use of a cell phone while driving is prohibited when driving on company business Drivers using a hands free system should find a place to safely pull off of the road should they find themselves in complex or emotional conversations that can hinder safe driving or situations where they must refer to or take notes No texting while driving is allowed For commercial vehicle operators any applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMCSR or state local regulations regarding cell phone use should be followed where stricter than the above policy 72 Commercial Motor Vehicle Operation Commercial Driver s License CDL For commercial motor vehicle operation the following additional requirements under FMCSR 391 must be met Some key elements of this section include e Drivers must be at least 21 years old e Drivers being able to read and speak the English language sufficiently to converse with the general public to un derstand highwa
138. diometer must be checked before each day s use by a person with stable hearing thresholds e Acoustic calibration check annually per the requirements of Appendix E of the standard e Exhaustive calibration checks at least every two years per ANSI S3 6 Pulsed tone and self recording audiometers must meet the requirements of Appendix C of the standard 97 Booth The following must be done e Noise levels inside the booth must be checked with the ventilation fan on and off each time the booth location or environment changes e With no change in the environment or location it is recommended that the background noise levels be checked every three years Recording Hearing Loss on the OSHA 300 Log Hearing loss meeting the criteria in 29 CFR 1904 10 must be recorded on the Occupational Illness or Injury Form in the hearing loss column Standard Threshold Shift A standard threshold shift is a change in hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of an average of 10 or more dBA at 2 000 3 000 and 4 000 Hz If a standard threshold shift has occurred the employee must be informed in writing within 21 days of the determination Employees must be trained in using hearing protectors and in care of the hearing protectors If the employee is already using hearing protectors they must be retrained and refitted If necessary hearing protectors can be changed to a different type 98 Notification of Quiet Period Prior to
139. ditional examination Whenever a worker shows signs or symptoms of the adverse health effects associated with Cr VI exposure Within 30 days after exposure during an emergency which results in an uncontrolled release of Cr VIJ At the termination of employment unless the last examination provided was less than six months prior to the date of termination Contents of the Medical Examinations A medical and work history that focuses on the worker s past present and anticipated future exposure to Cr VI any history of respiratory system dysfunction any history of asthma dermatitis skin ulceration or nasal septum perforation and smoking status and history A physical examination of the skin and respiratory tract Any additional tests that the examining PLHCP considers appropriate for that worker Note The standards do not specify tests or procedures that must be provided to all workers Rather the information obtained from the medical and work history along with the physical examination of the skin and respiratory tract the main targets of Cr VJ toxicity allow the PLHCPs to use their medical judgment to determine what tests if any are warranted Information Provided to the PLHCP We will ensure that the PLHCP has a copy of the Cr VI standard and will provide the PLHCP with A description of the affected worker s former current and anticipated duties as they relate to Cr VI exposure Information on the worker s former cur
140. during con duct of work Is there an assigned safety standby employee outside of the confined space when required whose sole responsibility is to watch the work in progress sound an alarm if necessary and render assistance Is the standby employee appropriately trained and equipped to handle an emergency Is the standby employee or other employees prohibited from entering the confined space without life lines and respiratory equipment if there is any question as to the cause of an emergency 194 Yes No NA O 0 CO Isapproved respiratory equipment required if the atmosphere inside the confined space cannot be made acceptable O 0 O Isal portable electrical equipment used inside confined spaces either grounded and insulated or equipped with ground fault protection O OQ UO Before gas welding or burning is started in a confined space are hoses checked for leaks compressed gas bottles forbidden inside of the confined space torches lighted only outside of the confined area and the confined area tested for an explosive atmosphere each time before a lighted torch is to be taken into the confined space O 0 O Ifemployees will be using oxygen consuming equipment such as salamanders torches or furnaces in a confined space is sufficient air provided to ensure combustion without reducing the oxygen concentra tion of the atmosphere below 19 5 percent by volume O 0 O Whenever combustion type equipment is used in a confined space are provi
141. e Ifthe injury is not recorded on the OSHA log add it to the first aid log which is used to record non OSHA recordable injuries and near misses e The employer may need to fill out and file a Workers Compensation Form 19 Employer s Report of Employee s Injury with the Industrial Commission within five days of learning of an injury or allegation If a Form 19 is filed with the Industrial Commission the employer must provide a copy of the Form 19 to the employee together with a blank Form 18 Notice of Accident to Employer and Claim of Employee for use by the employee http www ic nc gov A signed copy of the OSHA log summary OSHA Form 300A for the previous year must be posted on the safety bulletin board from Feb 1 through April 30 The log must be kept on file for at least five years Any employee can view an OSHA log upon request at any time during the year Employee Access to Medical and Exposure Records Whenever an employee or designated representative requests access to a record we must ensure that access is pro vided in a reasonable time place and manner If we cannot reasonably provide access to the record within 15 working days we will apprise the employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available The medical record for each employee will be preserved and maintained for at least the duration of employment plus
142. e affected area Safety and health committee representatives should inspect each other s area 14 Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Hazard Prevention and Control Eliminating Workplace Hazards We are committed to eliminating or controlling workplace hazards that could cause injury or illness to our employ ees We will meet the requirements of OSHA standards where there are specific rules about a hazard or potential hazard in our workplace Whenever possible we will design our facilities and equipment to eliminate employee exposure to hazards Where these engineering controls are not possible we will write work practices administrative controls that effectively prevent employee exposure to the hazard When the above methods of control are not possible or are not fully effective we will require employees to use personal protective equipment PPE such as safety glasses hearing protection and foot protection Basic Safety and Health Rules Note The company should establish a set of basic safety and health rules however the company should not address requirements for specific standards in this section They should be addressed as part of with the specific written pro gram requirements of the standard The following basic safety and health rules have been established to help make the company a safe healthy and effi cient place to work These r
143. e affected area with water and remove any contaminated clothing If symptoms persist after wash ing seek medical attention 91 Major Skin Contact If chemicals have been spilled over a large area of the body quickly remove all contaminated clothing while using the shower Repeat if pain returns Wash off chemicals by using a mild detergent or soap and water Do not neutralize chemicals or apply salves Seek medical attention immediately Remember that for some chemicals such as hydrofluoric acid effects resulting from exposure may not become ap parent until hours or days later Consult the MSDS for any chemical to which someone has been exposed even if no immediate injury is apparent If Employee Is on Fire If clothing is on fire help the individual to the floor and roll him or her around to smother the flames If a safety shower is immediately available douse the person with water Running to a remote shower will only fan the flame Fire blankets are primarily used as a first aid measure for prevention of shock rather than against smoldering or burn ing clothing A fire blanket may direct flames toward the face 92 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require your program to be in writing but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard shoul
144. e control plan and the means by which employees can obtain a copy of the written plan m O O An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials O QO O An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate engineering controls work practices and personal protective equipment 199 Yes No NA O OQ O Information on the types proper use location removal handling decontamination and disposal of per sonal protective equipment O O O An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective equipment O OQ UO Information on the hepatitis B vaccine O 0 O Information on the appropriate actions to take and people to contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious materials O 0 O An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs including the methods of re porting the incident and the medical follow up that will be made available O 0 O Information on post exposure evaluations and follow up O QO O An explanation of signs labels and color coding Are employees trained in the following O QO UO Howto recognize tasks that might result in occupational exposure O 0 UO Howto use work practice and engineering controls and personal protective equipment and to know their limitations O 0O O How to obtain informati
145. e examples of administrative solutions used effectively by poultry processors follow e Job rotation may alleviate physical fatigue and stress of a particular set of muscles and tendons To set up a job ro tation system employers typically classify the nature and extent of exertions of each task and then create a sched ule that rotates between high and low repetitions within the line and or between bending and stretching movements in the same work area or whole plant as appropriate to reduce exposure Also consider the body parts used and rotate so that body parts used repetitively or in awkward postures can either rest completely or work at slower rates and in better postures Use a rotation schedule to address tasks considered to be high risk e g using vibrating hand tools or deboning activities or to minimize exposure to cold e Staffing floaters provide periodic breaks between scheduled breaks e New employees reassigned employees and employees returning from an extended time off will need a condition ing or break in period to get them accustomed to an activity and strengthen them for the physically demanding work they will be performing To accommodate this OSHA recommends that new and reassigned employees be gradually integrated into a full workload OSHA also recommends that employees be assigned to an experienced trainer for job training and evaluation during the conditioning period e Allowing pauses relieves fatigued muscles and
146. e hoisted they will be secured on a cradle slingboard or pallet They will not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings Cylinders will be moved by tilting and rolling them on their bottom edges They will not be intentionally dropped struck or permitted to strike each other violently When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles they will be secured in a vertical position Valve protection caps will not be used for lifting cylinders from one vertical position to another Bars will not be used under valves or valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when frozen Warm not boiling water will be used to thaw cylinders loose Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier intended for this purpose regulators will be removed and valve protection caps put in place before cylinders are moved A suitable cylinder truck chain or other steadying device will be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use When work is finished when cylinders are empty or when cylinders are moved at any time the cylinder valve will be closed Compressed gas cylinders will be secured in an upright position at all times if necessary for short periods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried Oxygen cylinders in storage will be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials especially oil or grease a minimum distance of 20 feet 6 1 m or by a noncombustible barrier at
147. e of ramps or platforms while on any elevated dock platform or freight car Vehicles will not be used for opening or closing doors Brakes will be set and wheel chocks will be in place to prevent movement of trucks trailers or railroad cars while loading or unloading Fixed jacks may be necessary to support semi trailer during loading or unloading when the trailer is not coupled to a tractor The flooring of the trucks trailers and railroad cars will be checked for breaks and weakness before they are entered with a vehicle An overhead guard will be used as protection against falling objects A load backrest extension should always be used to minimize the possibility of the load or part of it from falling forward Fire aisles fire doors access to stairways and fire equipment and emergency exits will always be kept clear Any vehicle with hydraulically controlled attachments should only be used for which it was designed Vehicles will not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a fixed object The driver will never place his or her arms or legs between the uprights of the mast or outside the running lines of the vehicle No person will be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any vehicle whether loaded or empty Unauthorized personnel will not be permitted to ride on powered industrial vehicles The driver will never push one load with another load Spinner knobs must not be attached to steering hand wheels of trucks no
148. e of the insulating type The manufacturer s recommended safe operating pressure for hoses valves pipes filters and their fittings must not be exceeded All jacks including lever and ratchet jacks screw jacks and hydraulic jacks must have a stop indicator and the stop limit must not be exceeded Also the manufacturer s load limit must be permanently marked in a prominent place on the jack and the load limit must not be exceeded A jack should never be used to support a lifted load Once the load has been lifted it must immediately be blocked up Put a block under the base of the jack when the foundation is not firm and place a block between the jack cap and load if the cap might slip To set up a jack make certain of the following e The base of the jack rests on a firm level surface e The jack is correctly centered e The jack head bears against a level surface e The lift force is applied evenly Proper maintenance of jacks is essential for safety All jacks must be lubricated regularly In addition each jack must be inspected according to the following schedule a for jacks used continuously or intermittently at one site in spected at least once every six months b for jacks sent out of the shop for special work inspected when sent out and inspected when returned and c for jacks subjected to abnormal loads or shock inspected before use and immedi ately thereafter 88 Note This program may be mandatory
149. e presence of dusts vapors flammable combustible liquids paper or similar materials Torches will never be left unattended while they are burning The company has a specific policy regarding cigarette cigar pipe smoking in the workplace Smoking and no smok ing areas will be clearly delineated with conspicuous signs Rigid enforcement will be maintained at all times The plan administrator will enforce observance of permissible and prohibited smoking areas for employees and outside visitors to the workplace Fire safe metal containers will be provided where smoking is permitted No smoking areas will be checked periodically for evidence of discarded smoking materials Static Electricity The company recognizes that it is impossible to prevent the generation of static electricity in every situation but the company realizes that the hazard of static sparks can be avoided by preventing the buildup of static charges One or more of the following preventive methods will be used grounding bonding maintaining a specific humidity level usually 60 70 percent and ionizing the atmosphere Where a static accumulating piece of equipment is unnecessarily located in a hazardous area the equipment will be relocated to a safe location rather than attempt to prevent static accumulation Housekeeping and Fire Prevention Techniques The following are housekeeping techniques and procedures to prevent occurrences of fire Keep storage and working areas free of
150. e respirator effectively in emergency situations including respirator malfunctions 9 How to inspect put on and remove use and check the seals of the respirator 10 What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator 11 How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators 12 Change out schedule and procedure for air purifying respirators APR Fit Testing e For each type and model of respirator used Hands on Respirator Training l 2 3 4 5 6 Respirator inspection Respirator cleaning and sanitizing Recordkeeping Respirator storage Respirator fit check Emergencies Basic Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures Only authorized and trained employees may use respirators Those employees may use only the respirator that they have been trained on and properly fitted to use Only physically qualified employees may be trained and authorized to use respirators A preauthorization and an nual certification by a qualified physician will be required and maintained Any changes in an employee s health or physical characteristics will be reported to the program administrator and will be evaluated by a qualified physician Only the proper prescribed respirator or SCBA may be used for the job or work environment Air purifying res pirators may be worn in work environments when oxygen levels are 19 5 percent to 23 5 percent and when the appropr
151. e than 1 turns When a special wrench is required it will be left in position on the stem of the valve while the cylinder is in use so that the fuel gas flow can be shut off quickly in case of an emer gency In the case of manifolded or coupled cylinders at least one such wrench will always be available for immediate use Nothing will be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder when in use that may damage the safety device or interfere with the quick closing of the valve Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder valve the cylinder valve will always be closed and the gas released from the regulator If when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened there is found to be a leak around the valve stem the valve will be closed and the gland nut tightened If this action does not stop the leak the use of the cylinder will be discontinued and it will be properly tagged and removed from the work area In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve rather than from the valve stem and the gas cannot be shut off the cylinder will be properly tagged and removed from the work area If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through the valve seat the cylinder need not be removed from the work area If a leak should develop at a fuse plug or other safety device the cylinder will be removed from the work area Fuel Gas and Oxygen Manifolds Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds will bear the name of the substanc
152. e they contain in letters at least 1 inch high which will be either painted on the manifold or on a sign permanently attached to it These manifolds will be placed in safe well ventilated and accessible locations and not be located within enclosed spaces 165 Manifold hose connections including both ends of the supply hose that lead to the manifold will be such that the hose cannot be interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply header connections Adapters will not be use to permit the interchange of hose Hose connections will be kept free of grease and oil When not in use manifold and header hose connections will be capped Nothing will be placed on top of a manifold when in use which will damage the manifold or interfere with the quick closing of the valves Hose Fuel gas and oxygen hose will be easily distinguishable from each other The contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch Oxygen and fuel gas hoses will not be inter changeable A single hose having more than one gas passage will not be used When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose are taped together not more than 4 inches out of 12 inches will be covered by tape All hose in use carrying acetylene oxygen natural or manufactured fuel gas or any gas or substance that may ignite or enter into combustion or be in any way harmful to employees will be inspected at the begin
153. e training or experi ence that is commensurate with the complexity of the program to administer or oversee the respiratory protection pro gram and conduct the required evaluations of program effectiveness Voluntary Use of Respirators OSHA requires that the voluntary use of respirators i e when respirators are not required by the company be controlled as strictly as if their use were required So any employee wearing a respirator voluntarily will fall under this respiratory protection program be issued a copy of Appendix D of 29 CFR 1910 134 and fill out a medical 137 questionnaire Appendix C of 29 CFR 1910 134 and have it evaluated by the designated HCP Training will be con ducted on the proper storage cleaning and maintenance of the respirator All steps will be taken to ensure that the respirator does not pose a health risk to the person donning it Exception Employees whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering nonsealing facepieces dust masks with one or two straps do not fall under this program Program Evaluation Evaluations of the workplace are necessary to ensure that the written respiratory protection program is being prop erly implemented This includes consulting with employees to ensure that they are using the respirators properly Eval uations will be conducted as necessary to ensure that the provisions of the current written program are being effectively implemented and that it contin
154. e welders and other workers nearby provided with flash shields during welding operations m O m If forklifts and other vehicles are used in buildings or other enclosed areas are the carbon monoxide levels kept below maximum acceptable concentration Has there been a determination that noise levels in the facilities are within acceptable levels Are steps being taken to use engineering controls to reduce excessive noise levels Are proper precautions being taken when handling asbestos and other fibrous materials 00 00 Ooodda Ooodda Are caution labels and signs used to warn of hazardous substances e g asbestos and biohazards e g bloodborne pathogens m O m Are wet methods used when practicable to prevent the emission of airborne asbestos fibers silica dust and similar hazardous materials 195 Yes No NA O OQ O Are engineering controls examined and maintained or replaced on a scheduled basis O 0O O Is vacuuming with appropriate equipment used whenever possible rather than blowing or sweeping dust O OQ O Are grinders saws and other machines that produce respirable dusts vented to an industrial collector or central exhaust system m O m Are all local exhaust ventilation systems designed and operating properly such as air flow and volume necessary for the application ducts not plugged or belts slipping Is personal protective equipment provided used and maintained wherever required Are there written s
155. each grinder have an individual on and off control switch Is each electrically operated grinder effectively grounded Before new abrasive wheels are mounted are they visually inspected and ring tested Are dust collectors and powered exhausts provided on grinders used in operations that produce large amounts of dust Are splash guards mounted on grinders that use coolant to prevent the coolant from reaching employees Is cleanliness maintained around grinders Powder Actuated Tools Are employees who operate powder actuated tools trained in their use Is each powder actuated tool stored in its own locked container when not being used Are powder actuated tools left unloaded until they are actually ready to be used Are powder actuated tools inspected for obstructions or defects each day before use Do powder actuated tool operators have and use appropriate personal protective equipment such as hard hats safety goggles safety shoes and ear protectors Machine Guarding Is there a training program to instruct employees on safe methods of machine operation Is there adequate supervision to ensure that employees are following safe machine operating proce dures Is there a regular program of safety inspection of machinery and equipment Is all machinery and equipment kept clean and properly maintained Is sufficient clearance provided around and between machines to allow for safe operations set up and servicing material handling and wa
156. eathing apparatus Resuscitator inhalator Standby safety personnel Full body harness with D ring Emergency escape retrieval equipment Lifelines Fire extinguishers Lightning explosive proof Protective clothing Respirator s air purifying Burning and welding permit Note Items that do not apply enter N A in the blank Record continuous monitoring results every two hours Continuous monitoring Permissible Results Results Results Results Results Test s to be taken entry level Percent of oxygen 19 5 to 23 5 Lower flammable limit Under 10 See Appendix D 2 in 1910 146 for prior table layout Short term exposure limit Employee can work in the area up to 15 minutes 8 hour time weighted average Employee can work in area 8 hours longer with appropriate respiratory protection Remarks Gas tester name and check Instrument s used Model and or type Serial and or unit Standby Check Instrument s Check Confined space Check person s entrant s Supervisor authorizing all conditions satisfied Department phone Phone for ambulance Phone for fire department Phone for rescue Phone for gas company 40 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete conten
157. ection program including observations made during fit testing and program evaluation indicates a need for employee reevaluation e Achange occurs in workplace conditions physical work effort protective clothing temperature etc that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden placed on an employee Respirator Fit Testing Before an employee is required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight fitting facepiece the employee must be fit tested with the same make model style and size of respirator that will be used The company will ensure that an employee using a tight fitting facepiece respirator is fit tested prior to initial use of the respirator when ever a different respirator facepiece size style model or make is used and at least annually thereafter The company has established a record of the qualitative and quantitative fit tests administered to employees including e The name or identification of the employee tested Type of fit test performed e Specific make model style and size of respirator tested Date of test The pass fail results for QLFTs or the fit factor and strip chart recording or other recording of the test results for QNFTs 143 Additional fit tests will be conducted whenever the employee reports or the company physician supervisor or pro gram administrator makes visual observations of changes in the employee s physical condition that could affect r
158. ective equipment include but are not limited to safety glasses hear ing protection gloves and respirators Review the MSDS for PPE requirements protective measures and emergency response as applicable Spill Procedure e Ifthe spilled material is flammable turn off ignition and heat sources Attend to any person who may have been contaminated Notify individuals in the area about the spill e Evacuate nonessential personnel e Avoid breathing vapors of spilled material Establish an exhaust or ventilation if it is safe to do so Air handling units are not to be used because they recirculate the hazardous vapors Contact your supervisor for information about the proper ventilation or exhaust required e Ifa spill is relatively large or involves a highly toxic material a carcinogen or flammable material contact your supervisor for assistance in cleaning up the spill and disposing of the hazardous waste resulting from the cleanup First Aid Procedures for Hazardous Materials Eye Contact If a chemical has been splashed into the eyes immediately wash the eye and inner surface of the eyelid with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes Check for and remove any contact lenses at once Seek medical attention immediately Ingestion Consult MSDS a chemical first aid manual or call the Poison Control Information Center at 1 800 222 1222 Fol low directions and seek medical attention immediately Minor Skin Contact Promptly flush th
159. ed by every employee who has been selected to use either a full facepiece res pirator or a self contained breathing apparatus SCBA For employees who have been selected to use other types of respirators answering these questions is voluntary 10 Have you ever lost vision in either eye temporarily or permanently Yes No 11 Do you currently have any of the following vision problems a Wear contact lenses Yes No b Wear glasses Yes No c Color blind Yes No d Any other eye or vision problem Yes No 12 Have you ever had an injury to your ears including a broken eardrum Yes No 13 Do you currently have any of the following hearing problems a Difficulty hearing Yes No b Wear a hearing aid Yes No c Any other hearing or ear problem Yes No 14 Have you ever had a back injury Yes No 15 Do you currently have any of the following musculoskeletal problems a Weakness in any of your arms hands legs or feet Yes No b Back pain Yes No c Difficulty fully moving your arms and legs Yes No d Pain or stiffness when you lean forward or backward at the waist Yes No e Difficulty fully moving your head up or down Yes No f Difficulty fully moving your head side to side Yes No g Difficulty bending at your knees Yes No h Difficulty squatting to the ground Yes No i Climbing a flight of stairs or a ladder carrying more than 25 Ibs Yes No j Any other muscle or skeletal problem that interferes with using a respirator Yes No
160. ed during shielded metal arc welding the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases employees will not be permitted to engage in or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken The use of chlorinated solvents will be kept at least 200 feet unless shielded from the exposed arc and surfaces pre pared with chlorinated solvents will be thoroughly dry before welding is permitted on such surfaces Employees in the area not protected from the arc by screening will be protected by filter lenses When two or more welders are exposed to each other s arc filter lens goggles of a suitable type will be worn under welding helmets Hand shields to protect the welder against flashes and radiant energy will be used when either the helmet is lifted or the shield is removed Welders and other employees who are exposed to radiation will be suitably protected so that the skin is covered com pletely to prevent burns and other damage by ultraviolet rays Welding helmets and hand shields will be free of leaks and openings and highly reflective surfaces When inert gas metal arc welding is being performed on stainless steel adequate local exhaust ventilation as de scribed above or air line respirators will be used to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide General Welding Cutting and Heating Welding cutting or heating not involving condition
161. ed equipment grounding conductor program Portable Abrasive Wheel Tools Safe Work Practices Portable abrasive grinding cutting polishing and wire buffing wheels create special safety problems because they may throw off flying fragments Abrasive wheel tools must be equipped with guards that a cover the spindle end nut and flange projections b maintain proper alignment with the wheel and c do not exceed the strength of the fastenings Before an abrasive wheel is mounted it must be inspected closely for damage and should be sound or ring tested to ensure that it is free from cracks or defects To test wheels should be tapped gently with a light nonmetallic instrument 85 If the wheels sound cracked or dead they must not be used because they could fly apart in operation A stable and un damaged wheel when tapped will give a clear metallic tone or ring To prevent an abrasive wheel from cracking it must fit freely on the spindle The spindle nut must be tightened enough to hold the wheel in place without distorting the flange Always follow the manufacturer s recommendations Take care to ensure that the spindle speed of the machine will not exceed the maximum operating speed marked on the wheel An abrasive wheel may disintegrate or explode during start up Allow the tool to come up to operating speed prior to grinding or cutting The employee should never stand in the plane of rotation of the wheel as it accelerates to fu
162. ed parts e Conductive apparel Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing such as bands bracelets rings key chains necklaces metalized aprons cloth with conductive thread or metal headgear may not be worn if they might con tact exposed energized parts unless they are rendered nonconductive by covering wrapping or other insulating means e Housekeeping duties Where live parts present an electrical contact hazard employees may not perform house keeping duties in such close proximity to the parts that there is a possibility of contact unless adequate safeguards such as insulating equipment or barriers are provided Electrically conductive cleaning materials may not be used in proximity to energized parts unless procedures are followed which will prevent electrical contact e Interlocks Only a qualified person following the requirements of this section may defeat an electrical safety in terlock and then only temporarily while he or she is working on the equipment The interlock system will be re turned to its operable condition when this work is completed e Confined or enclosed work spaces When an employee works in a confined or enclosed space such as a manhole or vault that contains exposed energized parts the employer will provide and the employee will use protective shields protective barriers or insulating materials as necessary to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts Doors hinged panels and the like will be secu
163. edures employee training and periodic inspections to ensure that before any employee performs any servicing or maintenance on a machine or equipment the machine or equipment is isolated from the energy source and rendered inoperative Safe Work Practices Ensure equipment and machines are equipped with appropriate safeguards Utilize personal protective equipment when necessary Ensure employees receive machine specific training Do not defeat machine safeguards Inspect equipment before each use Provide assistance in machine safeguard development Get assistance in the selection of personal protective equipment Operate machines with all safeguards in place Follow established safe work practices Report any equipment machine malfunctions or defects to the supervisor Employees will conduct an inspection of each piece of equipment or machine before use to ensure that the equip ment is in good working order and that all guards are function appropriately and are in place Any equipment machine not in good working order will be brought to the attention of the safety coordinator for servicing The safety coordinator will conduct periodic documented inspections of the equipment machines using the inspec tion form located at the end of this policy The forms will be kept for a period of at least one year 133 Machines and Machine Guarding Inspection Form Location Supervisor Date Audit Performed By v N xa c
164. ee 33 Confined Space Entry Program Permit Required 00 005 35 e Confined Space Entry Permit 2 oe cca ae teweas vere bah e Bees 39 Dipping and Coating Operations Policy 0 cece eee eee eee 4 Electrical Safety Related Work Practices Program 0000 eee 42 e Electrical Safety Related Work Practices Program Self Audit Checklist 49 Emergency Action Plat acess eoni aa ed Sua Se T a oa ROEE pA He 50 Ergonomics Policy ouest tna rasar Ged hae a aS A a a ae RE SS 52 Pa Protection Plan 3245 ates aa a Ae aa a aaa a a a E iai a 57 Fire Prevention Program soani sedan a ete de E a a E EA E ae 63 e Fire Prevention Checklist n u unaanaa nannan 67 e Identified Fire Hazards and Responsible Personnel 68 e Fire Extinguisher Location 24 20 nhesia te tadeag cepa eie otnw ees 68 First Aid CPR and AED Response Policy 0 0 e cece eee ee 69 Fleet Management and Vehicle Safety Program 020000005 70 Forklift Safety Prostamt 249 5 pet p sate See do PSE pea OV RAGGA G 59 ME as 75 e Forklift Inspection Form 2 sa 6 ead s ans een eee eh ce eee dy hae 80 Hand and Powered Tools Program 0 cece eee eens 84 Hazard Communication Program 1 0 2 0 cee nee 89 Hazardous Materials Policy suai ee tad ee eee de pees eee eens 91 Hearing Conservation Program 3 3 gig ig ed ois eG yd Ae Ee eas ts 93 e Notification of Quiet Period Prior to Baseline Hearing Test
165. ees prohibited from interchanging personal protective clothing or equipment unless it has been properly cleaned Are machines and equipment that process handle or apply materials that could be injurious to employ ees cleaned and or decontaminated before being overhauled or placed in storage Are employees prohibited from smoking or eating in any area where contaminants that could be injuri ous if ingested are present When employees are required to change from street clothing into protective clothing is a clean change room with separate storage facility for street and protective clothing provided Are employees required to shower and wash their hair as soon as possible after a known contact has occurred with a carcinogen When equipment materials or other items are taken into or removed from a carcinogen regulated area is it done in a manner that will not contaminate nonregulated areas or the external environment Tire Inflation Where tires are mounted or inflated on drop center wheels is a safe practice procedure posted and enforced Where tires are mounted or inflated on wheels with split rims or retainer rings is a safe practice proce dure posted and enforced Does each tire inflation hose have a clip on chuck with at least 24 inches of hose between the chuck and an in line hand valve and gauge Does the tire inflation control valve automatically shut off the airflow when the valve is released Is a tire restraining device
166. ent hearing loss The hearing conservation program has been established to ensure that if you ever have a standard threshold shift your noise exposure can be lessened by using engineering or administrative controls or more effective hearing protection Thus the problem can be controlled The purpose of the annual hearing test and an explanation of the test procedures The purpose of the annual hearing test is to monitor your hearing Periodic audiometric testing provides an early warning of hearing disability Factors such as noisy hobbies ear infections diseases of the ear as well as general illness may also cause hearing loss All employees hearing will be checked upon employment and once a year thereafter You will be notified of any changes in your hearing You cannot fail the test and you will not lose your job due to the results of the test The purpose of hearing protectors instructions on selection advantages disadvantages fitting use and care The proper use of hearing protection will prevent many types of hearing loss You must wear the required hearing protection properly and regularly to reap the benefits of the protection You should have already been fitted by in sert name for your size and type of earplug If you have any problems with the fit of your hearing protectors con tact insert name Hearing Tests All employees who are exposed to a noise level of 85 dBA or above will be in the hearing conservatio
167. ent safe have been made e Rating of equipment Test instruments and equipment and their accessories will be rated for the circuits and equipment to which they will be connected and will be designed for the environment in which they will be used Occasional Use of Flammable or Ignitable Materials Where flammable materials are present only occasionally electric equipment capable of igniting them will not be used unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous conditions from developing Safeguard for Personnel Protection Personal Protective Equipment Employees working in areas where there are potential electrical hazards will be provided with and will use electrical protective equipment that is appropriate for the specific parts of the body to be protected and for the work to be performed e Protective equipment will be maintained in a safe reliable condition and will be periodically inspected or tested as required by 29 CFR 1910 137 e Ifthe insulating capability of protective equipment may be subject to damage during use the insulating material will be protected For example an outer covering of leather is sometimes used for the protection of rubber insu lating material e Employees will wear nonconductive head protection wherever there is a danger of head injury from electric shock or bums due to contact with exposed energized parts e Employees will wear protective equipment for the eyes or face wherever there is danger of inju
168. entally acti vated is such element required to be separately locked or blocked out O OQ O Inthe event that equipment or lines cannot be shut down locked out and tagged is a safe job proce dure established and rigidly followed Welding Cutting and Brazing O QO O Are only authorized and trained personnel permitted to use welding cutting or brazing equipment O 0 UO Doall operators have copies of the appropriate operating instructions and are they directed to follow them O QO UO Are compressed gas cylinders regularly examined for obvious signs of defects deep rusting or leakage O O O Iscare used in handling and storage of cylinders safety valves relief valves etc to prevent damage O OQ O Are precautions taken to prevent the mixture of air or oxygen with flammable gases except at a burner or in a standard torch m O O Are only approved apparatus torches regulators pressure reducing valves acetylene generators man ifolds used Are cylinders kept away from sources of heat Are the cylinders kept away from elevators stairs or gangways Is it prohibited to use cylinders as rollers or supports Are empty cylinders appropriately marked and their valves closed Are signs reading DANGER NO SMOKING MATCHES OR OPEN LIGHTS or the equivalent posted m0000 0 00 00 ao OoOdda a m O O Are cylinders cylinder valves couplings regulators hoses and apparatus kept free of oily or greasy substances
169. entifying the inspected respirator e Provide this information on a tag or label that is attached to the storage compartment for the respirator is kept with the respirator or is included in inspection reports stored as paper or electronic files This information will be maintained until replaced following a subsequent certification Respirator Storage Respirators are to be stored as follows e All respirators will be stored to protect them from damage contamination dust sunlight extreme temperatures excessive moisture and damaging chemicals and they will be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the face piece and exhalation valve e Emergency respirators will be o Kept accessible to the work area o Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators Oo Stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer s instructions Repair of Respirators Respirators that fail an inspection or are otherwise found to be defective will be removed from service to be dis carded repaired or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures e Repairs or adjustments to respirators are to be made only by persons appropriately trained to perform such opera tions and will use only the respirator manufacturer s NIOSH approved parts designed for the respirator e Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer s recommendations and specifications for the type and extent of repairs to be p
170. epair and describe appli cable lockout tagout procedure The information for each item of machinery or equipment has been recorded on Form A which is maintained in the respective department and is readily available for use in conjunction with the lockout tagout procedure Form A will be used whenever a new piece of equipment or machine is introduced into the work area or whenever a new procedure needs to be developed due to a change in process machine or equipment making previous procedure in valid Form A Types Locations of Energy lsolating Devices 1 Name of department 2 Name of equipment or machine 3 Serial number of equipment or machine 4 Location of equipment or machine 5 Each type of energy used by the equipment or machine a b 6 Magnitude of each source of energy a b 7 Hazards to be expected from each source of energy a b 8 Type and location of each device for isolating energy to the machine or equipment and the method of lockout tagout to be used use an additional form if needed Type Location Method of Lockout Tagout 9 Identification of each device and manner by which energy can be stored in the machine or equipment and identification of the procedure for dissipating or restraining the stored energy use additional form if needed Device Manner Procedure a b 125 Sequence of Lockout Tagout System Procedure and Form Each employee will be informed o
171. erent jobs as a means of achieving compliance with the PEL 101 Respiratory Protection We will provide workers with respirators when feasible engineering and work practice controls are unable to reduce worker exposure to Cr VT to levels at or below the PEL Respirators are required during e Work operations such as maintenance and repair activities for which engineering and work practice controls are not feasible e Emergencies i e any occurrence that results or is likely to result in an uncontrolled release of Cr VT that is not an incidental release that can be controlled by workers in the immediate area or by maintenance personnel e Where workers are exposed above the PEL for fewer than 30 days per year and the employer has opted not to im plement engineering work practice controls to achieve the PEL e Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls e Operations where all feasible engineering and work practice controls have been implemented but are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL Where respirator use is required employees will follow our respirator program Requirements for Protective Work Clothing and Equipment We will provide and ensure the proper use of appropriate protective clothing and equipment whenever a hazard evalua tion of the workplace has identified that skin or eye contact with Cr VT presents or is likely to present a hazard to work ers W
172. erformed 146 Reducing and admission valves regulators and alarms will be adjusted or repaired only by the manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer Breathing Air Quality and Use The company will ensure that compressed air compressed oxygen liquid air and liquid oxygen used for respiration accords with the following specifications Compressed and liquid oxygen must meet the United States Pharmacopoeia requirements for medical or breathing oxygen Compressed breathing air must meet at least the requirements for Grade D breathing air described in ANSI Com pressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air G 7 1 1989 to include o Oxygen content v v of 19 5 23 5 percent o Hydrocarbon condensed content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less o Carbon monoxide CO content of 10 ppm or less o Carbon dioxide content of 1 000 ppm or less o Lack of noticeable odor Compressed oxygen will not be used in atmosphere supplying respirators that have previously used compressed air Oxygen concentrations greater than 23 5 percent are used only in equipment designed for oxygen service or distri bution Cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators meet the following requirements o Cylinders are tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification Regulations of the Department of Transportation 49 CFR part 173 and part 178 o Cylinders of purchased breathing air have a
173. erly fitted and peri odically refitted conscientiously and properly worn regularly maintained and replaced as necessary Permissible Exposure Limits PELs OSHA sets enforceable permissible exposure limits PELs to protect workers against the health effects of exposure to hazardous substances PELs are regulatory limits on the amount or concentration of a substance in the air They may also contain a skin designation OSHA PELs are based on an 8 hour time weighted average TWA exposure Permissible exposure limits PELs are addressed in specific standards for the general industry shipyard employ ment and the construction industry Sampling and Analysis Chemical sampling and analysis will be used to assess workplace contaminants and associated worker exposures Sampling and analysis hazards are addressed in specific standards for the general industry The specific standard will be used to assess each chemical 115 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Isocyanates Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 1000 Overview Isocyanates are compounds containing the isocyanate group NCO They react with compo
174. ervisor will be maintained of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress When there is a change in work area conditions or degree of employee exposure or stress that may affect respira tor effectiveness the company will re evaluate the continued effectiveness of the respirator For continued protection of respirator users the following general use rules apply e Users will not remove respirators while in a hazardous environment e Respirators are to be stored in sealed containers out of harmful atmospheres e Store respirators away from heat and moisture e Store respirators such that the sealing area does not become distorted or warped e Store respirator such that the facepiece is protected 144 Facepiece Seal Protection The company does not permit respirators with tight fitting facepieces to be worn by employees who have e Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the facepiece and the face or that interferes with valve function e Any condition that interferes with the face to facepiece seal or valve function If an employee wears corrective glasses or goggles or other personal protective equipment the company will ensure that such equipment is worn in a manner that does not interfere with the seal of the facepiece to the face of the user Continuing Effectiveness of Respirators The company will ensure that employees leave the respirator use area e To wash their faces and respirator facepieces as ne
175. espira tor fit Such conditions include but are not limited to facial scarring dental changes cosmetic surgery or an obvious change in body weight If after passing a QLFT or QNFT the employee notifies the company program administrator supervisor or physi cian that the fit of the respirator is unacceptable the employee will be given a reasonable opportunity to select a differ ent respirator facepiece and to be retested Types of Fit Tests The fit test shall be administered using an OSHA accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol The OSHA accepted QLFT and QNFT protocols and procedures are contained in Appendix A of the OSHA Respiratory Protection Standard 29 CFR 1910 134 e QLFT may only be used to fit test negative pressure air purifying respirators that must achieve a fit factor of 100 or less e Ifthe fit factor as determined through an OSHA accepted QNFT protocol is equal to or greater than 100 for tight fitting half facepieces or equal to or greater than 500 for tight fitting full facepieces the QNFT has been passed with that respirator e Fit testing of tight fitting atmosphere supplying respirators and tight fitting powered air purifying respirators will be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in the negative pressure mode regardless of the mode of operation negative or positive pressure that is used for respiratory protection e Qualitative fit testing of these respirators will be accomplished by te
176. ety and health program in operation that deals with general safety and health program elements as well as the management of hazards specific to your worksite Is one person clearly responsible for the overall activities of the safety and health program Do you have a working procedure for handling in house employee complaints regarding safety and health Medical Services and First Aid Is there a hospital clinic or infirmary for medical care in proximity of your workplace If medical and first aid facilities are not in proximity of your workplace is at least one employee on each shift currently qualified to render first aid Have all employees who are expected to respond to medical emergencies as part of their work 1 re ceived first aid training 2 had hepatitis B vaccination made available to them 3 had appropriate training on procedures to protect them from bloodborne pathogens including universal precautions and 4 have available and understand how to use appropriate personal protective equipment to protect against exposure to bloodborne diseases Where employees have had an exposure incident involving bloodborne pathogens did you provide an immediate post exposure medical evaluation and follow up Are medical personnel readily available for advice and consultation on matters of employees health Are emergency phone numbers posted 181 Yes No NA O QO O Are first aid kits easily accessible to each work area with ne
177. eveloped defects will be withdrawn from service for re pair or destruction and tagged or marked as Dangerous Do Not Use 162 Proper use of ladders is essential in preventing accidents Even a good ladder can be a serious safety hazard when used by workers in a dangerous way Portable Ladder Safety Precautions e Ladders will be placed with a secure footing or they will be lashed or held in position Ladders used to gain access to a roof or other area will extend at least 3 feet above the point of support The foot of a ladder will where possible be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is one quarter of the working length of the ladder the length along the ladder between the foot and the support e The worker will always face the ladder when climbing up or down e Short ladders will not be spliced together to make long ladders e Ladders will never be used in the horizontal position as scaffolds or work platforms e The top of a regular stepladder will not be used as a step Use both hands when climbing or descending ladders Metal ladders will never be used near electrical equipment Fixed Ladders A fixed ladder is a ladder permanently attached to a structure building or equipment A point to remember is that fixed ladders with a length of more than 20 feet to a maximum unbroken length of 30 feet will be equipped with cages or a ladder safety device A cage i
178. ever reach through the mast of a vehicle to adjust the load Keep forks slightly tilted back so load is cradled by the backrest to aid in stabilizing loads when traveling When traveling the forks must be just high enough to clear the floor Operation of the Vehicle Vehicles will be inspected before being placed in service Defects when found will be immediately reported and corrected The daily operator s checkoff list must be filled out completely by each operator at the start of each shift before the vehicle is put into operation If at any time during your shift a vehicle is found to be in need of repair or in anyway unsafe the vehicle will be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition Spillage of oil or fuel will be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cup replaced be fore restarting engine Fuel tanks will not be filled while the engine is running spillage will be avoided No vehicle will be operated with a leak in the fuel system or hydraulic system Open flames will not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in field tanks Before changing tanks on liquefied propane powered vehicles the tank valve should always be turned off and the engine allowed to run until out of gas Smoking is not allowed when changing storage batteries or placing them on charge or taking them off charge for electric powered vehicles Loading Stacking
179. f pre entry actions expected to be required in permit spaces Training will be provided e Prior to assignment or authorization of duties within permit spaces e Within one month of revisions to this policy or procedures Assignment or authorization for permit space entry will be suspended until training is completed e Whenever the supervisor becomes aware that an employee is deviating from the procedures of this policy Assign ment or authorization for permit space entry will be suspended until training is completed e Annually The company will certify that each affected employee has successfully completed training The certification must include at least the following e Employee name e Name signature or initials of the trainer e Dates of training Additionally the certification may include a synopsis of the topics covered copies of materials used during training such as handouts and presentations and copies of tests if used to determine trainee understanding and proficiency and other documentation deemed appropriate by the company The certification must be maintained by the company and a copy may be provided to the employee Program Review The company will review the effectiveness of the program annually using the canceled permits and other documen tation from the preceding 12 months entry supervisor comments and other available information If no entries were made during the preceding 12 months no annual review is require
180. f the lockout tagout sequence That sequence includes the following steps Step One The authorized employee designated by supervision to implement lockout tagout will notify all affected employees operators and others in the area that lockout tagout is to be used and the reason for its use Use Form A Types Locations of Energy Isolating Devices for the respective machine or equipment lists all pertinent information including the magnitude of energy and the hazards to be expected Step Two The machine must be shut down by normal procedure Step Three Each energy isolating device must be located Use information from Form A for the respective ma chine or equipment Each device must be operated to isolate the equipment from the energy source s Step Four Each device or manner by which energy can be stored must be located Use information from Form A for the respective machine or equipment Step Five After responding to important notes below each energy isolating device information from Form A for the respective machine or equipment must now be locked or tagged with assigned individual locks or tags Note e Ifa lock can be used but a tag is chosen instead complete a tagout justification before going on to step six e If more than one authorized employee is required to affix a lockout tagout device see group lockout the desig nated group coordinator must have each authorized employee who affixes a lockout tagou
181. f these factors neces sarily sufficient to cause injury Employers however should examine these factors when screening and analyzing jobs operations or workstations to determine which risk factors are present Jobs and tasks that have multiple risk factors have a higher probability of causing musculoskeletal disorders 55 Performing Ergonomic Job Hazard Analyses The third step is to conduct a job hazard analysis of those jobs identified above as potentially hazardous In many cases job assessments can be accomplished by observation and discussing with employees the tasks they are perform ing Discussing tasks with employees helps to ensure that a complete picture of the process is obtained An adequate analysis should identify all risk factors present in each studied task Implementing Solutions OSHA recognizes that a variety of solutions may be needed in any given facility OSHA recommends that employers train employees to use proper work practices Proper work practices include proper use and maintenance of pneumatic and power tools good cutting techniques proper lifting techniques and good knife care Using and maintaining effec tive PPE is also important For example good fitting thermal gloves can help with cold conditions while maintaining the ability to grasp items easily Many poultry processors have found that administrative solutions can be used to reduce the duration frequency and degree of exposure to risk factors Som
182. falling backward Are only approved industrial trucks used in hazardous locations 81 Traveling Is it required that all traffic regulations be observed including authorized plant speed limits Is it required to yield the right of way to ambulances fire trucks or other vehicles in emergency situations Is it required that drivers not pass other trucks traveling in the same direction at intersections blind spots or other dangerous locations Is it required that drivers slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed Is it required that railroad tracks will be crossed diagonally wherever possible Is it required that when ascending or descending grades that exceed 10 percent loaded trucks be driven with the load upgrade Is it required that on all grades the load and load engaging means be tilted back if applicable and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface Is it required that under all travel conditions the truck be operated at a speed that will permit it to stop in a safe manner Are stunt driving and horseplay prohibited Are dockboards or bridge plates properly secured before they are driven over Is it required that elevators be approached slowly and then entered squarely after the elevator car is properly leveled Is it required that motorized hand trucks enter elevators or other confined areas with load end forward Loadin
183. fice 4964 University Parkway Suite 202 Winston Salem NC 27106 2800 Telephone 336 776 4420 Fax 336 767 3989 Wilmington District Office 1200 N 23rd St Suite 205 Wilmington NC 28405 1824 Telephone 910 251 2678 Fax 910 251 2654 To make an OSH Complaint OSH Complaint Desk 919 807 2796 For statistical information concerning program activities contact Planning Statistics and Information Management Bureau Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 2nd Floor Telephone 919 807 2950 Fax 919 807 2951 For information about books periodicals vertical files videos films audio slide sets and computer databases contact N C Department of Labor Library Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 5th Floor Telephone 919 807 2848 Fax 919 807 2849 N C Department of Labor Other than OSH 1101 Mail Service Center Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Telephone 919 733 7166 Fax 919 733 6197
184. for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met The 2012 changes to the standard will be included in the next edition of this guide Hazard Communication Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 1200 This program will describe how to protect the safety and health of employees who are exposed to hazardous chemi cals in the workplace and to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910 1200 Insert job title of responsible person has been assigned the title of hazard communication program coordinator and is responsible for monitoring all related activities to ensure compliance with both the intent and specifics of this pro gram Each supervisor will be held responsible for strict adherence to these policies and will closely monitor all activities involving hazardous chemicals Each employee will carefully follow established work practices and promptly report observed or potential problems to supervision No job is so vital or urgent as to justify the risk of employee overexposure to a hazardous chemical Ask when in doubt Proceed with a job only after being satisfied that it is safe to do so A list of all hazardous chemicals for each workplace has been made and is readily available upon request to any em ployee working on any shift It is located at inser
185. force existing policy Routinely inspect for the hazard U Personal protective equipment U Other What should be or has been done to carry out the suggestion s checked above Attach separate sheets if necessary Step 5 Who completed and reviewed this form Please Print Written by Title Department Date Names of investigation team members Does team agree with corrective action recommended in step 4 _ Yes _ No L N A Step 6 should be completed using investigation team s final recommendations Reviewed by Title Date 12 Step 6 Corrective Action and Follow up Written by Title Department Date List corrective action to be implemented date completed and responsible parties 1 2 3 Date of follow up Conducted by Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Safety and Health Inspection Procedures We are committed to aggressively identifying hazardous conditions and practices that are likely to result in injury or illness to employees We will take prompt action to eliminate any hazards we find In addition to reviewing injury records and investigating incidents for their causes management and the safety committee will regularly check the workplace for hazards as described below e Annual Site Survey Once a year an inspection team ma
186. formed When working in confined places are environmental monitoring tests taken and means provided for quick removal of welders in case of an emergency Compressors and Compressed Air Are compressors equipped with pressure relief valves and pressure gauges Are compressor air intakes installed and equipped so as to ensure that only clean uncontaminated air enters the compressor Are air filters installed on the compressor intake Are compressors operated and lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Are safety devices on compressed air systems checked frequently Before any repair work is done on the pressure system of a compressor is the pressure bled off and the system locked out Are signs posted to warn of the automatic starting feature of the compressors Is the belt drive system totally enclosed to provide protection for the front back top and sides Is it strictly prohibited to direct compressed air toward a person Are employees prohibited from using highly compressed air for cleaning purposes If compressed air is used for cleaning off clothing is the pressure reduced to less than 30 psi When using compressed air for cleaning do employees wear protective chip guarding and personal protective equipment 191 Yes No NA O 0O O Ate safety chains or other suitable locking devices used at couplings of high pressure hose lines where a connection failure would create a hazard O QO UO Before com
187. ft trucks This training should include the following All employees covered by this program will receive proper training including operation and rules for safe driving A completed license will serve as documentation of the training A copy of this license will be maintained on file with the company All training for drivers will include classroom and practical driving testing Operators certified to drive vehicles should be given a certification card to be carried with them whenever operat ing a vehicle Nonoperator Training Employees working in areas where powered industrial vehicles operate should be made aware of the following gen eral rules Never pass under the raised forks of a vehicle whether they are loaded or not Walk around forks of a vehicle never over or between them Never hitch a ride on someone else s vehicle Allow vehicles the right of way 79 Forklift Inspection Form General OK Action Needed Do industrial trucks acquired after Feb 15 1972 meet the design requirements in American National Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Part Il ANSI B56 1 1969 l Has the manufacturer provided written approval for modifications that affect the capacity and safety operations of the equipment o 1 Do industrial trucks have labels designating approval for use in various hazardous and or nonhazardous locations aa Designations Are safety coordinator and procurers of equipmen
188. g Are drivers instructed that only stable or safely arranged loads be handled Are drivers instructed that only loads within the rated capacity of the truck will be handled Is a load engaging means placed under the load as far as possible Are drivers required to use extreme care when tilting the load forward or backward particularly when high tiering 82 Operation of the Truck Are personnel instructed that fuel tanks not be filled while the engine is running Is it required that spillage of oil or fuel be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced before restarting the engine Is it prohibited for a truck to be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected Is it prohibited for open flames to be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks Maintenance of Industrial Trucks Is it required that no repairs be made in Class I Il and III locations Is it required that repairs to the fuel and ignition systems of industrial trucks which involve fire hazards be conducted only in locations designated for such repairs Is it required that trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system have the battery disconnected before such repairs are made Is it required that industrial trucks not be altered without the manufacturer s approval Is it required that industrial trucks be exam
189. g nating specific performance goals affecting specific industry groups and workplace health hazards By concentrating on injuries and illnesses and fatalities in these specific areas the overall rates for days away restricted or transferred rate DART should be reduced The primary SEP groups include Special Emphasis Program Team Leader Contact Information Construction Bruce Pearson Bruce Pearson labor nc gov Logging and Arboriculture Leighton Dowdle Leighton Dowdle labor nc gov Food Manufacturing Steve Davis Steve Davis labor nc gov Wood Products Ed Lewis Ed Lewis labor nc gov Long Term Care Ed Geddie Ed Geddie labor nc gov Health Hazards John Koneski John Koneski labor nc gov Silica isocyanates asbestos hexavalent chromium lead To aid employers in each of these industry groups the Education Training and Technical Assistance bureau has developed SEP specific PowerPoint presentations These presentations can be downloaded from the NCDOL website for use by the employer or training may be requested through our outreach services For further information regarding SEPs contact the appropriate team leader of the SEP vi Section 1 Safety and Health Program Management Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Management Commitment Safety and Health Policy We place a high value on the safety and health of our employees We are committed t
190. g both sides enclosed at least one handrail will be affixed preferably on the right side descending On stairways less than 44 inches wide with one open side at least one stair rail will be affixed on the open side On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open two stair rails will be provided one for each side On stairways more than 44 inches wide but less than 88 inches one handrail will be provided on each enclosed side and one stair rail on each open side On stairways 88 inches or more in width one handrail will be provided on each enclosed side one stair rail on each open side and one intermediate stair rail placed approximately in the middle of the stairs A standard stair railing stair rail will be of construction similar to a standard railing but the vertical height will be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from the upper surface of the toprail to the surface of the tread in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread Fixed Industrial Stairs Fixed industrial stairs will be provided for access to and from places of work where operations necessitate regular travel between levels Requirements include Fixed industrial stairs will be strong enough to carry five times the normal anticipated live load At the very minimum any fixed stairway will be able to carry safely a moving concentrated load of 1 000 pounds All fixed stairways will have a minimum width of 22 inches
191. g construction and repair operations O 0O O Isthe number of exits from each floor of a building and the number of exits from the building itself appropriate for the building occupancy load O 0O O Are exit stairways that are required to be separated from other parts of a building enclosed by at least two hour fire resistive construction in buildings more than four stories in height and not less than one hour fire resistive construction elsewhere 185 Yes No NA O 0 O Where ramps are used as part of required exiting from a building is the ramp slope limited to 1 foot vertical and 12 feet horizontal O O O Where exiting will be through frameless glass doors glass exit doors storm doors etc are the doors fully tempered and do they meet the safety requirements for human impact Exit Doors O QO O Are doors that are required to serve as exits designed and constructed so that the way of exit travel is obvious and direct O O O Are windows that could be mistaken for exit doors made inaccessible by means of barriers or railings O O O Are exit doors openable from the direction of exit travel without the use of a key or any special knowl edge or effort when the building is occupied O 0O O Isarevolving sliding or overhead door prohibited from serving as a required exit door O QO O Where panic hardware is installed on a required exit door will it allow the door to open by applying a force of 15 pounds or less in the direction of
192. g cover is removed a tempo rary guardrail will be in place or an attendant will be stationed at the opening to warn personnel Every floor hole into which people can accidentally walk will be guarded by either e A standard railing with toeboard or e A floor hole cover of standard strength and construction While the cover is not in place the floor hole will be constantly attended by someone or will be protected by a removable standard railing Protection of Open Sided Floors Platforms and Runways Every open sided floor or platform 4 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level will be guarded by a standard railing on all open sides except where there is an entrance to a ramp stairway or fixed ladder The railing will be pro vided with a toeboard wherever beneath the open sides e People can pass e There is moving machinery or e There is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard Every runway will be guarded by a standard railing or the equivalent on all sides 4 feet or more above floor or ground level Wherever tools machine parts or materials are likely to be used on the runway a toeboard will also be provided on each exposed side 161 Stairway Railings and Guards Every flight of stairs with four or more risers will have standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below Stair width is measured clear of all obstructions except handrails On stairways less than 44 inches wide havin
193. g m The action level is set at 2 5 g m of Cr VI calculated as an 8 hour TWA Exposure Monitoring and Determinations We have assessed the workplace and work operations and have determined that there are exposures to Cr VI To comply we will perform the following exposure determination Choose one option below and delete the other one e Scheduled monitoring option 1 or e Performance oriented option 2 Scheduled Monitoring Option 1 Initial Monitoring We have selected the scheduled monitoring option which requires initial exposure monitoring to determine exposure to Cr VI for each worker We have taken a sufficient number of personal breathing zone air samples to accurately char acterize full shift exposure on each shift for each job classification and in each work area Monitoring results will indicate the worker s time weighted average exposure to airborne Cr VI over a typical 8 hour workday In some cases we will monitor all exposed workers while in cases where workers perform the same job under the same conditions we will only monitor representative personnel Periodic Monitoring Periodic monitoring will be conducted quarterly when initial monitoring shows that the worker s exposure is at or above the action level Monitoring Frequency If initial monitoring shows exposures above the PEL but subsequent periodic measurements indicate that exposures have fallen to levels at or below the PEL but still
194. h An electric shock also can cause the user to fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface and be injured due to the fall To protect the user from shock and burns electric tools must have a three wire cord with a ground and be plugged into a grounded receptacle be double insulated or be powered by a low voltage isolation transformer Three wire cords contain two current carrying conductors and a grounding conductor Any time an adapter is used to accommodate a two hole receptacle the adapter wire must be attached to a known ground The third prong must never be removed from the plug Double insulated tools are available that provide protection against electrical shock without third wire grounding On double insulated tools an internal layer of protective insulation completely isolates the external housing of the tool The following general practices should be followed when using electric tools e Operate electric tools within their design limitations e Use gloves and appropriate safety footwear when using electric tools e Store electric tools in a dry place when not in use e Do not use electric tools in damp or wet locations unless they are approved for that purpose e Keep work areas well lighted when operating electric tools e Ensure that cords from electric tools do not present a tripping hazard In the construction industry employees who use electric tools must be protected by ground fault circuit interrupters GFCI or assur
195. h a program including the basic concept that gives every employee the right to know about hazardous chemicals with which they work e The location and availability of the written hazard communication program plus the list of hazardous chemicals and their corresponding MSDSs e The identity upon request of any chemical to which the employee is exposed In the case of a trade secret chemi cal the name shown on the MSDS will be provided Employee training will include at least the following e Methods and observations used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area such as monitoring devices appearance or odor e The physical and health hazards associated with each chemical as specified in the MSDS e Action that employees can take to protect their own safety and health including specific procedures that have been established for normal work practices emergency procedures and policies on the use of personal protective equipment e Details of the hazard communication program including an explanation of the labeling system used on in house containers of hazardous chemicals Also details of how employees can obtain and use information contained in the MSDS It is the intent of management to protect the safety and health of each employee By following correct procedures no employee should experience any harmful effects from working with chemicals in the workplace 90 Note The following program is a
196. h standard 4 inch toeboards O 0O O Isapermanent means of access and egress provided to elevated storage and work surfaces O O O Isrequired headroom provided where necessary O 0O O Is material on elevated surfaces piled stacked or racked in a manner to prevent it from tipping falling collapsing rolling or spreading O OQ Oi Are dockboards or bridge plates used when transferring materials between docks and trucks or rail cars Exiting or Egress O QO O Areall exits marked with an exit sign and illuminated by a reliable light source O QO O Are the directions to exits when not immediately apparent marked with visible signs O 0O UO Are doors passageways or stairways that are neither exits nor access to exits and which could be mis taken for exits appropriately marked NOT AN EXIT TO BASEMENT STOREROOM etc O QO O Are exit signs provided with the word EXIT in lettering at least 5 inches high and the stroke of the lettering at least 4 inch wide O 0O O Are exit doors side hinged O QO O Areall exits kept free of obstructions O QO O Areat least two means of egress provided from elevated platforms pits or rooms where the absence of a second exit would increase the risk of injury from hot poisonous corrosive suffocating flammable or explosive substances m O m Are there sufficient exits to permit prompt escape in case of emergency O O m Are special precautions taken to protect employees durin
197. hanges such as increased assembly line speeds adding specialized tasks and increased repetition Some problems arise from poorly designed job tasks Any of those conditions can cause ergonomic hazards such as excessive vibration and noise eyestrain repetitive motion and heavy lifting problems Improperly designed tools or work areas also can be ergonomic hazards Repetitive motions or repeated shocks over prolonged periods of time as in jobs involving sorting assembling and data entry can often cause irritation and inflammation of the tendon sheath of the hands and arms a condition known as carpal tunnel syndrome Ergonomic hazards are avoided primarily by the effective design of a job or jobsite and better designed tools or equipment that meet workers needs in terms of physical environment and job tasks Through thorough worksite analy ses employers can set up procedures to correct or control ergonomic hazards by using the appropriate engineering con trols e g designing or redesigning workstations lighting tools and equipment teaching correct work practices e g proper lifting methods employing proper administrative controls e g shifting workers among several different tasks reducing production demand and increasing rest breaks and if necessary providing and mandating personal protec tive equipment Evaluating working conditions from an ergonomics standpoint involves looking at the total physiologi cal and psychological demands
198. he specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment pro vided is to be used When welding cutting or heating is performed on walls floors and ceilings since direct penetration of sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to an adjacent area the same precautions will be taken on the opposite side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves the gas supply to the torch will be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space whenever the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial period of time such as during the lunch period Overnight and at the change of shifts the torch and hose will be removed from the confined space Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses will be immediately removed from enclosed spaces when they are discon nected from the torch or other gas consuming device Except when the contents are being removed or transferred drums pails and other containers that contain or have contained flammable liquids will be kept closed Empty containers will be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames Mechanical Ventilation Mechanical ventilation will consist of either general mechanical ventilation systems or local exhaust systems Occupational Health and Environmental Controls
199. he tagout device should satisfy each cri terion e Singularly identified e Device used only for controlling energy e Not used for other purposes e Durable substantial e Able to withstand its intended environment e Nonreusable e Attachable by hand e Self locking e Indicates employee identity e Exposure will not cause deterioration e Does not deteriorate in corrosive environment e Standardized as to _color ___ shape and size ___ print and format e Minimum unlocking strength of no less than 50 pounds e Equivalent to a one piece all environment tolerant nylon cable tie Warning Message Ensure that the tagout device e Warns against hazardous conditions e Includes Do Not Start Open Close Energize Operate etc Training Be certain that the employees have been trained that e Tags are simply warning devices e Tags do not provide physical restraint e Tags must never be removed without authorization e Tags may evoke a false sense of security e Tags are only part of the overall program e Tags must be securely attached e Tags must never be ignored or bypassed Requirement Two A State your reasons for using the tagout system B State how equivalent employee protection was provided 127 C Describe the training provided to employees At which location was the training provided Include the date of the employee training Include the signature of
200. hemical make up of their body as follows e Sponge plugs one or two days e Custom plugs 18 24 months e Insert plugs four six months e Muffs replace when worn out 95 Putting In Earplugs FIRST Put your left arm over your head and with your left hand pull up on your right ear SECOND With your right hand insert the earplug Switch hands and in sert the other plug in the same manner Remember both plugs must work for complete protection Recordkeeping Records are an important part of any effective hearing conservation program The information contained in these records reflects the quality and effectiveness of the company hearing conservation program A number of documents are required to be maintained under the OSHA hearing conservation standard once the ac tion level has been initiated Some of these records must be retained for specified periods as shown in the following records and documentation It is also required that these records be provided upon request to employees former em ployees representatives designated by the individual employee and the assistant secretary of labor The following records documentation is required by OSHA e Sound survey retain at least two years e Employee notification on the results of the sound survey e Posted OSHA hearing conservation standard Hearing testing retain for at least the duration of employment e Annual e Baseline Audiogram Evaluation Requ
201. here such a hazard is identified we will select the clothing and equipment needed to protect workers from Cr VI hazards Some examples of protective clothing and equipment that may be necessary include but are not limited to gloves aprons coveralls foot coverings and goggles Normal street clothing and uniforms or other accessories that do not pro tect workers from Cr VJ hazards are not considered protective clothing or equipment under the standard Employers must provide and maintain the clothing and equipment at no cost to the worker The following precautions must be taken to protect workers and others who handle protective clothing and equip ment We will ensure that workers remove protective clothing and equipment that has become contaminated with Cr VI either at the end of their work shift or when they complete their tasks involving Cr VI exposure whichever comes first We will not allow any worker to remove contaminated protective clothing or equipment from the workplace except for those workers whose job it is to launder clean maintain or dispose of the clothing or equipment When contaminated protective clothing or equipment is removed for laundering cleaning maintenance or disposal we will ensure that it is stored and transported in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers Bags or containers of contaminated protective clothing or equipment that are removed from change rooms for laun dering clean
202. hower eyewash not tested weekly Housekeeping not up to standards Wet slippery floors not marked Trip hazards in floor stairs sidewalks etc First aid kit and PPE not available Burned out or missing light bulbs Oily greasy rags not in covered metal can Machinery guards not in place Guardrails stair rails missing or not in place PPE not provided and or properly used Other Other 205 Monthly Inspection Checklist Floors and floor openings Yes N A Are floors in good condition free of broken and pitted surfaces Are floor coverings such as carpets and mats in good condition Are floor openings properly protected Are stairways equipped with appropriate handrails guardrails Check floors for slippery conditions a major cause of falls Aisles and passageways Yes N A Are aisles and passageways kept clear Are they free of tripping hazards Machines Yes No N A Are belts pulleys gears chains and sprockets guarded Are effective point of operation guards in use Is additional guarding needed Electrical Yes No N A Are extension cords used appropriately i e not in place of permanent wiring Are electrical cords stretched across the floor without appropriate floor covers Are electrical cords free from damage exposed wires missing groundi
203. ial Security number e Acopy of the PLHCP s written opinions e A copy of the information that the employer was required to provide to the PLHCP i e a description of the worker s duties as they relate to occupational Cr VI exposure the worker s Cr VI exposure levels a description of the personal protective equipment used by the worker and information from previous employment related medical examinations Exposure and medical records will be maintained and made available to workers and their representatives in accor dance with 29 CFR 1910 1020 Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records In general exposure records will be kept for at least 30 years and medical records will be kept for the duration of employment plus 30 years It is neces sary to keep these records for extended periods because cancer often cannot be detected until 20 or more years after ex posure and exposure and medical records can assist in diagnosing and identifying the cause of disease 106 Note The following example program is a best practice and does not need to be in writing Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary 1910 146 Hot work permit definition The employer written authori zation to perform operations for example riveting welding cutting burning and heating capable of providing a source of ignition Hot Work Permit Program Hot work operations include tasks such as welding brazing torch cutting g
204. iate cartridge as determined by the manufacturer and approved by NIOSH for the known hazardous substance is used SCBAs will be worn in oxygen deficient and oxygen rich environments below 19 5 percent or above 23 5 percent oxygen Employees working in environments where a sudden release of a hazardous substance is likely will wear an appropriate respirator for that hazardous substance Example Employees working in an ammonia compressor room will have an ammonia APR respirator on their person Only SCBAs will be used in oxygen deficient environments environments with an unknown hazardous substance or unknown quantity of a known hazardous substance or any environment that is determined immediately danger ous to life or health IDLH 139 e Employees with respirators loaned on permanent checkout will be responsible for the sanitation proper storage and security Respirators damaged by normal wear will be repaired or replaced by the company when returned e The last employee using a respirator or SCBA that is available for general use will be responsible for proper stor age and sanitation Monthly and after each use all respirators will be inspected with documentation to ensure its availability for use e All respirators will be located in a clean convenient and sanitary location e In the event that employees must enter a confined space work in environments with hazardous substances that would be dangerous to life or health sho
205. iate means taken to ensure the surfaces are slip resistant O QO O Areall spilled hazardous materials or liquids including blood and other potentially infectious materi als cleaned up immediately and according to proper procedures O O O Are combustible scrap debris and waste stored safely and removed from the worksite promptly O 0O OC Isall regulated waste as defined in the OSHA bloodborne pathogens standard 29 CFR 1910 1030 discarded according to federal state and local regulations O O OC Are accumulations of combustible dust routinely removed from elevated surfaces including the over head structure of buildings O m O Is combustible dust cleaned up with a vacuum system to prevent the dust going into suspension O OQ O Is metallic or conductive dust prevented from entering or accumulating on or around electrical enclo sures or equipment O m O Are covered metal waste cans used for oily and paint soaked waste m O m Are all oil and gas fired devices equipped with flame failure controls that will prevent flow of fuel if pilots or main burners are not working Are paint spray booths dip tanks etc cleaned regularly Are the minimum number of toilets and washing facilities provided Are all toilets and washing facilities clean and sanitary Are all work areas adequately illuminated OoOoOddada0 OoOddadao OoOddadao Are pits and floor openings covered or otherwise guarded Walkways m O m Are ai
206. iate retrieval equipment for removing the employees who enters these hazardous atmospheres where re trieval equipment would contribute to the rescue of the employees and would not increase the overall risk result ing from entry or e Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required Cleaning and Disinfecting The company will provide each respirator user with a respirator that is clean sanitary and in good working order The company will ensure that respirators are cleaned and disinfected using the standard operating procedure for clean ing and disinfecting The respirators will be cleaned and disinfected when e Respirators issued for the exclusive use of an employee will be cleaned and disinfected as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition e Respirators issued to more than one employee will be cleaned and disinfected before being worn by different indi viduals 145 e Respirators maintained for emergency use will be cleaned and disinfected after each use e Respirators used in fit testing and training will be cleaned and disinfected after each use Cleaning and storage of respirators assigned to specific employees is the responsibility of that employee Respirator Inspection All respirators SCBAs will be inspected Should any defects be noted the respirator SCBA will be taken to the pro gram administrator Damaged respirators will be repaired or replaced The inspection of respirators wi
207. iceable o Remove cylinder to a well ventilated out of doors location o Ifthe gas is flammable or toxic place an appropriate sign at the cylinder warning of these hazards o Notify the gas supplier and follow its instructions as to the return of the cylinder Employees should be prohibited from using compressed gases air to clean clothing or work surfaces Compressed gases should only be handled by experienced and properly trained persons 34 Note This sample program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This program may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be refer enced to ensure that all requirements are being met Confined Space Entry Program Permit Required Ref 29 CFR 1910 146 Purpose To protect employees from the hazards associated with entry into permit required confined spaces and to develop procedures by which employees will enter such spaces Policy All spaces owned or operated by the company that meet the definition of permit required confined spaces PRCS will be identified and appropriately marked The company must control access to these spaces Employees are prohibited from entering any space meeting the definition of a PRCS unless the following conditions are met e The company determines that employees must enter permit required confined spaces to perform assigned duties The employees are trained to safe
208. ier creams etc Permeability charts are available at the following location F Employees will be instructed on the location and use of eyewash stations and safety showers is responsible for this instruction G Employees will be trained initially and then at the following frequency on the use of fire extinguishers and other fire protection systems Maintenance of Fume Hoods and Other Protective Equipment A Fume hoods will be inspected every months by adequacy of face velocity will be determined by reports of hood inspections are filed at the following location for employee review B Biological safety cabinets will be inspected every months by adequacy of face velocity will be determined by reports of hood inspections are filed at the following location for employee review C Safety showers eyewash stations will be inspected every months by adequacy of face velocity will be determined by reports of hood inspections are filed at the following location for employee review IV Employee Information and Training A Each employee covered by the laboratory standard will be provided with information and training so that they are apprised of the hazards of chemicals present in their work area This training will be given at the time of initial assignment and prior to new assignments involving different exposure situations Refresher training will be given at the following frequency
209. ighting QO Unsafe ventilation UL Lack of needed personal protective equipment QO Lack of appropriate equipment tools QO Unsafe clothing Q No training or insufficient training QO Other Unsafe acts by people Check all that apply Q Operating without permission QO Operating at unsafe speed QO Servicing equipment that has power to it Making a safety device inoperative QO Using defective equipment QO Using equipment in an unapproved way Unsafe lifting UO Taking an unsafe position or posture UO Distraction teasing horseplay Failure to wear personal protective equipment Q Failure to use the available equipment tools Q Other Why did the unsafe conditions exist Why did the unsafe acts occur Is there a reward such as the job can be done more quickly or the product is less likely to be damaged that may have encouraged the unsafe conditions or acts Q Yes U No If yes describe Were the unsafe acts or conditions reported prior to the incident Yes Q No Have there been similar incidents or near misses prior to this one Yes Q No Step 4 How can future incidents be prevented What changes do you suggest to prevent this incident near miss from happening again QO Stop this activity L Guard the hazard UO Train the employee s UO Train the supervisor s Redesign task steps OU Redesign workstation Q Write anew policy rule U En
210. ill be provided the vaccination series as described above If at a future date the U S Public Health Service recommends a routine booster dose of hepatitis B vaccine such booster doses will be made available at no cost to the employee Post Exposure Evaluation and Follow up All exposure incidents will be reported investigated and documented When an employee incurs an exposure inci dent it will be reported to Insert job title of person responsible Following a report of an exposure incident the ex posed employee will immediately receive a confidential medical evaluation and follow up including at least the following elements e Documentation of the route of exposure and the circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred If the incident involves percutaneous injury from a contaminated sharp appropriate information should be entered in the sharps injury log e Identification and documentation of the source individual unless it can be established that identification is infeasi ble or prohibited by state or local law The source individual s blood will be tested as soon as feasible and after consent is obtained to determine HBV and HIV infectivity If consent is not obtained Insert job title of person responsible will establish that legally required consent cannot be obtained When the source individual s consent is not required by law the blood if available will be tested and the results documented e Results of
211. ily surfaces greasy clothes or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel Arc Welding and Cutting Manual Electrode Holders Only manual electrode holders that are specifically designed for arc welding and cutting and are of a capacity capa ble of safely handling the maximum rated current required by the electrodes will be used Welding Cables and Connectors All arc welding and cutting cables will be of the completely insulated flexible type capable of handling the maxi mum current requirements of the work in progress taking into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cutter is working 166 Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the electrode holder is connected will be used except that cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices whose insulating quality is equal to that of the cable are permitted Cables in need of repair will not be used When a cable other than the cable lead referred to above becomes worn to the extent of exposing bare conductors the portion thus exposed will be protected by means of rubber and friction tape or other equivalent insulation When it becomes necessary to connect or splice lengths of cable one to another substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable will be used If connections are effected by means of cable lugs they will be securely fastened together to give
212. ined before being placed in service Is it required that water mufflers be filled daily or as frequently as necessary to prevent depletion of the water supply below 75 percent of the filled capacity Is it required that vehicles with mufflers and screens or other parts that may become clogged not be operated while such screens or parts are clogged Is it required that any vehicle that emits hazardous sparks or flames from the exhaust system be immediately removed from service and not returned to service until the cause for the emission of such sparks and flames has been eliminated Is it required that when the temperature of any part of any truck is found to exceed its normal operating temperature thus creating a hazardous condition the vehicle be removed from service and not be returned to service until the cause for such overheating has been eliminated 83 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Hand and Powered Tools Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 241 244 Appropriate personal protective equipment such as safety goggles and gloves will be worn to protect against haz ards that may
213. ing maintenance or disposal will be labeled in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard We will clean launder repair and replace protective clothing and equipment as necessary to ensure that the effec tiveness of the clothing and equipment is maintained We will inform any person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with Cr VJ of the potentially harmful effects of Cr VI exposure and that the clothing and equipment should be laundered or cleaned in a manner that minimizes skin or eye contact with Cr VJ and prevents exposure to Cr VJ in excess of the PEL Removal of Cr VI from protective clothing and equipment by blowing shaking or any other means that disperses Cr VI into the air or onto a worker s body is prohibited 102 Hygiene Areas and Practices Change rooms are required when workers change out of their street clothes to use protective clothing and equip ment The change rooms must prevent Cr VI contamination of street clothes and will be equipped with separate stor age facilities for protective clothing and equipment and for street clothes This will limit exposures after the work shift ends and avoid the contamination of workers cars and homes Washing facilities will be provided and readily accessible and capable of removing Cr VI from the skin We will ensure that affected workers use these facilities when necessary This includes making sure that workers who have skin contact
214. ing connections snap hooks are not engaged in the following manners Directly to webbing rope or wire rope To each other To a D ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached to a horizontal lifeline To any object that is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap hook such that unintentional dis engagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snap hook keeper and release itself The following factors can affect total fall distance Length of connecting means i e lanyard length use of carabineers snap hooks Position and height of anchorage relative to work platform area always keep above head whenever possible Position of attachment and D ring slide on the full body harness Deployment of shock absorber max 42 inches Movement in lifeline Initial position of worker before free fall occurs i e sitting standing Calculating Total Fall Distance It is the total length of shock absorbing lanyard plus the height of the person plus the location distance of the D ring from the work surface or platform Always allow a minimum of 6 feet of clearance above the ground equipment etc at the end of the fall from the fall arrest point Engineered Lifeline Lifeline systems must be designed and approved by an engineer or qualified person Lifeline systems must be engi neered to have appropriate anchorages strength of line designed to hold X number of individuals co
215. ing required training Investigate all incidents in your area and report findings to management Talk to management about changes to work practices or equipment that will improve employee safety and health Employee Responsibilities Follow the safety and health rules established by your company Report unsafe conditions or actions to your supervisor or safety and health committee representative promptly Report all work related injuries and illnesses to your supervisor promptly regardless of how minor they may seem Report all near miss incidents to your supervisor promptly Always use personal protective equipment that is in good working condition when it is required Do not remove or bypass any safety device or safeguard provided for your protection Encourage your co workers to use safe work practices on the job Make suggestions to your supervisor safety and health committee representative or management about changes that will improve employee safety and health Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Employee Participation Note While safety and health committees are not required by law with the exception of employers covered by N C Gen Stat 95 251 the following can be used as a statement when the company has a voluntary safety and health com mittee and is an example of how the committee members may be selected and function within the comp
216. inspection by a competent person 60 Guardrails Temporary systems Daily visual inspection will be completed by a competent person Temporary systems Weekly a complete structural inspection will be completed by a competent person Permanent systems Annual structural inspection will be completed by a competent person with future frequency of inspection defined based on conditions controls present Storage and Maintenance of Fall Protection Equipment Best Practice Never store the personal fall arrest equipment in the bottom of a toolbox on the ground or outside exposed to the elements i e sun rain snow Hang equipment in a cool dry location in a manner that retains its shape Always follow manufacturer s recommendations for inspection Clean with a mild nonabrasive soap and hang to dry Never force dry or use strong detergents in cleaning Never store equipment near excessive heat chemicals moisture or sunlight Never store in an area with exposures to fumes or corrosives elements Avoid dirt and build up on equipment Never use this equipment for any purpose other than personal fall arrest Once exposed to a fall remove equipment from service immediately Training The company will provide a fall prevention training program for each employee who might be exposed to fall haz ards The training program will include recognition of the hazards of falling and procedures to follow to minimize these haza
217. ions in which employees have occupational exposure Since not all the em ployees in these categories would be expected to incur exposure to blood or other potential infectious material OPIM tasks or procedures that would cause these employees to have occupational exposure must also be listed to understand clearly which employees in these categories are considered to have occupational exposure The job classifications and associated tasks for these categories are as follows Job Classification Task Procedure Implementation Schedule and Methodology OSHA requires that this plan include a schedule and method of implementation for the various requirements of the standard The following complies with this requirement Compliance Methods Universal precautions will be observed to prevent contact with blood or OPIM All blood or OPIM will be consid ered infectious regardless of the perceived status of the source individual Engineering and work practice controls will be utilized to eliminate or minimize exposure to employees at this facility Where occupational exposure remains after institution of these controls personal protective equipment will also be utilized Handwashing facilities will be made available to employees who incur exposure to blood or OPIM When hand washing facilities are not feasible either an antiseptic cleanser in conjunction with clean cloth paper towels or antisep tic towelettes will be provided When using
218. ions of occupational safety and health standards and OSH recognition programs contact Education Training and Technical Assistance Bureau Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 4th Floor Telephone 919 807 2875 Fax 919 807 2876 For information concerning occupational safety and health consultative services contact Consultative Services Bureau Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 3rd Floor Telephone 919 807 2899 Fax 919 807 2902 For information concerning migrant housing inspections and other related activities contact Agricultural Safety and Health Bureau Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 2nd Floor Telephone 919 807 2923 Fax 919 807 2924 For information concerning occupational safety and health compliance contact Safety and Health Compliance District Offices Raleigh District Office 3801 Lake Boone Trail Suite 300 Raleigh NC 27607 Telephone 919 779 8570 Fax 919 420 7966 Asheville District Office 204 Charlotte Highway Suite B Asheville NC 28803 8681 Telephone 828 299 8232 Fax 828 299 8266 Charlotte District Office 901 Blairhill Road Suite 200 Charlotte NC 28217 1578 Telephone 704 665 4341 Fax 704 665 4342 Winston Salem District Of
219. irements e Standard threshold shift requirements e Physician review Hearing Protection Hearing Conservation Training Audiometer Acoustic calibration check Exhaustive calibration check Biological calibration check Self listening check 96 Booth if testing is done on site e Background noise Recording hearing loss on the OSHA 300 log Employee Notification of the Results of the Sound Survey Employees must be notified of the results of the sound survey Whether written or verbal notification is used docu mentation must be maintained It is recommended that the results of the survey be posted in a central location Records will be kept for two years Posted OSHA Hearing Conservation Standard It is an OSHA requirement that a copy of the OSHA standard be posted in a location accessible to all employees Hearing Testing The two types of hearing tests are annual hearing tests and baseline hearing tests The annual hearing testing is re quired for employees with 85 dBA TWA or higher noise exposures Testing can be done any time during the day Base line hearing testing is done when an employee is initially hired The baseline is extremely important because it is the reference against which future audiograms are compared to determine the extent to which an employee s hearing is de teriorating The standard requires that a baseline must be done within six months of hire Ifa mobile van is used the baseline is required within
220. is de energized by a circuit protective device the circuit may not be manually re energized until it has been determined that the equipment and circuit can be safely energized The repetitive manual reclosing of circuit breakers or re energizing circuits through replaced fuses is prohib ited Note Circuit breakers or fuses can only be energized after an overload condition has been determined If a fault con dition exists the circuit must be tested and determined safe before the circuit can be energized Circuit breakers can be reset however repetitive reclosing is prohibited The problem should be traced to the root cause if a circuit breaker trips twice in succession Overcurrent Protection Modification Overcurrent protection of circuits and conductors may not be modified even on a temporary basis beyond that al lowed in the installation safety requirements for overcurrent protection Test Instruments and Equipment e Use Only qualified persons may perform testing work on electric circuits or equipment e Visual inspection Test instruments and equipment and all associated test leads cables power cords probes and connectors will be visually inspected for external defects and damage before the equipment is used If there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an employee to injury the defective or damaged item will be re moved from service and no employee may use it until necessary repairs and tests to render the equipm
221. ist of predetermined appropriately selected EPA registered tuberculocidal disin fectants Sharps and Other Regulated Waste Regulated waste including sharps must be placed in containers that are closeable and constructed to contain all con tents and prevent leakage Sharps containers must be stored upright during use and may not be opened by employees All sharps and regulated waste containers must be labeled or color coded and closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling storage transport or shipping Note Disposal of all regulated waste must be in accordance with all applicable federal state and local regulations 24 Laundry Procedures Laundry contaminated with blood or OPIM will be handled as little as possible Such laundry will be placed in ap propriately marked bags biohazard labeled or color coded red at the location where it was used The laundry will not be sorted or rinsed in the area of use Note If the facility ships contaminated laundry offsite to a laundry that does not utilize universal precautions in the handling of all laundry the contaminated laundry must be placed in bags or containers that are labeled or color coded Hepatitis B Vaccine and Post Exposure Evaluation and Follow up We make available the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational exposure and post exposure follow up to employees who have had an exposure inci
222. ition at all times Maintenance activities should include regular inspections preventive maintenance and overhauls when necessary Trucks that are not in safe operating condition should be removed from service until repairs are made Repairs should be made only by authorized personnel Powered industrial truck operators should inspect their trucks at the beginning of their shift The operators should check the controls tires brakes tires and other moving parts A standardized operators checklist should be used for these inspections A sample form is located at end of this section Documentation should be maintained of all inspection and maintenance activities A file containing the mainte nance and inspection records should be maintained for each truck Powered Industrial Vehicle Safe Operating Rules Because of the hazards involved with powered industrial vehicle operations the following safe operating practices have been developed to ensure that authorized employees drive in a safe manner General Safeguard the pedestrian at all times When leaving a vehicle unattended definition vehicle not in view or is in view but is more than 25 feet away the operator should ensure the following o Forks will be fully lowered o The transmission is in neutral o Power shut off o Brakes set and key or connector plug is removed o Wheels are chocked if the truck is parked on an incline A safe distance will be maintained from the edg
223. jor element in the employer s ergonomics program Proper medical management is necessary both to eliminate or materially reduce the risk of development of cumulative trauma disorders through early identification and treatment of signs and symptoms and to prevent future problems through development of information sources 4 Training and Education The fourth major program element for an effective ergonomics program is training and education The purpose of training and education is to ensure that employees are sufficiently informed about the ergonomic hazards to which they may be exposed so that they are able to participate actively in their own protection Employees must be adequately trained about the employer s entire ergonomics program Ergonomic Stressors Factors that increase risk for musculoskeletal disorder development are called ergonomic stressors The ergonomic stressors that poultry processing workers may face include the following Force Static postures Environmental factors Repetition Vibration Awkward postures Contact stress Force Physical effort required to lift push pull grasp and pinch items in the work environment Heavy lifting places high forces on the back Other jobs that require high force exertions from the hand wrist and shoulder Force is often required to handle and control equipment tools raw materials and finished products Repetition Performing the same motion or series of motions continually or
224. k with acutely hazardous chemicals These chemicals include Medical Consultation and Examination We will provide to affected employees medical attention including follow up examinations that our healthcare provider determines are necessary under the following circumstances A Whenever an employee develops signs and symptoms associated with a hazardous chemical to which they may be exposed the employee will be provided an opportunity to receive appropriate medical examination The employee will contact the chemical hygiene officer to initiate the medical program and or B Where exposure monitoring reveals an exposure level routinely above the OSHA action level AL or in the absence of an action level exposure above the OSHA permissible exposure level PEL for OSHA regulated substances for which there are medical monitoring and medical surveillance requirements medical surveil lance will be established for that employee Currently our laboratory uses the following chemicals that have a separate OSHA standard with medical surveil lance requirements 1 2 D3 C Whenever an event takes place in the work area such as a spill leak explosion or other occurrence resulting in the likelihood of a hazardous exposure the affected employee laboratory or custodial will be provided an opportunity for a medical consultation This consultation is for the purpose of determining the need for a medical examination D All medical
225. king materials in prohibited Ashes in metal containers Piled material kept dry and well ventilated Trash receptacle emptied daily Proper humidity maintained Premises free of unnecessary combustible materials No leaks or dripping of flammables and floor free of spills Fire doors unblocked and operating Extinguishing system in working order Service date current Personnel trained in use of equipment Personnel exits unobstructed and maintained Identified Fire Hazards and Responsible Personnel Hazard Identification Extinguisher Responsible Type Building Control Location Personnel Fire Extinguisher Location Type Building Extinguisher Location 68 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company 5 needs This policy is not re quired to be in writing The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met First Aid CPR and AED Response Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 151 1910 269 and 1910 146 The OSHA First Aid standard 29 CFR 1910 151 requires trained first aid providers at all workplaces of any size if there is no infirmary clinic or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all in jured employees In addition t
226. ks Forklifts Are only drivers authorized by the employer and trained in the safe operations of industrial trucks per mitted to operate such vehicles Does employer ensure that each powered industrial truck operator is competent to operate a powered industrial truck safely as demonstrated by the successful completion of required training and evalua tion in accordance with 1910 178 1 Operator Training Is substantial overhead protective equipment provided on high lift rider equipment Are the required lift truck operating rules posted and enforced Is directional lighting provided on each industrial truck that operates in an area with less than 2 foot candles per square foot of general lighting Does each industrial truck have a warning horn whistle gong or other device that can be clearly heard above the normal noise in the areas where operated Are the brakes on each industrial truck capable of bringing the vehicle to a complete and safe stop when fully loaded Will the industrial truck s parking brake effectively prevent the vehicle from moving when unattended Are industrial trucks operating in areas where flammable gases or vapors or combustible dust or ig nitable fibers may be present in the atmosphere approved for such locations Are motorized hand and hand rider trucks so designed that the brakes are applied and power to the drive motor shuts off when the operator releases his or her grip on the device that controls the t
227. l fall arrest systems for each employee Many times the nature and location of the work will dictate the form that fall protection takes If the company chooses to use a guardrail system it must comply with the following provisions Top edge height of toprails or equivalent guardrail system members must be between 39 and 45 inches above the walking working level except when conditions warrant otherwise and all other criteria are met e g when em ployees are using stilts the top edge height of the toprail must be increased by an amount equal the height of the stilts Midrails screens mesh intermediate vertical members or equivalent intermediate structures must be installed be tween the top edge and the walking working surface when there is no wall or other structure at least 21 inches high o Midrails must be midway between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking working level O Screens and mesh must extend from the toprail to the walking working level and along the entire opening be tween rail supports o Intermediate members such as balusters between posts must be no more than 19 inches apart o Other structural members such as additional midrails or architectural panels must be installed so as to leave no openings wider than 19 inches Guardrail systems must be capable of withstanding at least 200 pounds of force applied within 2 inches of the top edge in any direction and at any point along the edge and with
228. l methods that may result in new or additional exposures to Cr VI However this option does not require any particular fixed schedule for performing reevaluations Objective Data The objective data means information that demonstrates the expected worker exposure to Cr VI associated with a particular product or material or a specific process operation or activity Information that can serve as objective data includes but is not limited to air monitoring data from an industry wide survey data collected by a trade association from its members or calculations based on the composition or chemical and physical properties of a material The data will reflect workplace conditions closely resembling the processes types of material control methods work practices and environmental conditions in our current operations Regulated Areas We will regulate areas wherever a worker s exposure to airborne concentrations of Cr VI is or is reasonably ex pected to be above the PEL The regulated areas will be distinguishable from the rest of the workplace in a manner that adequately establishes and alerts workers to the boundaries of the regulated area This may be conducted by the use of warning signs gates ropes barricades lines textured flooring or whatever other methods may be appropriate Whatever methods are chosen will effectively warn workers not to enter the area un less they are authorized Authorized personnel are those employees require
229. lead and zinc protopor phyrin levels to each employee exposed to lead at the following schedule e At least every six months to each employee e At least every two months for each employee whose last blood sampling and analysis indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 ug 100 g of whole blood This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samples and analyses indicate a blood lead level below 40 ug 100 g of whole blood e At least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level Follow Up Blood Sampling Tests Whenever the results of a blood lead level test indicate that an employee s blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal we will provide a second follow up blood sampling test within two weeks after the em ployer receives the results of the first blood sampling test Medical Examinations e Medical examinations will be conducted annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling test conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 ug 100 g e Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area in which airborne concentra tions of lead are at or above the action level e As soon as possible upon notification by an employee either that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication that the employee desires
230. least 5 feet 1 5 m high having a fire resistance rating of at least one half hour Inside of buildings cylinders will be stored in a well protected well ventilated dry location at least 20 feet 6 1 m from highly combustible materials such as oil or excelsior Cylinders should be stored in definitely assigned places away from elevators stairs or gangways Assigned storage places will be located where cylinders will not be knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects or subject to tampering The in plant handling storage and use of all compressed gases in cylinders portable tanks rail tank cars or motor vehicle cargo tanks will be in accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet P 1 1965 164 Placing Cylinders Cylinders will be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks hot slag or flame will not reach them When this is impractical fire resistant shields will be provided Cylinders will be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit Electrodes will not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc Fuel gas cylinders will be placed with valve end up whenever they are in use They will not be placed in a location where they would not be subject to open flame hot metal or other sources of artificial heat Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene or other fuel gas will not be taken into confined spaces Treatment of Cylinders Cylinders whether full or empty
231. limit device to stop the hook travel at its highest and lowest point of safe travel 192 OoOoOdaqaaqa a O OoOoOdgda a m No OoOoOddadao m OoOoOda a O NA OoOddao do m OoOoOada a O Will each hoist automatically stop and hold any load up to 125 percent of its rated load if its actuating force is removed Is the rated load of each hoist legibly marked and visible to the operator Are stops provided at the safe limits of travel for trolley hoists Are the controls of hoists plainly marked to indicate the direction of travel or motion Is each cage controlled hoist equipped with an effective warning device Are close fitting guards or other suitable devices installed on hoists to ensure hoist ropes will be main tained in the sheave grooves Are all hoist chains or ropes of sufficient length to handle the full range of movement of the application while still maintaining two full wraps on the drum at all times Are nip points or contact points between hoist ropes and sheaves that are permanently located within 7 feet of the floor ground or working platform guarded Is it prohibited to use chains or rope slings that are kinked or twisted Is it prohibited to use the hoist rope or chain wrapped around the load as a substitute for a sling Is the operator instructed to avoid carrying loads over people Are only employees who have been trained in the proper use of hoists allowed to operate them Industrial Truc
232. lister The affected area may have a burning feeling or numbness When normal feeling movement and skin color have returned the affected area should be dried and wrapped to keep it warm Note If there is a chance the affected area may get cold again do not warm the skin If the skin is warmed and then becomes cold again it will cause severe tissue damage Seek medical at tention as soon as possible Responding to Hypothermia e Call for emergency help i e ambulance or call 911 e Move the person to a warm dry area Don t leave the person alone Remove any wet clothing and replace with warm dry clothing or wrap the person in blankets e Have the person drink warm sweet drinks sugar water or sports type drinks if they are alert Avoid drinks with caffeine coffee tea or hot chocolate or alcohol e Have the person move his or her arms and legs to create muscle heat If this is impossible place warm bottles or hot packs in the armpits groin neck and head areas DO NOT rub the person s body or place in warm water bath This may stop the heart Heat Stress Safe Work Practices e Know signs and symptoms of heat related illnesses monitor yourself and co worker e Know the emergency plan for heat related stress illnesses 158 e Gradually acclimate to the heat e Block out direct sun or other heat sources e Use cooling fans or air conditioning rest regularly e Drink lots of water about one cup every 15 minutes e
233. ll asbestos products raw materials mixtures scrap and to all containers of as bestos products including waste containers that may be in the workplace The labels will comply with the Hazard Communication Standard s requirements Labels or material safety data sheets MSDSs are not required where asbestos fibers have been modified by a bond ing agent coating binder or other materials if the manufacturer can demonstrate that during handling storing dispos ing processing or transporting no airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos in excess of PEL and or EL will be released or if asbestos is present in a product in a concentration of less than 1 percent Communication of Hazards Building Facility Owners Duties Employees engaged in housekeeping activities in public and commercial buildings with installed asbestos containing materials may be exposed to asbestos fibers We will inform and train employees performing housekeeping activities of the presence and location of asbestos containing materials and presumed asbestos containing materials that may have contaminated the area We will keep records of the presence location and quantity of asbestos containing materials and presumed asbestos containing mate rials present in the building for the duration of ownership and transfer these records to a successive owner 20 Information and Training We have developed a training program for all employees who are exposed to airborne co
234. ll available work practices to control dust exposure such as water sprays e Respirators will be used in work areas requiring the use of a respirator e Appropriate PPE will be worn to include disposable or washable work clothes Employees will vacuum the dust from their clothes or change into clean clothing before leaving the worksite No eating drinking smoking or applying cosmetics in areas where crystalline silica dust is present Wash your hands and face outside of dusty areas before performing any of these activities 156 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Spray Finishing Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 107 All employees that work in the spray finishing area should follow the work practices outlined below Safe Work Practices Equipment in the immediate work area should not produce sparks or flames Heating equipment should not be located in spray booths Pressure gauge marked to indicate normal airflow and indicate when filters need replacement Ensure fire sprinklers are functional in the booth and in the exhaust duct for spray operations Ensure spray booth area is separated from other operations b
235. ll be the responsi bility of the employee Respirators will be inspected as follows e All respirators used in routine situations will be inspected before each use and during cleaning e All respirators maintained for use in emergency situations will be inspected at least monthly and in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and will be checked for proper function before and after each use e Emergency escape only respirators will be inspected before being carried into the workplace for use Respirator inspections include the following e Acheck of respirator function tightness of connections and the condition of the various parts including but not limited to the facepiece head straps valves connecting tube and cartridges canisters or filters e Check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration e Self contained breathing apparatus will be inspected monthly Air and oxygen cylinders will be maintained in a fully charged state and will be recharged when the pressure falls to 90 percent of the manufacturer s recommended pressure level The company will determine that the regulator and warning devices function properly For emergency use respirators the additional requirements apply e Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed the name or signature of the person who made the inspection the findings required remedial action and a serial number or other means of id
236. ll operat ing speed Portable grinding tools need to be equipped with safety guards to protect workers not only from the moving wheel surface but also from flying fragments in case of wheel breakage When using a powered grinder e Always use eye or face protection e Turn off the power when not in use e Never clamp a hand held grinder in a vise Pneumatic Tools Safe Work Practices Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and include chippers drills hammers and sanders There are several dangers associated with the use of pneumatic tools First and foremost is the danger of getting hit by one of the tool s attachments or by some kind of fastener the worker is using with the tool Pneumatic tools must be checked to see that the tools are fastened securely to the air hose to prevent them from be coming disconnected A short wire or positive locking device attaching the air hose to the tool must also be used and will serve as an added safeguard If an air hose is more than inch 1 27 cm in diameter a safety excess flow valve must be installed at the source of the air supply to reduce pressure in case of hose failure In general the same precautions should be taken with an air hose that are recommended for electric cords because the hose is subject to the same kind of damage or accidental striking and because it also presents tripping hazards When using pneumatic tools a safety clip or retainer must be installed to preven
237. llations of electric conductors and equipment within or on buildings or other structures and on other premises such as yards parking and other lots and industrial substations e Wiring for Connections to Supply lInstallations of conductors that connect to the supply of electricity e Other Wiring Installations of other outside conductors on the premises e Optical Fiber Cable Installations of optical fiber cable where such installations are made along with electric con ductors e Bus Duct Switches Installation and removal of bus duct switches on energized busses Qualified persons i e those permitted to work on or near exposed energized parts will at a minimum be trained in and familiar with the following e The skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed live parts from other parts of electric equipment e The skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage of exposed live parts C Training The training requirements contained in this document apply to employees who face a risk of shock that is not re duced to a safe level by the installation as required by the National Electrical Code and 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S Elec trical Other employees who also may reasonably be expected to face comparable risk of injury due to electric shock or other electrical hazards must also be trained Employees who are covered by the scope of this policy but who are not qualified persons will also be trained in
238. lly or more often if the conditions of use or location necessitate more frequent inspection Loads Self supporting foldout and non self supporting leaning portable ladders must be able to support at least four times the maximum intended load except extra heavy duty metal or plastic ladders which must be able to sustain 3 3 times the maximum intended load Angle Non self supporting ladders which must lean against a wall or other support are to be positioned at such an angle that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about one fourth the working length of the ladder In the case of job made wooden ladders that angle should equal about one eighth the working length This mini mizes the strain of the load on ladder joints that may not be as strong as on commercially manufactured ladders Rungs Ladder rungs cleats or steps must be parallel level and uniformly spaced when the ladder is in position for use Rungs must be spaced between 10 and 14 inches apart For extension trestle ladders the spacing must be 8 18 inches for the base and 6 12 inches on the extension section Rungs must be so shaped that an employee s foot cannot slide off and they must be skid resistant Slipping Ladders are to be kept free of oil grease wet paint and other slipping hazards Wood ladders must not be coated with any opaque covering except identification or warning labels on one face only of a side rail O
239. ls Handling Is there safe clearance for equipment through aisles and doorways Are aisleways designated permanently marked and kept clear to allow unhindered passage Are motorized vehicles and mechanized equipment inspected daily or before use 00 00 00 00 00 00 Are containers of combustibles or flammables when stacked while being moved always separated by dunnage sufficient to provide stability O m O Are dockboards bridge plates used when loading or unloading operations are taking place between vehicles and docks O O O Aretrucks and trailers secured from movement during loading and unloading operations O OQ O Are dock plates and loading ramps constructed and maintained with sufficient strength to support im posed loading O OQ O Are hand trucks maintained in safe operating condition O 0O O Are chutes equipped with sideboards of sufficient height to prevent the materials being handled from falling off O 0 O Are chutes and gravity roller sections firmly placed or secured to prevent displacement O OQ UO Atthe delivery end of the rollers or chutes are provisions made to brake the movement of the handled materials O QO O Are pallets inspected before being loaded or moved O OQ O Are hooks with safety latches or other arrangements used when hoisting materials so that slings or load attachments will not accidentally slip off the hoist hooks O QO O Are securing chains ropes chockers or slings adequate for the jo
240. ly perform these duties in a PRCS The confined space is rendered safe for entry e By issuance and compliance with the conditions of a permit e When the space is reclassified as a non permit space without making entry into the space This does not apply to a PRCS with an actual or potential hazardous atmosphere e Alternate entry procedures are performed Permits issued under the procedures in this policy will be limited to the duration of the job but no longer than one work shift A new permit is required if work continues on a second shift or another day Definitions Confined Space a space that meets all three of the following conditions e Is large enough and so configure that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work e Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit for example thanks vessels silos storage binds hoppers vaults and pit are spaces that have limited mean of entry e Is not designed for continuous human occupancy Permit Required Confined Space Permit Space a confined space that has one or more of the following character istics e Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere e Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant e Has an internal configuration such that the entrant could be trap or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or a floor that slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross section e Contains any other recognized serious
241. ly to see it Are emergency telephone numbers posted where they can be readily found in case of emergency Where employees may be exposed to any toxic substances or harmful physical gents has appropriate information concerning employee access to medical and exposure records and material safety data sheets MSDS been posted or otherwise made readily available to affected employees Are signs concerning exiting from buildings room capacities floor loading biohazards exposures to X ray microwave or other harmful radiation or substances posted where appropriate Is the summary of occupational injuries and illnesses posted February through April Recordkeeping Are all occupational injuries and illnesses except minor injuries requiring only first aid being recorded as required on the OSHA 300 log Are employee medical records and records of employee exposure to hazardous substances or harmful physical agents up to date and in compliance with current OSHA standards Are employee training records kept and accessible for review by employees when required by OSHA standards Have arrangements been made to maintain required records for the legal period of time for each spe cific type of record Some records must be maintained for at least 40 years Are operating permits and records up to date for such items as elevators air pressure tanks and lique fied petroleum gas tanks Safety and Health Program Do you have an active saf
242. m the tops of uncovered batteries ee 80 Dockboards bridge plates Are portable and powered dockboards strong enough to carry the load imposed on them Are portable dockboards secured in position either by being anchored or equipped with devices that will prevent slippage Are handholds or other effective means provided on portable dockboards to ensure safe handling Is positive protection provided to prevent railroad cars from being moved while dockboards or bridge plates are in position Operator Training Are only trained and authorized operators permitted to operate a powered industrial truck Truck Operations Is it prohibited for a person to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any truck whether loaded or empty Are unauthorized personnel prohibited from riding on powered industrial trucks Is it prohibited for arms or legs to be placed between the uprights of the mast or outside the running lines of a truck Is it required for load engaging means to be fully lowered controls neutralized power shut off and brakes set when a powered industrial truck is left unattended Is it required to maintain a safe distance from the edge of ramps or platforms while on any elevated dock platform or freight car Is an overhead guard used as protection against falling objects Is a load backrest extension used whenever necessary to minimize the possibility of the load or part of it from
243. m for all employees who are or will be exposed to air borne concentrations of asbestos at or above the PEL and or EL All medical examinations and procedures will be per formed by a licensed physician Exams will be scheduled at a reasonable time and place and at no cost to the employee At a minimum such examinations will include a medical and work history a complete physical examination with em phasis on the respiratory system the cardiovascular system and the digestive tract a chest X ray pulmonary function tests respiratory disease standardized questionnaire and any additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician These examinations will be made available annually An abbreviated standardized questionnaire 29 CFR Part 1910 1001 Appendix D Part 2 will be administered to the employee as part of the periodic annual medical examination Upon termination of employment we will provide a ter mination of employment medical exam to the employee within 30 calendar days before or after the date of termination We will provide the examining physician with a copy of the standard and Appendixes D and E a description of the affected employee s duties as they relate to his or her asbestos exposure the employee s actual or anticipated exposure level a description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used or to be used and information from pre vious medical examinations Once the physician has completed the exam we
244. mmissioner of labor affected employees former employees and desig nated representatives in accordance with 29 CFR Part 1910 1020 Where the handling using or processing of any products made from or containing asbestos are exempted we will es tablish and maintain accurate records of objective data that exempt these products These records will be kept for the duration of the employer s reliance upon the data Where applicable we will maintain records about the presence location and quantity of asbestos containing material and presumed asbestos containing material in the building or facility These records will be kept for the duration of our ownership and will be transferred to the successive owners Regulated Areas We will establish and set apart a regulated area wherever airborne concentrations of asbestos and or presumed as bestos containing material exceed the PEL and or EL Only authorized personnel may enter regulated areas All people entering a regulated area must be supplied with and are required to use an appropriate respirator No smoking eating drinking chewing tobacco or gum or applying cosmetics is permitted in regulated areas Warning signs must be provided and displayed at each regulated area and must be posted at all approaches to regu lated areas Where necessary signs will bear pictures or graphics or be written in appropriate language so that all em ployees understand them Warning labels will be affixed to a
245. mpany form Hepatitis B Vaccine Declination I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus HBV infection I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vac cine at no charge to myself However I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time I understand that by declining this vaccine I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B a serious disease If in the future I continue to have occupa tional exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me Employee s name print Employee s signature Date 28 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Chemical Hygiene Plan Ref 29 CFR 1910 1450 The general intent of the chemical hygiene plan is 1 To protect laboratory employees from health hazards associated with the use of hazardous chemicals in our labo ratory 2 To assure that our laboratory employees are not exposed to substances in excess of the permissible exposure limits as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z The pla
246. mployee representative of the safety and health committee and any others whose ex pertise would help in the investigation The accident investigation team will take written statements from witnesses and photograph the incident scene and equipment involved The team will also document as soon as possible after the incident the condition of equipment and any anything else in the work area that may be relevant The team will complete a written incident investigation report The report will include a sequence of events leading up to the incident conclusions about the incident and any recommendations to prevent a similar incident in the future This report will be given to insert appropriate name job title for corrective action The report will be reviewed by the safety and health committee at its next regularly sched uled meeting When a supervisor becomes aware of an employee injury where the injury was not serious enough to warrant a team investigation as described above the supervisor will write an incident investigation report to accompany the em ployee s report and forward them to insert appropriate name job title In addition whenever there is an incident that did not result in an injury to an employee a near miss the supervisor will investigate the incident The incident investigation report form will be filled out to investigate the near miss and to establish any corrective action as applicable The form will be clearly marked to indi
247. mporarily converting the respirator user s actual facepiece into a negative pressure respirator with appropriate filters or by using an identical negative pres sure air purifying respirator facepiece with the same sealing surfaces as a surrogate for the atmosphere supplying or powered air purifying respirator facepiece e Quantitative fit testing of these respirators will be accomplished by modifying the facepiece to allow sampling inside the facepiece in the breathing zone of the user midway between the nose and mouth This requirement will be accomplished by installing a permanent sampling probe onto a surrogate facepiece or by using a sampling adapter designed to temporarily provide a means of sampling air from inside the facepiece e Any modifications to the respirator facepiece for fit testing will be completely removed and the facepiece restored to NIOSH approved configuration before that facepiece can be used in the workplace Fit test records will be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered Written materials required to be retained will be made available upon request to affected employees Respirator Operation and Use Respirators will only be used following the respiratory protection safety procedures established in this program The operations and use manuals for each type of respirator will be maintained by the program administrator and be avail able to all qualified users Surveillance by the direct sup
248. n compromise the protective effect of the respirator e Limitations and capabilities of the respirator e How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations including situations in which the respirator malfunc tions e How to inspect put on and remove use and check the seals of the respirator e What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator e How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators e The general requirements of this program Retraining will be conducted annually and when e Changes in the workplace or the type of respirator render previous training obsolete e Inadequacies in the employee s knowledge or use of the respirator indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill e Other situation arises in which retraining appears necessary to ensure safe respirator use Training will be conducted by instructors who have adequate knowledge of OSHA training requirements Training is divided into the following sections 138 Classroom Instruction 1 Overview of the company respiratory protection program and OSHA Standard 2 Respiratory protection safety procedures 3 Respirator selection 4 Respirator operation and use 5 Why the respirator is necessary 6 How improper fit usage or maintenance can compromise the protective effect 7 Limitations and capabilities of the respirator 8 How to use th
249. n example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Hazardous Materials Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 Subpart H 1910 1200 and 1910 1000 A hazardous material is a material that is capable of producing harmful physical or health effects These include fire sudden release of pressure explosion and other violent reactions Harmful health effects include acute conditions and chronic conditions Acute conditions develop soon after overexposure to hazardous materials and include burns rashes respiratory dis tress convulsions and possibly even death Chronic conditions develop after long term exposure to hazardous materials and include cancers nervous system disorders and damage to other organ systems Safe Work Practices Whenever it is feasible engineering controls will be used to reduce employee exposures to hazardous materials The two most common engineering controls are the use of local exhaust and general ventilation These measures limit an employee s exposure to airborne contaminants When engineering controls are not available or they fail to adequately reduce hazards other personal protective equipment is required Examples of personal prot
250. n for 10 minutes for clothing gently agitate periodically Transfer objects to hand wash solution for 10 minutes for clothing gently agitate periodically Allow clothes and tools equipment to thoroughly air dry before reuse Clothing tools and equipment that cannot be decontaminated in the field or on which bleach chemicals or water cannot be used such as electrical or battery operated equipment must be containerized bagged on site and labeled as contaminated The manufacturer of the clothing tools or equipment may need to be contacted to discuss appropriate cleaning procedures Severe Surface Decontamination For decontaminating the most seriously affected surfaces o Mix 1 cups of bleach per gallon of water o Douse surfaces with heavy contamination and allow to sit for three minutes o Wipe the contamination from the surface with a paper towel and douse the surface again but use the hand wash solution o Wipe off residual contamination with a paper towel 111 Clothing tools and equipment that have internal cavities or components that cannot be completely decontaminated in the field or on which bleach chemicals or water cannot be used such as electrical or battery operated equipment must be containerized bagged on site and labeled as contaminated The manufacturer of the clothing tools or equip ment may need to be contacted to discuss appropriate cleaning procedures Important Considerations Use gloves and eye prote
251. n how to effectively prevent the release of airborne fibers in excess of the permissible exposure limits Contaminated clothing and equipment taken out of change rooms or the workplace for cleaning maintenance or dis posal will be transported in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers and must be appropriately labeled Hygiene Facilities and Practices Employees who are required to work in regulated areas will be provided with clean change rooms shower facilities and lunchrooms Change rooms will have two separate lockers or storage facilities one for contaminated clothing the other for street clothing We will keep them far enough apart to prevent accidental contamination of the employee s street clothes Employees are required to shower at the end of the shift and cannot leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift No employee will enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface asbestos fibers have been removed by vacuuming or some other method that removes dust without causing the asbestos to become air borne Employees must wash their hands prior to eating drinking or smoking Smoking is prohibited in regulated areas Housekeeping All surfaces will be maintained as free as possible of accumulations of waste containing asbestos or asbestos dust The preferred methods of cleanup are wet cleaning and or vacuuming with HEPA filtered vacuuming e
252. n program and have their hearing checked annually All hearing test results and other required documentation will be maintained in ac cordance with 29 CFR 1910 1020 Employees will be scheduled as follows 94 Testing will begin in time frame for all employees requiring the annual hearing test Each employee s supervisor or designee will notify that employee of the test It is the responsibility of insert name to ensure that contractors providing hearing tests to employees meet OSHA requirements It will be the responsibility of insert name to obtain and file the following documentation annually from the contractor providing the hearing tests current audiometer calibration check records last audiometer check both background noise level records and current audiometer technician certification If a mobile van used for testing cannot provide these records then another testing center will be used Insert name will provide a file for the audiograms that is separate from other medical or personnel files These files will be kept confidential Hearing Protection The proper use of hearing protection will prevent many types of hearing loss The employee must wear the required hearing protection properly and regularly to reap the benefits of the protection If you have any problems with the fit of your hearing protectors contact insert name How to Properly Wear Hearing Protectors It is an OSHA requirement that the company ens
253. n system 182 Yes No NA O 0 O Isappropriate foot protection required where there is the risk of foot injuries from hot corrosive or poi sonous substances falling objects and crushing or penetrating actions O QO UO Are approved respirators provided for regular or emergency use where needed O 0 O Isall protective equipment maintained in a sanitary condition and ready for use O QO UO Do you have eyewash facilities and a quick drench shower within the work area where employees are exposed to injurious corrosive materials O 0 O Where special equipment is needed for electrical workers is it available O O O Where food or beverages are consumed on the premises are they consumed in areas where there is no exposure to toxic material blood or other potentially infectious materials O 0O O Is protection against the effects of occupational noise exposure provided when sound levels exceed those of the OSHA noise standard O O O Are adequate work procedures protective clothing and equipment provided and used when cleaning up spilled toxic or otherwise hazardous materials and liquids O OQ O Are there appropriate procedures in place for disposing of or decontaminating personal protective equipment contaminated with or reasonably anticipated to be contaminated with blood or other poten tially infectious materials General Work Environment O OQ O Areall worksites clean sanitary and orderly O 0O O Are work surfaces kept dry or appropr
254. n the workplace Regulated Areas We will regulate areas wherever a worker s exposure to lead exposure is or is reasonably expected to be above the PEL The regulated areas will be distinguishable from the rest of the workplace in a manner that adequately establishes and alerts workers to the boundaries of the regulated area This may be conducted by the use of warning signs gates ropes barricades lines textured flooring or other meth ods that may be appropriate Whatever methods are chosen will effectively warn workers not to enter the area unless they are authorized 118 Authorized personnel are those required by their job duties to be present in the area and may include maintenance re pair personnel managers and quality control engineers Also designated worker representatives may enter the regu lated area to observe exposure monitoring All people who enter the regulated area will use proper protective equipment including respirators when appropri ate Control Measures To protect workers from lead hazards whenever exposures exceed the PEL we will use engineering and work prac tice controls to reduce and maintain lead exposures to or below the PEL These are the most effective controls Whenever feasible engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL we will use such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable and supplement them by the use of respirat
255. n will be available to all employees for review and a copy will be located in the following areas This plan will be reviewed annually by and updated as necessary is designated as the chemical hygiene officer CHO See sections VI and VII for details I Standard Operating Procedures The following standard operating procedures are in place for the safe handling of chemicals in our laboratory We also have the following programs if applicable The written portion of the laser safety program is located in at The written portion of the radiation safety program is located in at The written portion of the biological safety program is located in at II Criteria for Use of Control Measures to Reduce Employee Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals A The following operations must be performed in laboratory fume hoods B The following operations must be performed in biological safety cabinets C The following operations must be performed in glove boxes D Respirators must be used in accordance with our respiratory protection policy and with the OSHA Respirator Standard 29 CFR 1910 134 This policy and associated documentation are located at the following location for employee review 29 HI E Appropriate protective apparel compatible with the required degree of protection for substances handled must be used will advise employees on the use of gloves gowns eye protection barr
256. nagers industrial hygienists and medical professionals are the most appropriate to administer these pro grams Additionally safety and health committees and other suitably trained and experienced employees may also help administer and review these programs 18 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Asbestos Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 1001 Permissible Exposure Limits PELs Time Weighted Average TWA The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0 1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air 0 1 f cc as averaged over an 8 hour day Excursion Limit EL The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of as bestos in excess of 1 0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air 1 f cc as averaged over a sampling period of 30 minutes OSHA has adopted the term excursion limit to refer to the short term permissible exposure limit to be consistent with the terminology used by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ACGIH Exposure Monitoring Except for brake and clutch repair where a preferred control method is used we have assessed all asbestos opera tions for their potential to
257. naire And Examinations The medical questionnaire and examinations will be administered confidentially during the employee s normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the employee The medical questionnaire will be administered in a manner that ensures that the employee understands its content The company will provide the employee with an oppor tunity to discuss the questionnaire and examination results with the physician Supplemental Information for the Physician The following information must be provided to the physician before the physician makes a recommendation con cerning an employee s ability to use a respirator e The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the employee e The duration and frequency of respirator use including use for rescue and escape 142 The expected physical work effort Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn e Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered Any supplemental information provided previously to the physician regarding an employee need not be provided for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the physician remain the same The company has provided the physician with a copy of the written respiratory protection program and a copy of the OSHA Respiratory Protection Standard 29 CFR 1910 134 Medical Determination In determining the employee s ability to use a respirator the company will obtain a written recomme
258. nal breathing zone air samples to accurately characterize full shift exposure on each shift for each job classification and in each work area Monitoring results will indicate the worker s time weighted average exposure to lead over a typical 8 hour workday In some cases we will monitor all exposed workers while in cases where workers perform the same job under the same conditions we will only monitor representative personnel Periodic Monitoring Periodic monitoring will be conducted quarterly when initial monitoring shows that the worker s exposure is at or above the action level Monitoring Frequency If initial monitoring shows exposures above the PEL but subsequent periodic measurements indicate that exposures have fallen to levels at or below the PEL but still above the action level we will reduce the frequency of periodic mon itoring to every six months We will discontinue periodic monitoring for workers represented by monitoring results in dicating that exposures have fallen below the action level if those results are confirmed by a second measurement taken seven days later Additional Monitoring Additional monitoring will be conducted when a workplace change results in new or additional exposures to lead or we have reasons to believe that new or additional exposures have occurred These changes include alterations in the production process raw materials equipment personnel work practices or control methods used i
259. ncentrations of asbestos at or above the PEL and or EL Training will be provided prior to or at the time of initial assignment and at least yearly thereafter The training program will inform employees about ways in which they can safeguard their health In addition we will provide an awareness training course for employees who do housekeeping operations in facili ties where asbestos containing materials or presumed asbestos containing materials are present The elements of the course must include the health effects of asbestos locations signs of damage and deterioration of asbestos containing materials and presumed asbestos containing materials the proper response to fiber release episodes and where the housekeeping requirements are found in the standard This training will be held annually and conducted so that all employees understand it Methods of Compliance Control Methods To the extent feasible engineering and work practice controls will used to reduce and maintain employee exposure at or below the PEL and or EL We will design construct install and maintain local exhaust ventilation and dust collection systems according to the American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z9 2 1979 We will provide a local exhaust ventilation system for all hand operated and power operated tools such as saws scorers abrasive wheels and drills that produce or release fibers of asbest
260. nclosures identified Is means provided to ensure the control circuit can also be disconnected and locked out Is the locking out of control circuits in lieu of locking out main power disconnects prohibited Are all equipment control valve handles provided with a means for locking out Does the lockout procedure require that stored energy mechanical hydraulic air etc be released or blocked before equipment is locked out for repairs Are appropriate employees provided with individually keyed personal safety locks Are employees required to keep personal control of their keys while they have safety locks in use Is it required that only the employee exposed to the hazard place or remove the safety lock Is it required that employees check the safety of the lockout by attempting to start up after making sure no one is exposed Are employees instructed to always push the control circuit stop button prior to re energizing the main power switch Is there a means provided to identify any or all employees who are working on locked out equipment by their locks or accompanying tags 189 Yes No NA O O O Areasufficient number of accident preventive signs or tags and safety padlocks provided for any rea sonably foreseeable repair emergency O 0 O When machine operations configuration or size requires the operator to leave his or her control station to install tools or perform other operations and that part of the machine could move if accid
261. nd the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to in terrupt the current All ground connections will be inspected to ensure that they are mechanically strong and electrically adequate for the required current Operating Instructions Employers will instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as follows e When electrode holders are to be left unattended the electrodes will be removed and the holders will be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects e Hot electrode holders will not be dipped in water to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave the work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time or when the arc welding or cutting machine is to be moved the power supply switch to the equipment will be opened Any faulty or defective equipment will be reported to the supervisor A disconnecting means will be provided in the supply circuit for each motor generated arc welder and for each AC transformer and DC rectifier arc welder that is not equipped with a disconnect mounted as an integral part of the welder A switch or circuit breaker will be provided by which each resistance welder and its control equipment can be iso lated from the supply circuit The ampere rating of this disconnecting means will
262. ndation regard ing the employee s ability to use the respirator from the physician The recommendation will provide only the follow ing information e Any limitations on respirator use related to the medical condition of the employee or relating to the workplace conditions in which the respirator will be used including whether or not the employee is medically able to use the respirator e The need if any for follow up medical evaluations e A statement that the physician has provided the employee with a copy of the physician s written recommendation e Ifthe respirator is a negative pressure respirator and the physician finds a medical condition that may place the employee s health at increased risk if the respirator is used the company will provide an APR if the physician s medical evaluation finds that the employee can use such a respirator If a subsequent medical evaluation finds that the employee is medically able to use a negative pressure respirator then the company is no longer required to provide an APR Additional Medical Evaluations At a minimum the company will provide additional medical evaluations that comply with the requirements of this section if e An employee reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to ability to use a respirator e A physician supervisor or the respirator program administrator informs the company that an employee needs to be re evaluated e Information from the respiratory prot
263. ng The battery or compartment covers should be open to dissipate heat Take precautions to prevent open flames sparks or electric arcs in the battery charging area Smoking is prohibited in the charging area Keep tools and metallic objects away from the top of uncovered batteries Make sure that reinstalled batteries are properly positioned and secured in the truck Fuel Handling and Storage Liquid fuels gasoline diesel fuel should be handled and stored in accordance with National Fire Protection Associ ation NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code NFPA No 30 Liquefied petroleum gas LPG should be handled and stored in accordance with NFPA Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases NFPA No 58 e The engine should be stopped and the driver should dismount the vehicle before a truck is refueled e Fuel tanks will not be filled while the engine is running Spillage will be avoided Refueling must be performed out of all buildings and away from open doors e Spillage of oil or fuel will be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced be fore restarting engine e No forklift will be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected Control of Noxious Gases and Fumes Concentration levels of carbon monoxide gas created by powered industrial trucks should not exceed levels specified in 29 CFR 1910 1000 Currently the 8 hour time weighted average limit is
264. ng a red light e Failure to obey traffic signals e Tailgating Minor Violations two points e Less than 10 MPH above the speed limit e Failure to yield right of way e Failure to provide proper signals 70 Company Accident Reporting Procedures e Call 911 e Provide first aid to injured parties if qualified and do not move accident victims unless fire or other condition makes it safer to do so e Wait for law enforcement Do not move vehicle until authorized by law enforcement unless the situation dictates otherwise e Report accident to supervisor as soon as possible e Provide accident documentation to supervisor upon return to office and file accident report Securing Materials for Transport Secure tools or equipment while being transported to prevent unsafe movement of materials During a crash or when making sudden maneuvers loose objects can slide around or become airborne injuring the driver and any passengers Objects that could become a hazard should be secured or stored outside the passenger compartment Objects on the back or outside of vehicles must be properly secured to prevent it from falling off Never throw trash or other materials in the back of open truck or vehicle areas Seat Belt Use Policy Seat belts are extremely effective in preventing injuries and loss of life All employees must wear seat belts when op erating a company owned vehicle or any vehicle on company premises or on company business and all
265. ng and be trained to perform assigned rescue duties The standard also requires that all rescuers be trained in first aid and CPR At a minimum one rescue team member must be currently certified in first aid and CPR Employers must ensure that practice rescue exercises are performed yearly and that rescue services are provided access to permit spaces so they can practice rescue operations Rescuers also must be informed of the hazards of the permit space This includes off site rescue teams such as local fire and res cue companies If the company is relying on off site rescue services the company must notify the off site rescue of the permit re quired confined space entry and ensure that the rescue service is on standby during entry Harnesses and Retrieval Lines Authorized entrants who enter a permit space must wear a chest or full body harness with a retrieval line attached to the center of their backs near shoulder level or above their heads Wristlets may be used if the company can demon strate that the use of a chest or full body harness is not feasible or creates a greater hazard The other end of the retrieval line must be attached to a mechanical device or a fixed point outside the permit space A mechanical device must be available to retrieve someone from vertical type permit spaces more than 5 feet 1 52 m deep Material Safety Data Sheet If an injured entrant is exposed to a substance for which a material safety data sheet MSDS
266. ng pins Are portable electrical tools grounded Hand Tools Yes N A Are the right tools for the job used Are tools in good condition Are cutting edges sharp Are tools with mushroomed heads split handles and other defects tagged and removed from service Housekeeping Yes N A Is the department clean and orderly Are materials properly stored out of walkways or paths to exits Storage of materials Yes N A Are materials and supplies properly stacked within recommended heights Are flammable materials properly handled and stored Are all chemical containers appropriately labeled Lighting Yes No N A Is lighting in work and storage areas passageways and stairways satisfactory Check for burned out bulbs Check light guarding and reflectors Ventilation Yes N A Is there good general ventilation Is there adequate local ventilation to control possible health hazards Ladders Yes No N A Are portable ladders of standard construction and in good condition Are fixed ladders of standard construction and securely fastened 206 Fire Extinguishers Yes No N A Are enough fire extinguishers of the right type available and easily accessible Is all fire suppressant equipment in proper working order Are fire extinguishers properl
267. ning of each working shift Defective hose will be removed from service Hose that has been subject to flashback or shows evidence of severe wear or damage will be tested to twice the nor mal pressure to which it is subject but in no case less than 300 p s i Defective hose or hose in doubtful condition will not be used Hose couplings will be of the type that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull without rotary motion Boxes used for the storage of gas hose will be ventilated Hoses cables and other equipment will be kept clear of passageways ladders and stairs Torches Clogged torch tip openings will be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires drills or other devices designed for such purpose Torches in use will be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves hose couplings and tip connections Defective torches will not be used Torches will be lighted by friction lighters or other approved devices and not by matches or from hot work Regulators and Gauges Oxygen and fuel gas pressure regulators including their related gauges will be in proper working order while in use Oil and Grease Hazards Oxygen cylinders and fittings will be kept away from oil or grease Cylinders cylinder caps and valves couplings regulators hose and apparatus will be kept free from oil or greasy substances and will not be handled with oily hands or gloves Oxygen will not be directed at o
268. nnected to it line strength to aid in the arrest of a fall and durability to hold fallen employee s suspended until rescue can occur 58 Warning Line System All greater than 50 feet wide flat roof i e roof with less than 4 12 slope work that is performed 6 feet or further back from the edge of the roof can be completed by installing a warning line and using a safety monitor If the roof is flat and less than 50 feet wide a competent person safety monitor may be used Warning lines will consist of the following e Be erected 6 feet from the edge of the roof e Be constructed of stationary posts made of wood or metal e Wire or nylon rope and Caution tape will be strung from post to post and must be able to withstand 16 pounds of force e The entire perimeter of the roof where work is being performed will be guarded by the warning line If an employee must access an area within 6 feet of the roof for reasons other than exiting the roof via a ladder or fixed industrial ladder another employee must monitor that individual and warn him or her of any dangers If another employee is not available to act as a safety monitor the employee must don a full body harness and attach a fall re straint lanyard to an anchor point to prevent reaching the edge of the roof Inspection of Fall Protection Systems The following criteria will be utilized to maintain all equipment in good working condition Full Body Harness Inspect before each
269. not be less than the supply conductor ampacity Shielding Whenever practicable all arc welding and cutting operations will be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screen that will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc 167 Fire Prevention When practical objects to be welded cut or heated will be moved to a designated safe location or if these objects cannot be readily moved all movable fire hazards in the vicinity will be taken to a safe place or otherwise protected If these objects cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed positive means will be taken to confine the heat sparks and slag and to protect the immovable fire hazards from them No welding cutting or heating will be done where the application of flammable paints or the presence of other flam mable compounds or heavy dust concentrations creates a hazard Suitable fire extinguishing equipment will be immediately available in the work area and will be maintained in a state or readiness for instant use When the welding cutting or heating operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient ad ditional personnel will be assigned to guard against fire while the actual welding cutting or heating operation is being performed and for a sufficient period of time after completion of the work to ensure that no possibility of fire exists Such personnel will be instructed as to t
270. nt O O O Are employees instructed not to use the top step of ordinary stepladders as a step O 0 O When portable rung ladders are used to gain access to elevated platforms roofs etc does the ladder always extend at least 3 feet above the elevated surface O O CO Isit required that when portable rung or cleat type ladders are used the base is so placed that slipping will not occur or it is latched or otherwise held in place O QO O Are portable metal ladders marked with signs reading CAUTION Do Not Use Around Electrical Equipment or equivalent wording O QO UO Are employees prohibited from using ladders as guys braces skids gin poles or for other than their in tended purposes O QO O Are employees instructed to only adjust extension ladders while standing at a base not while standing on the ladder or from a position above the ladder 186 Yes No NA O 0O O Are metal ladders inspected for damage O OQ O Are the rungs of ladders uniformly spaced at 12 inches center to center Hand Tools and Equipment O QO O Areall tools and equipment both company and employee owned used by employees at their work place in good condition m O O Are hand tools such as chisels and punches that develop mushroomed heads during use reconditioned or replaced as necessary Are broken or fractured handles on hammers axes and similar equipment replaced promptly Are worn or bent wrenches replaced regularly Are appropriate handles
271. nt The Controlled Substance Examination Act sets procedural standards that employers must follow when conducting drug testing of applicants and employees The act does not protect employees from adverse actions taken by employers as a result of test results A packet containing the rules forms and frequently asked questions may be downloaded at http www nclabor com wh Controlled 20Substance 20Examination 20Regulation 20Act 20Packet 20 202 12 2007 pdf Reference N C Gen Stat Chapter 90 Article 5 Section 2 Safety and Health Programs Note The following pages contain example safety and health programs and policies that may be applicable to your company It is the responsibility of the company to determine whether these programs are mandatory in your work envi ronment based on the scope and application of the referenced standard Every effort has been made to include the con tent required by the NCDOL OSH Division standards Additionally other good practices have been included that may or may not apply to your company Please add or delete content to these programs as deemed necessary While most standards do not require a program administrator or coordinator it is a good practice to have an employee who is knowledgeable and appropriately trained assigned to administer and review these programs on a continuing basis to ensure their effectiveness in the workplace Individuals such as human resource professionals risk managers safety ma
272. ntry or ventilation intake except that smoking is not permitted in any areas where flammable or combustible liquid are dispensed mixed used or stored e Horseplay running and fighting are prohibited e Report spills immediately so that they can be cleaned up promptly by appropriately trained employees Replace all tools and supplies after use Do not allow materials especially combustible materials to accumulate where they will become a tripping or fire hazard Keep lids on trashcans at all times e Do not block any fire extinguisher fire exit or exit pathway with materials or equipment Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Disciplinary Policy The company has established a progressive disciplinary program for those acts or practices not considered immedi ately dangerous to life or health Unsafe acts will not be tolerated Each employee has an individual responsibility to work safely We have established a progressive disciplinary program for those acts or practices not considered immedi ately dangerous to life or health Note The following are examples of disciplinary actions Employers may wish to establish these policies as part of their general personnel policies and should seek legal advice prior to implementing them in the workplace First Instance Warning notation in employee file and instruction on proper actions Second Instance W
273. nts of the most current version ANSI ISEA 107 e Never allow untrained workers to operate equipment e Drive vehicles or equipment only on roadways or grades that are safely constructed and maintained Failure to do so can result in overturned equipment e Make sure that you and all other personnel are in the clear before using dumping or lifting devices e Lower or block bulldozer and scraper blades end loader buckets dump bodies etc when not in use and leave all controls in neutral position e Set parking brakes when vehicles and equipment are parked and chock the wheels when on an incline 71 Use of Personal Vehicles for Company Business When employee owned vehicles are used for business purposes for more than once a week local errands the follow ing procedures will be followed e The vehicle must be properly registered tagged and inspected per NCDMV requirements e The employee must provide semi annual proof of insurance Generally this will be done by providing an up to date insurance policy or card In cases where an employee s duties require them to drive their own vehicle routinely defined as more than once a week in a continuing fashion on company business the employee will be required to provide a copy of their insur ance declaration page and at management s discretion based on counsel with the insurance agent carrier the employee may be requested to have the following minimum limits Example limit
274. ny enclosed spaces involving the following metals will be performed with adequate mechanical ventilation as described above e Zinc bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zinc bearing materials e Lead base metals e Cadmium bearing filler materials e Chromium bearing metals or metals coated with chromium bearing materials Welding cutting or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the following metals will be performed with adequate local exhaust ventilation as described above or employees shall be protected by air line respirators e Metals containing lead other than as an impurity or metals coated with lead bearing materials e Cadmium bearing or cadmium coated base metals e Metal coated with mercury bearing metals e Beryllium containing base or filler metals Because of its high toxicity work involving beryllium will be done with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators Employees performing such operations in the open air will be protected by filter type respirators except that employ ees performing such operations on beryllium containing base or filler metals will be protected by air line respirators Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners will be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner Inert Gas Metal Arc Welding Since the inert gas metal arc welding process involves the production of ultraviolet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produc
275. o ie Bn eat erie aay 156 Spray Finishing Polley 2 53 425 a2egondatahe eae by aa ia wae anaes 151 Thermal Exposure Policy Aree Atk oh ig heed Seat og SON eo aceite se wettest arate 158 Walking and Working Surfaces Program 00 0 c seen eee eee 160 Welding Cutting and Brazing Policy 0 0 cece e cece eee eee 164 Section 3 Training and Instruction 0 cee cece e ee ee eee eens 170 Employee Training ye gas exe ob ie CURA ES SARE LORS Cae 4 ER 170 Job Progression Training and Skills Assessment 0000 173 Periodic Tr in ees e oani awh goed MAY Re RR ORE EA eee Bees 175 Employee Training Roster Certificate of Training 176 Management Training onana ia araents dG artes barack a 177 Supervisor Training soss oer Lees Rok oe a eee Soe Oe eS OTRO M EWS 178 Section 4 Reference Material 3 64 9 66040414 64 0 4 408 0 OSS oie Sa Wk ee Eee 179 N C Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Division 179 Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration 179 Section 5 Facility Inspection Forms 2 cc cece ee eee cece eee eee 180 e Comprehensive Safety Inspection Form 00005 181 e Monthly Inspection Form 44 050 05 4 0 4 55 004 Fas sks a 205 Foreword In North Carolina the N C Department of Labor enforces the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act through a state plan approved by the U S Department of Labor NCD
276. o first aid requirements of 29 CFR 1910 151 several OSHA standards such as 1910 269 and 1910 146 require training in cardiopulmonary resuscitation CPR because sudden cardiac arrest from asphyxiation electrocu tion or exertion may occur For these reasons we have identified employees that are expected to render first aid as part of their job duties They are also covered by the requirements of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard 29 CFR 1910 1030 Our designated employees are trained by insert job title of person responsible Employee Name Department Phone Number Note Training should be conducted in accordance with the American Red Cross or American Heart Association guidelines or other nationally recognized programs Instructors should also be certified to train per the requirements of these programs 69 Note The following program is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Fleet Management and Vehicle Safety Program Motor Vehicle Record Checks All employees who drive a company vehicle will have their driving records checked Insert how often checks will be conducted if necessary Driving records will be obtained from the N C Department of Transportation Division of Motor Vehicles by one of the following methods e Use the Internet Driving Record Process online at https edmv dr dot state nc us DrivingRecords D
277. o providing a safe workplace for all employees and have developed this program for injury prevention to involve management supervisors and employees in identifying and eliminating hazards that may develop during our work process It is the basic safety and health policy of this company that no task is so important that an employee must violate a safety and health rule or take a risk of injury or illness to get the job done Employees are required to comply with all company safety and health rules and are encouraged to actively partici pate in identifying ways to make our company a safer place to work Supervisors are responsible for the safety and health of their employees and as a part of their daily duties must check the workplace for unsafe conditions watch employees for unsafe actions and take prompt action to eliminate any hazards Management will do its part by devoting the resources necessary to form a safety and health committee composed of management and elected employees We will develop a system for identifying and correcting hazards We will plan for foreseeable emergencies We will provide initial and ongoing training for employees and supervisors and we will establish a disciplinary policy to ensure that company safety and health policies are followed Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Safety and Health Responsibilities Manager Responsi
278. ock absorber for any signs of damage paying close attention to where the shock absorber at taches to the lanyard e Verify that points where the lanyard attaches to the snap hooks are free of defects 59 A competent person will conduct an annual inspection of all lanyards The inspection documentation will be pro vided to insert job title of responsible person and maintained for insert length of time to keep record Storage will consist of hanging in an enclosed cabinet to protect from damage All lanyards that are involved in a fall will be destroyed Snap Hooks Before each use the employee will Inspect snap hook for any hook and eye distortions Verify there are no cracks pitted surfaces and eye distortions The keeper latch should not be bent distorted or obstructed Verify that the keeper latch seats into the nose without binding Verify that the keeper spring securely closes the keeper latch Test the locking mechanism to verify that the keeper latch locks properly A competent person will conduct an annual inspection of all snaphooks The inspection documentation will be pro vided to insert job title of responsible person and maintained for insert length of time to keep record All snap hooks involved in a fall will be removed from tagged out of service Self Retracting Lanyards Before each use the employee will Visually inspect the body to ensure there is no physical damage Make sure all back nuts
279. of being locked in the open position or is a separate disconnecting means installed in the circuit within sight of the motor O O O Isthe controller for each motor in excess of 2 horsepower rated in horsepower equal to or in excess of the rating of the motor it serves O QO UO Are employees who regularly work on or around energized electrical equipment or lines instructed in cardiopulmonary resuscitation CPR O QO UO Are employees prohibited from working alone on energized lines or equipment over 600 volts Noise O 0 O Does every area in the workplace have a continuous noise level that does not exceed 85 dBA If yes skip to the next set of questions O O O Is there an ongoing preventive health program to educate employees in safe levels of noise exposures effects of noise on their health and the use of personal protection O O O Have work areas where noise levels make voice communication between employees difficult been identified and posted 201 Yes No NA O QO O Are noise levels being measured using a sound level meter or octave band analyzer and are records being kept O QO UO Have engineering controls been used to reduce excessive noise levels Where engineering controls are determined to not be feasible are administrative controls such as worker rotation being used to mini mize individual employee exposure to noise O 0 O Isapproved hearing protective equipment noise attenuating devices available to every employee wo
280. omments A General Requirements for Machines and Machine Guarding 1 Guards prevent worker s hands arms or other body parts from making contact with moving parts 2 Guards firmly secured and not easily removable E E cl 3 Guards permit safe comfortable and relatively easy operation of the machine 4 Machine controls within easy reach of the employee 5 Procedures established to ensure machine is shut down before guard is removed B Guarding of Mechanical Hazards 1 Point of operation guards provided and in place 2 Gears sprockets pulleys and flywheels guarded i E a 3 Belts and chain drives guarded Pot tf fo 4 Exposed set screws key ways collars and the like guarded 5 Guards provide for any other hazardous moving part of the machine C Evaluation of Non mechanical Hazards 1 Noise measurements taken where necessary 2 Substances used in machine operations evaluated 3 Electrical cords or connectors in good repair ee 4 Personal protective equipment available where necessary 5 Employee dressed safely for the job 1 Employees trained in the recognition of machine hazards and the importance of using safeguards 2 Lockout tagout training provide where necessary 3 Electrical safety related work practices training provided where necessary 4 Personal protective equipment training provided where necessary 134 Note The following prog
281. ompany but must be monitored by each su pervisor overseeing any work activity that involves a major fire hazard Every effort will be made by the company to identify those hazards that might cause fires and establish a means for controlling them The fire prevention plan will be administered by insert job title of responsible person who will compile a list of all major workplace fire hazards the names or job titles of personnel responsible for fire control and prevention equipment maintenance names or job titles of personnel responsible for control of fuel source hazards and locations of all fire ex tinguishers in the workplace The plan administrator or safety and health officer must also be familiar with the behavior of employees that may create fire hazards as well as periods of the day month and year in which the workplace could be more vulnerable to fire This fire prevention plan will be reviewed annually and updated as needed to maintain compliance with applicable regulations and standards and remain state of the art in fire protection Workplace inspection reports and fire incident reports will be maintained and used to provide corrections and improvements to the plan This plan will be available for employee review at any time during all normal working hours Classification Fires are classified into four groups according to sources of fuel Class A B C and D based on the type of fuel source Table 1 below describes the classification
282. on Load rating limits will be marked on plates and conspicuously posted It will be prohibited to place or cause or per mit to be placed a load greater than that for which such floor or roof is approved on any floor or roof of a building or other structure Guarding Floor and Wall Openings Floor openings and holes wall openings and holes and the open sides of platforms may create hazards People may fall through the openings or over the sides to the level below Objects such as tools or parts may fall through the holes and strike people or damage machinery on lower levels Protection for Floor Openings Standard railings will be provided on all exposed sides of a stairway opening except at the stairway entrance For in frequently used stairways where traffic across the opening prevents the use of a fixed standard railing the guard will consist of a hinged floor opening cover of standard strength and construction along with removable standard railings on all exposed sides except at the stairway entrance A standard railing consists of toprail midrail and posts and will have a vertical height of 42 inches nominal from the upper surface of toprail to floor platform runway or ramp level Nominal height of midrail is 21 inches A stan dard toeboard is 4 inches nominal in vertical height with not more than 14 inch clearance above floor level Floor openings may be covered rather than guarded with rails When the floor openin
283. on on the types selection proper use location removal handling decontami nation and disposal of personal protective equipment O 0O O Whoto contact and what to do in an emergency Electrical m O m Do you specify compliance with OSHA standards for all contract electrical work O QO O Are all employees required to report as soon as practicable any obvious hazard to life or property ob served in connection with electrical equipment or lines O QO O Are employees instructed to make preliminary inspections and or appropriate tests to determine what conditions exist before starting work on electrical equipment or lines O m O When electrical equipment or lines are to be serviced maintained or adjusted are necessary switches opened locked out and tagged whenever possible Are portable electrical tools and equipment grounded or of the double insulated type Are electrical appliances such as vacuum cleaners polishers and vending machines grounded Do extension cords being used have a grounding conductor Are multiple plug adapters prohibited Ooddaq0 Ooddaa0 Oodda0 Are ground fault circuit interrupters installed on each temporary 15 or 20 ampere 120 volt AC circuit at locations where construction demolition modifications alterations or excavations are being performed m O m Are all temporary circuits protected by suitable disconnecting switches or plug connectors at the junc tion with permanent wiring O
284. or flammables when stacked one upon another to ensure their support and stability O QO O Are fuel gas cylinders and oxygen cylinders separated by distance fire resistant barriers etc while in storage O QO O Are fire extinguishers selected and provided for the types of materials in areas where they are to be used Class A Ordinary combustible material fires Class B Flammable liquid gas or grease fires Class C Energized electrical equipment fires O m O Are appropriate fire extinguishers mounted within 75 feet of outside areas containing flammable liq uids and within 10 feet of any inside storage area for such materials Are extinguishers free from obstructions or blockage Are all extinguishers serviced maintained and tagged at intervals not to exceed one year Are all extinguishers fully charged and in their designated places OoOddo OoOddo OoOddo Where sprinkler systems are permanently installed are the nozzle heads so directed and arranged that water will not be sprayed into operating electrical switchboards and equipment O O O Are NO SMOKING signs posted where appropriate in areas where flammable or combustible mate rials are used or stored O QO O Are safety cans used for dispensing flammable or combustible liquids at a point of use m O O Are all spills of flammable or combustible liquids cleaned up promptly O QO UO Are storage tanks adequately vented to prevent the development of exce
285. or other slippery materials e Scaffolds are not erected or moved within 10 feet of power lines e Employees are not permitted to work on scaffolds in bad weather or high winds unless a competent person has de termined that it is safe to do so e Ladders boxes barrels buckets or other makeshift platforms are not used to raise work height e Extra material is not allowed to build up on scaffold platforms e Scaffolds should not be loaded with more weight than they were designed to support Requirements for Designing and Constructing Scaffolds Scaffolds must be designed by a qualified person and be constructed and loaded in accordance with that design OSHA defines a qualified person as one who e Possesses a recognized degree certificate or professional standing e Has extensive knowledge training and experience e Can solve or resolve problems related to the work or the project A qualified person must do adequate preplanning to assure the safe erection and use of the scaffold 154 Preplanning includes Determining the type of scaffold necessary for the job Determining the maximum load of the scaffold Ensuring a good foundation Avoiding electrical hazards Where workers on a construction site are exposed to vertical drops of 6 feet or more OSHA requires that employers provide fall protection in one of three ways before work begins Placing guardrails around the hazard area Deploying safety nets Providing persona
286. or rivets are tight Make sure the entire length of the nylon strap is free of any cuts burns abrasions kinks knots broken stitches and excessive wear and retracts freely Test the unit by pulling sharply on the lanyard to verify that the locking mechanism is operating correctly If manufacturer requires make certain the retractable lanyard is returned to the manufacturer for scheduled annual inspections A competent person will conduct a monthly inspection of all self retracting lanyards The inspection documentation will be provided to insert job title of responsible person and maintained for insert length of time to keep record Ad ditionally the lanyard will be inspected for proper function after every fall Tie off Adaptors Anchorages Inspect for integrity and attachment to solid surface Annual inspection of all tie offs and anchorages by a competent person with documentation All tie offs and anchorages will be destroyed and replaced after a fall Articulating Manlift Inspect before each use Inspect service per manufacturer s guidelines Forklifts scissors lifts and safety nets will be inspected at the be ginning of each shift in use Structural integrity of forklift basket will be checked per same schedule Annual inspection of forklift basket will be completed by a competent person with documentation maintained Horizontal Lifelines Inspect before each use for structural integrity of line and anchors Annual
287. ordinator or management will result in disciplinary action General Requirements Guards will not create potential hazards and must be attached to the machine where possible If guards cannot be at tached to the machine attach elsewhere Point of Operation Guarding The point of operation is the area on a machine where work is performed Machines that expose an employee to injury must be guarded The guarding device must e Be in conformity with any appropriate standards e If specific standards are not available the machine construction should prevent the operator from having any part of his her body in the danger zone during the operating cycle e Special hand tools used for placing and removing material from point of operation areas must allow easy handling of the material without the operator placing a hand in the danger zone Such tools must not replace guards re quired by this section The following machines usually require point of operation guarding e Guillotine cutters e Shears e Alligator shears e Power presses e Milling machines e Power saws e Jointers e Portable power tools e Forming rolls and calendars Requirements for Safeguards Safeguards will meet these minimum general requirements e Prevent contact The safeguard must prevent hands arms and any other part of a worker s body from making con tact with dangerous moving parts A good safeguarding system eliminates the possibility of the operator and othe
288. ork station are the kind of work being done the height at which the work will take place and the size of the worker 53 An effective occupational safety and health program to address ergonomic hazards in the meatpacking industry in cludes the following four major program elements worksite analysis hazard prevention and control medical manage ment and training and education 1 Worksite Analysis Worksite analysis identifies existing hazards and conditions operations that create hazards and areas where hazards may develop This also includes close scrutiny and tracking of injury and illness records to identify patterns of traumas or strains that may indicate the development of cumulative trauma disorders 2 Hazard Prevention and Control Once ergonomic hazards are identified through the systematic worksite analysis discussed above the next step is to design measures to prevent or control these hazards Thus a system for hazard prevention and control is the second major program element for an effective ergonomics program Ergonomic hazards are prevented primarily by effective design of the workstation tools and job To be effective an employer s program needs to use controls to correct or con trol ergonomic hazards including the following e Engineering controls e Personal protective equipment PPE e Work practice controls e Administrative controls 3 Medical Management Implementation of a medical management system is the third ma
289. ory protection Engineering controls include substitution using a less toxic material or process that results in lower exposures isolation such as enclosing the source of exposure and ventilation such as using a local exhaust system that captures lead near its source When ventilation is used to control exposure measurements that demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in con trolling exposure such as capture velocity duct velocity or static pressure will be made at least every three months Measurements of the system s effectiveness in controlling exposure will be made within five days of any change in pro duction process or control that might result in a change in employee exposure to lead Work practice controls involve adjustments in the way a task is performed Workers will be trained on the proper way to perform a task in order to minimize their exposure and to maximize the effectiveness of the control In many cases work practice controls complement engineering controls in providing worker protection Respiratory Protection We will provide workers with respirators when feasible engineering and work practice controls are unable to reduce worker exposure to lead to levels at or below the PEL Respirators are required during e Work operations such as maintenance and repair activities for which engineering and work practice controls are not feasible e Emergencies i e any occurrence that results or is likely to res
290. os We and our employees will only handle mix apply remove cut score or work asbestos in a wet state to prevent employee exposure We and our employees will not remove cement mortar coating grout plaster or similar materials containing as bestos from bags cartons or other containers that are being shipped without wetting enclosing or ventilating them We and our employees will not sand floors containing asbestos We and our employees will not use compressed air to remove asbestos or materials containing asbestos unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud created by the com pressed air We will only authorize the use of a negative pressure enclosure HEPA1 vacuum system or a low pressure wet clean ing method during automotive brake and clutch inspection disassembly repair and assembly operations An equivalent method also can be used if we can demonstrate that the method being used achieves the required exposure reductions Where engineering and work practice controls have been instituted but are insufficient to reduce exposure to the re quired level we will supplement them by using respiratory protection When the PEL and or EL is exceeded we will establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL and to or below the EL by means of engineering and work practice controls and by the use of respirators where required and permitte
291. osed to biological or chemical agents either in training or combat Yes No Have you ever worked on a HAZMAT team Yes No Other than medications for breathing and lung problems heart trouble blood pressure and seizures mentioned ear lier in this questionnaire are you taking any other medications for any reason including over the counter medica tions Yes No If yes name the medications if you know them 10 Will you be using any of the following items with your respirator s a HEPA Filters Yes No b Canisters for example gas masks Yes No c Cartridges Yes No 11 How often are you expected to use the respirator s circle yes or no for all answers that apply to you a Escape only no rescue Yes No b Emergency rescue only Yes No c Less than 5 hours per week Yes No d Less than 2 hours per day Yes No e 2 to 4 hours per day Yes No f Over 4 hours per day Yes No 12 During the period you are using the respirator s is your work effort a Light less than 200 kcal per hour Yes No If yes how long does this period last during the average shift hrs mins Examples of a light work effort are sitting while writing typing drafting or performing light assembly work or standing while operating a drill press 1 3 Ibs or controlling machines b Moderate 200 to 350 kcal per hour Yes No If yes how long does this period last during the average shift hrs mins
292. ould be used in hazardous locations Safety Guards The following safety guards should be provided on powered industrial trucks Enclosure Guards All hazardous moving parts should be guarded such as exposed gears and chain and sprocket drives Tires should also be guarded to prevent objects from being propelled toward the operator Overhead Guard An overhead guard should be provided where there is a danger of falling objects or where loads are lifted higher the operator s head These guards should extend beyond the operator s position Vertical Load Backrest Extension A load backrest extension should be provided when the type of load present a hazard to the operator Battery Maintenance The following safety rules should be followed when charging changing batteries e Batteries should be charged only in the battery charging area e Trucks should be properly positioned and the brake applied before attempting to change or charge batteries Mate rial handling equipment should be provided for handling batteries 75 Facilities should be provided for o Flushing and neutralizing spilled electrolyte o Fire protection o Protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks o Ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries A carboy tilter or siphon should be provided for handling electrolyte When changing batteries acid should be poured into water water should not be poured into acid Ensure that vent caps are functioni
293. out causing the top edge of the guardrail to deflect downward to a height less than 39 inches above the walking working level Midrails screens mesh and other intermediate members must be capable of withstanding at least 150 pounds of force applied in any direction at any point along the midrail or other member Guardrail systems must not have rough or jagged surfaces that would cause punctures lacerations or snagged clothing Toprails and midrails must not cause a projection hazard by overhanging the terminal posts 155 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Silica Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 1000 Whenever possible we will replace crystalline silica materials with safer substitutes Other venues to minimize ex posure include providing engineering or administrative controls where feasible such as local exhaust ventilation and blasting cabinets Where necessary to reduce exposure below the permissible exposure level PEL employees will use protective equipment or other protective measures Safe Work Practices e Know which work operations and work areas can lead to silica exposure e Where possible use a
294. pdated as necessary to reflect those changes in workplace conditions that affect respirator use You must include in the program the following provisions as applicable Procedures for selecting respirators for use in the workplace Medical evaluations of employees required to use respirators Fit testing procedures for tight fitting respirators 198 Yes No NA O QO O Procedures for proper use of respirators in routine and reasonably foreseeable emergency situations O O Oj Procedures and schedules for cleaning disinfecting storing inspecting repairing discarding and otherwise maintaining respirators O QO O Procedures to ensure adequate air quality quantity and flow of breathing air for atmosphere supplying respirators O OQ O Training of employees in the respiratory hazards to which they are potentially exposed during routine and emergency situations O OQ O Training of employees in the proper use of respirators including putting on and removing them any limitations on their use and their maintenance O 0O UO Procedures for regularly evaluating the effectiveness of the program Hazardous Substances Communication O O O Isthere a list of hazardous substances used in your workplace O 0O CO Is there a written hazard communication program dealing with material safety data sheets MSDS labeling and employee training O O O Iseach container for a hazardous substance including vats bottles and storage tanks labeled with prod
295. ple horizontal and overhead clearances Secured against tipping or upset Combustibles removed or covered Hot Surfaces Hot pipes clear of combustible materials Ample containers available and serviceable Smoking and Matches No smoking and smoking areas clearly marked areas Discarded cigarette containers available and serviceable Spontaneous Ignition Flammable waste material in closed metal containers Flammable waste material containers emptied frequently Static Electricity Flammable liquid dispensing vessels grounded and bonded Moving machinery grounded Housekeeping No accumulation of rubbish Safe storage of flammables Passageways clear of obstacles freely Automatic sprinklers unobstructed Fire Protection Proper type of fire extinguisher Fire extinguisher in proper location Access to fire extinguishers unobstructed Access to fire extinguishers clearly marked Fire protection equipment turned on 67 Fuse and control boxes clean and closed Circuits properly fused or otherwise protected Equipment approved for use in hazardous Safest cleaning solvents used Machinery properly adjusted and or aligned Nonmetal stock free of tramp metal Combustible removed or covered Portable torches clear of flammable surfaces Safely mounted on noncombustible surfaces Use of steel drums prohibited Not used as rubbish burners Soldering irons kept off combustible surfaces Ashes in metal containers No discarded smo
296. pressed air is used to empty containers of liquid is the safe working pressure of the con tainer checked O 0 UO When compressed air is used with abrasive blast cleaning equipment is the operating valve a type that must be held open manually O 0 O When compressed air is used to inflate auto tires is a clip on chuck and an in line regulator preset to 40 psi required O O CO Isit prohibited to use compressed air to clean up or move combustible dust if such action could cause the dust to be suspended in the air and cause a fire or explosion hazard Compressed Air Receivers O O CO Isevery receiver equipped with a pressure gauge and with one or more automatic spring loaded safety valves O O CO Is the total relieving capacity of the safety valve capable of preventing pressure in the receiver from ex ceeding the maximum allowable working pressure of the receiver by more than 10 percent O O CO Isevery air receiver provided with a drainpipe and valve at the lowest point for the removal of accumu lated oil and water O 0 UO Are compressed air receivers periodically drained of moisture and oil O QO O Areall safety valves tested frequently and at regular intervals to determine whether they are in good operating condition O O O Is the inlet of air receivers and piping systems kept free of accumulated oil and carbonaceous materials Compressed Gas Cylinders O QO O Are cylinders with a water weight capacity over 30 pounds equipped with me
297. quipment Com pressed air will not be used to clean surfaces contaminated by asbestos at any time Whichever cleanup method is used the equipment will be used and emptied in a manner that minimizes the reentry of asbestos into the workplace We will ensure that all spills and sudden releases of asbestos containing materials are immediately cleaned up that sanding asbestos containing floors is prohibited and that low abrasion pads at speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet methods are used If the floor has sufficient finish brushing or dry buffing is permissible Asbestos waste scrap debris bags containers equipment and asbestos contaminated clothing consigned for dis posal will be collected and disposed of in sealed labeled impermeable bags or other closed labeled impermeable con tainers 22 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan Ref 29 CFR 1910 1030 Purpose The purpose of this exposure control plan is to e Eliminate or minimize employee occupational exposure to blood and or certain other body fluids e Comply with the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard 29 CFR 1910 1030 Exposure Determination OSHA requires a listing of job classificat
298. r workers placing parts of their bodies near hazardous moving parts e Secure Workers should not be able to easily remove or tamper with the safeguard because a safeguard that can easily be made ineffective is no safeguard at all Guards and safety devices should be made of durable material that will withstand the conditions of normal use They must firmly be secured to the machine 130 e Protect from falling objects The safeguard should ensure that no objects can fall into moving parts A small tool that is dropped into a cycling machine could easily become a projectile that could strike and injure someone e Create no new hazards A safeguard defeats its own purpose if it creates a hazard of its own such as a shear point a jagged edge or an unfinished surface that can cause a laceration The edges of guards for instance should be rolled or bolted in such a way that they eliminate sharp edges e Create no interference Any safeguard that impedes a worker from performing the job quickly and comfortably might soon be overridden or disregarded Proper safeguarding can actually enhance efficiency as it can relieve the worker s apprehensions about injury e Allow safe lubrication If possible one should be able to lubricate the machine without removing the safeguards Locating oil reservoirs outside the guard with a line leading to the lubrication point will reduce the need for the operator or maintenance worker to enter the hazardous area
299. r that minimizes skin or eye contact with lead and prevents exposure to lead in excess of the PEL Removal of lead from protective clothing and equipment by blowing shaking or any other means that disperses lead into the air or onto a worker s body is prohibited Hygiene Areas and Practices Change rooms are required when workers change out of their street clothes to use protective clothing and equip ment The change rooms must prevent lead contamination of street clothes and will be equipped with separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment and for street clothes This will limit exposures after the work shift ends and avoid the contamination of workers cars and homes Washing facilities will be provided and readily accessible and capable of removing lead from the skin We will en sure that affected workers use these facilities when necessary This includes making sure that workers who have skin contact with lead wash their hands and faces at the end of the work shift and prior to eating drinking smoking chew ing tobacco or gum applying cosmetics or using the toilet Eating and drinking areas and surfaces will be maintained as free as practicable of lead whenever employers allow workers to consume food or beverages at a worksite where lead is present We will ensure that workers do not enter eating and drinking areas wearing protective clothing or equipment unless the protective clothing or equipment is properly cle
300. r the building Once the fire department or other responsible agency has notified insert job title of responsible person that the building is safe to re enter personnel will return to their work areas If building re entry is not permissible employees will be given further instruction as applicable by those in authority su pervisor fire department Hazardous Weather A hazardous weather alert consists of insert alert When a hazardous weather alert is made all employees will im mediately report to the closest refuge area Stay in this area until notified by insert job title of responsible person Training The personnel listed below have been trained to assist in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation of employees Task Building Department Name Title Phone Fire Extinguisher Hoses Evacuation Assistant Emergency Shutdown Employee training is provided when this plan is initiated when employees responsibilities change when the plan changes initially for new hires and annually for all employees Subjects to be covered include Emergency escape procedures routes Fire extinguisher locations and proper use when the use is required by the company Procedures for accounting for employees and visitors Major facility fire hazards Fire prevention practices Means of reporting fires emergencies use and types of alarm systems Names titles of emergency coordinators Availability of the plan to employees
301. ram is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual The assessments must be in writing Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be refer enced to ensure that all requirements are being met Personal Protective Equipment Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 132 Protective Equipment When engineering and work practice controls do not completely eliminate hazards it is necessary to protect workers with personal protective equipment Personal protective equipment PPE includes hard hats safety belts safety gog gles face shields gloves aprons toe guards and respirators Supervisors will ensure that all their employees are prop erly protected Every effort will be made to select personal protective equipment that is acceptable for comfort appearance and utility Hazard Assessments The company will assess the hazards in the workplace that require the use of personal protective equipment Where such hazards are identified the company will e Select appropriate types of personal protective equipment to protect the employees from the hazards identified in the hazard assessment e Communicate selection decisions to each affected employee e Select personal protective equipment that properly fits each affected employee e Require each affected employee to wear
302. ravel Are industrial trucks with internal combustion engines operated in buildings or enclosed areas care fully checked to ensure such operations do not cause harmful concentrations of dangerous gases or fumes Spraying Operations Is adequate ventilation ensured before spray operations are started Is mechanical ventilation provided when spraying operations are done in enclosed areas 193 m moiooi0goi0nii0nir0nin0nioi0nioi0noi0ni0i0i00 m0000 O No OOOdOAaARAAADAAADAAnD DA OoOddo O NA OOOdOAaAADARAAADAAADAAAaD DA OoOddo O When mechanical ventilation is provided during spraying operations is it so arranged that it will not circulate the contaminated air Is the spray area free of hot surfaces Is the spray area at least 20 feet from flames sparks operating electrical motors and other ignition sources Are portable lamps used to illuminate spray areas suitable for use in a hazardous location Is approved respiratory equipment provided and used when appropriate during spraying operations Does the cleaning solvent have a flash point higher than the product used in the spraying operation Are fire control sprinkler heads kept clean Are NO SMOKING signs posted in spray areas paint rooms paint booths and paint storage areas Is the spray area kept clean of combustible residue Are spray booths constructed of metal masonry or other substantial noncombustible material Are spray booth floors and b
303. rd or hose e Never yank the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the receptacle e Keep cords and hoses away from heat oil and sharp edges e Disconnect tools when not using them before servicing and cleaning them and when changing accessories such as blades bits and cutters e Keep all people not involved with the work at a safe distance from the work area e Secure work with clamps or a vise freeing both hands to operate the tool e Avoid accidental starting Do not hold fingers on the switch button while carrying a plugged in tool e Maintain tools with care keep them sharp and clean for best performance e Follow instructions in the user s manual for lubricating and changing accessories e Be sure to keep good footing and maintain good balance when operating power tools e Wear proper apparel for the task Loose clothing ties or jewelry can become caught in moving parts e Remove all damaged portable electric tools from use and tag them Do Not Use 84 Operating Controls and Switches Safe Work Practices The following hand held power tools must be equipped with a constant pressure switch or control that shuts off the power when pressure is released drills tappers fastener drivers horizontal vertical and angle grinders with wheels more than 2 inches 5 08 cm in diameter disc sanders with discs greater than 2 inches 5 08 cm belt sanders recipro cating saws saber saws scroll saws and jigsaws with blade shank
304. rds Training materials will be reviewed to verify that each employee has been trained as necessary by a compe tent person qualified in the following areas Nature of fall hazards in the work area Correct procedures for erecting maintaining disassembling and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used Use and operation of guardrail systems personal fall arrest systems safety net systems warning line systems safety monitoring systems controlled access zones CAZs and other protection to be used Role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low sloped roofs Correct procedures for the handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead protection Role of employees in fall protection plans Requirements contained in 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M Understanding and following all components of this fall protection program The company will maintain a written certification record for employee training The record must contain the follow ing information Name or other identity of the employee trained Date s of the training Signature of the person who conducted the training or the signature of a company official 61 When the supervisor has reason to believe that any affected employee who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required the supervisor
305. re de energized 43 e Before circuits and equipment are re energized even temporarily the following requirements will be met in the order given o A qualified person will conduct tests and visual inspections as necessary to verify that all tools electrical jumpers shorts grounds and other such devices have been removed so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized o Employees exposed to the hazards associated with re energizing the circuit or equipment will be warned to stay clear of circuits and equipment o Each lock and tag will be removed by the employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision How ever if the employee is absent from the workplace then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified person designated to perform this task provided that the employer ensures that the employee who applied the lock or tag is not available at the workplace and is aware that the lock or tag has been removed before he or she re sumes work at that workplace o There will be a visual determination that all employees are clear of the circuits and equipment Working on or Near Energized Equipment This section applies to work performed on exposed live parts involving either direct contact or contact by means of tools or materials or near enough to them for employees to be exposed to any hazard they present Only qualified persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that has not been de energized under
306. red to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing the em ployee to contact exposed energized parts 44 e Overhead lines Employees will not work on or near within 12 feet overhead lines This 12 foot barrier in cludes any conductive object in that space OSHA provides specific instructions regarding work on overhead lines Refer to Subpart S Electrical 1910 333 c 3 for more detail Use of Equipment Portable Electric Equipment This section applies to the use of cord and plug connected equipment including flexi ble cord sets extension cords Extension Cord Use e Employees using extension cords drop cords to power tools and or equipment for the performance of construc tion maintenance repair or demolition will use GFCI protection This pertains to any part of the company both inside and outside All extension cords must be grounding type made with UL listed parts and be in good physical condition e Extension cords may not be lengthened or repaired with tape e Power outlet strips are for equipment needing surge protection e g computers e Extension cords will not be run through holes in walls ceilings or floors e Extension cords may not be plugged into power strips Power strips may not be connected to each other i e piggy backed e An extension cord should not be run across high traffic areas or used in applications where potential damage to the cord might occur o The use of an extension
307. removes a device sign his or her name and enter the job title Name s Titles e Operate the devices to restore energy to the machine equipment Temporary Removal of Lockout Tagout Devices When testing the positioning of machines equipment or other requirements demand the temporary removal of lock out tagout devices the authorized employee or supervisor must a follow the sequence steps one through three b conduct the tests or position the equipment and c de energize all systems and reapply energy control measures in ac cordance with policy Outside Contractors If the maintenance service or repair is performed by an outside contractor the supervisor must appoint an employee to serve as the outside contractor s authorized employee for the purposes of this policy 128 Group Lockout or Tagout When group lockout tagout is required and when more than one group is involved a group coordinator must be des ignated by supervision The designated group coordinator must seek agreement from the other authorized employees and must ensure that each authorized employee a places his or her personal lockout or tagout device on the energy isolating devices or b places the device on a multiple lockout tagout device hasp if the device cannot accept multi ple locks tags or c secures the personal lock to a multiple lock lockout box or cabinet that holds the key to the single lock on the energy isolating device and d signs
308. rent and anticipated Cr VI exposure levels A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used by the worker including when and for how long the worker has used that equipment Information from records of employment related medical examinations previously provided to the affected worker currently within the control of the employer Written Medical Opinion We will obtain a written medical opinion from the PLHCP for each medical examination performed The written medical opinion must be obtained within 30 days of the examination and must contain The PLHCP s opinion as to whether the worker has any detected medical condition s that would place the worker at increased risk of material impairment to health from further exposure to Cr VIJ 104 e Any recommended limitations on the worker s exposure to Cr VJ or on the use of personal protective equipment such as respirators e A statement that the PLHCP has explained to the worker the results of the medical examination including any medical conditions related to Cr VI exposure that require further evaluation or treatment and any special provi sions for the use of protective clothing or equipment The PLHCP will not reveal to the employer any specific findings or diagnoses that are not related to workplace Cr VI exposure We will provide a copy of the written medical opinion to the examined worker within two weeks after receiving it Worker Training and Communic
309. required training Is it current O OQ 9 Equipment Direct reading gas monitor tested Safety harnesses and lifelines for entry and standby persons Hoisting equipment Powered communications SAR or SCBA for entry and standby persons Protective clothing All electric equipment listed Class Division Group D and nonsparking tools lt D 7 gt OOOOOO 000000 4 OOOOOO 10 Periodic atmospheric tests Oxygen Time Oxygen Time Oxygen Time Oxygen Time Explosive Time Explosive Time Explosive Time Explosive Time Toxic Time Toxic Time Toxic Time Toxic Time We have reviewed the work authorized by this permit and the information contained herein Written instructions and safety procedures have been received and are understood Entry cannot be approved if any squares are marked in the No column This permit is not valid unless all appropriate items are completed Permit prepared by supervisor Approved by unit supervisor Reviewed by operations personnel Printed name Signature 39 Confined Space Entry Permit Example 2 Date Site location and description Purpose of entry Supervisor s in charge of crews Crew Phone Communication procedures Rescue procedures phone numbers at bottom Requirements Completed Date Time Lockout de energize verify Line s broken capped blanked Purge flush and vent Ventilation Secure area post and flag Br
310. rials O O O Are combustible scrap debris and waste materials oily rags etc stored in covered metal receptacles and removed from the worksite promptly O m O Is proper storage practiced to minimize the risk of fire including spontaneous combustion Are approved containers and tanks used for the storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids Are all connections on drums and combustible liquid piping vapor and liquid tight Are all flammable liquids kept in closed containers when not in use e g parts cleaning tanks and pans Are bulk drums of flammable liquids grounded and bonded to containers during dispensing Do storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids have explosion proof lights Do storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids have mechanical or gravity ventilation Is liquefied petroleum gas stored handled and used in accordance with safe practices and standards Are NO SMOKING signs posted on liquefied petroleum gas tanks OOdodoagoao ageuao go OOodoagoao ageuoaog g OOodagoao aguqa oa oO Are liquefied petroleum storage tanks guarded to prevent damage from vehicles 196 Yes No NA O 0 O Areall solvent wastes and flammable liquids kept in fire resistant covered containers until they are re moved from the worksite O O CIs vacuuming used wherever possible rather than blowing or sweeping combustible dust O OQ O Are firm separators placed between containers of combustibles
311. rinding and torch soldering These oper ations create heat sparks and hot slag that have the potential to ignite flammable and combustible materials in the area surrounding hot work activities Insert job title of responsible person is responsible for issuing hot work permits and will inspect hot worksites prior to the start of such operations When required an employee will be designated to serve as a fire watch The fire watch will monitor the safety of hot work operations and watch for fires Fire watches are posted during hot work and for at least 30 minutes after work has been completed Prior to beginning work a hot work permit will be filled out and will be posted in the area where hot work is to be performed 107 Hot Work Permit Date Time Name of Person s Performing Work LJa m p m Specific Location of Work Cutting or welding permitted in an area that has been made fire safe All movable fire hazards in the vicinity have been taken to a safe place Guards used to contain the heat sparks and slag if fire hazards cannot be removed Floor or wall openings or cracks open doorways and windows protected or closed Fire extinguisher available for use Fire watch in areas where other than a minor fire might develop such as around combustible material Floors swept clean of combustible material for a radius of 35 feet Combustible floors have been kept wet covered with damp sand or protected
312. ritten reprimand and instruction on proper actions Third Instance One to five day suspension written reprimand and instruction on proper actions Fourth Instance Termination of employment An employee may be subject to immediate termination when a safety or health violation places the employee or co workers at risk of permanent disability or death These include but are not limited to e Failure to follow fall protection requirements e Failure to wear required respiratory protection e Failure to follow the substance abuse policy e Failure to wear a protective vest when working on or near a city street e Possession of firearms explosives or dangerous weapons e Violation of project security rules or procedures e Fighting horseplay practical joking or gambling e Entering a confined space without following procedures e Unsafe or reckless operation of motorized vehicles or equipment e Failure to follow lockout tagout procedures e Failure to follow hot work permit procedures 16 Note The following example policy is a best practice It is an example of a drug testing and alcohol and drug use policy Employers may wish to establish these policies as part of their general personnel policies and should seek legal advice prior to implementing them in the workplace Alcohol and Drug Use Policy We have a vital interest in maintaining safe healthy and efficient working conditions for our employees Therefore the use of subst
313. rivingRecords e By mail Follow the instructions found at http www ncdot gov dmv records Violations that result in the suspension of an employee s license with the state DMV may result in termination of employment if the employee must drive to perform the job Additionally we have defined the number of violations an employee can have before losing the privilege of driving a company owned vehicle or piece of equipment for work If an employee has more than the following on his or her record using the Moving Violation Point System below as a guide the employee will lose work driving privileges The loss of privileges to drive company owned vehicles may require the employee to use a personal vehicle to continue em ployment or may result in termination of employment depending upon how the loss of privilege affects the employee s ability to perform the job Maximum number of serious violations allowed Maximum number of minor violations allowed Moving Violation Point System Serious Violations seven points e Driving under the influence of alcohol or drug N A e Fleeing the scene of an accident or law enforcement N A e Driving under license suspension or revocation N A e Passing a stopped school bus N A e Speeding in a construction zone e 15 or more MPH above the speed limit Minor Violations four points e From 10 MPH to 15 MPH above the speed limit e Passing on the yellow line or through an intersection e Runni
314. rking in noisy areas O 0 O Have you tried isolating noisy machinery from the rest of your operation O 0 O Ifyou use ear protectors are employees properly fitted and instructed in their use O 0O O Are employees in high noise areas given periodic audiometric testing to ensure that you have an effec tive hearing protection system Fueling O O O sit prohibited to fuel an internal combustion engine with a flammable liquid while the engine is running O m O Are fueling operations done in such a manner that the likelihood of spillage will be minimal When spillage occurs during fueling operations is the spilled fuel washed away completely evapo rated or other measures taken to control vapors before restarting the engine Are fuel tank caps replaced and secured before starting the engine In fueling operations is there always metal contact between the container and the fuel tank Are fueling hoses of a type designed to handle the specific type of fuel Is it prohibited to handle or transfer gasoline in open containers OoOda ao OoOdodda ao OoOda ao Are open lights open flames or sparking or arcing equipment prohibited near fueling or transfer of fuel operations Is smoking prohibited in the vicinity of fueling operations O OQ Oj Are fueling operations prohibited in buildings or other enclosed areas that are not specifically venti lated for this purpose O QO O Where fueling or transfer of fuel is done through a gravit
315. rtable dockboards will be stored in a manner to prevent damage Contractors All outside contractors working in or on the premises will be required to follow the guidelines set forth in this fall protection program Contractors in the prejob meeting will be informed of these requirements as well as the on site construction rules that apply 163 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Please reference the standard for all requirements that may be ap plicable to your company Welding Cutting and Brazing Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 252 254 Introduction Welding cutting and brazing are hazardous activities that pose a unique combination of both safety and health risks to employees Hazards and Controls Health hazards from welding cutting and brazing operations include exposures to metal fumes and to ultraviolet UV radiation Safety hazards from these operations include burns eye damage electrical shock cuts and crushed toes and fingers Many of these can be controlled with proper work practices and personal protective equipment PPE Safe Work Practices Transporting Moving and Storing Compressed Gas Cylinders Valve protection caps will be in place and secured When cylinders ar
316. ry to the eyes or face from electric arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion 46 When working near exposed energized conductors or circuit parts each employee will use insulated tools or han dling equipment if the tools or handling equipment might make contact with such conductors or parts If the insulating capability of insulated tools or handling equipment is subject to damage the insulating material will be protected e Fuse handling equipment insulated for the circuit voltage will be used to remove or install fuses when the fuse terminals are energized e Ropes and handlines used near exposed energized parts will be nonconductive e Protective shields protective barriers or insulating materials will be used to protect each employee from shock burns or other electrically related injuries while that employee is working near exposed energized parts that might be accidentally contacted or where dangerous electric heating or arcing might occur When normally enclosed live parts are exposed for maintenance or repair they will be guarded to protect unqualified persons from contact with live parts Note Cabinet doors and electrical enclosures should be kept closed If however this is not possible due to the con ditions that follow additional precautions must be taken to minimize the extent of the hazard This section covers situations where e Energized equipment is exposed and must be left unattended
317. s Full body harness Restraint line or lanyard Shock absorbing lanyard Retractable lanyard Rope grabs Connectors self locking snap hooks OOF Or OO Or e Engineered lifelines e Warning lines e Safety nets e Safety monitor systems Appropriate fall protection will be determined by the task job to be performed Fall protection is not needed if an employee or employees are on a low slope roof less than 4 12 pitch for inspec tion observation only Note Fall protection is required whenever an employee is above 4 feet in general industry and 6 feet on construction sites except 10 feet on scaffolding and 15 feet during steel erection Fall Protection Guidelines Options Engineering Controls Engineering controls will be the first option for selection whenever possible i e light bulb changing telescoping arm changing valve relocate at ground level or utilizing a contractor in extremely hazardous areas Guardrails On all projects only guardrails made from steel wood and wire rope will be acceptable All guardrail systems will comply with OSHA standards i e withstand 200 pounds of force 42 high midrail and toeboard These guardrails will be placed in the following areas if necessary or feasible based on job location or requirements e On all open sided floors e Around all open excavations or pits e On leading edges of roofs or mezzanines 57 Personal Fall Protection Systems PFAS
318. s air ducts heaters flue pipes and lighting fixtures All storage containers or areas will prominently display signs to identify the material stored within Storage of chemicals will be separated from other materials in storage from handling opera tions and from incompatible materials All individual containers will be identified as to their contents Only containers designed constructed and tested in accordance with the U S Department of Transportation specifi cations and regulations are used for storage of compressed or liquefied gases Compressed gas storage rooms will be areas reserved exclusively for that purpose with good ventilation and at least one hour fire resistance rating The gas cylinders will be secured in place and stored away from any heat or ignition source Pressurized gas cylinders will never be used without pressure regulators Ordinary Combustibles e Wooden pallets will not be stacked over 6 feet tall If feasible extra pallets will be stored outside or in separate buildings to reduce the risk of fire hazards e Piles of combustible materials will be stored away from buildings and located apart from each other sufficiently to allow fire fighting efforts to control an existing fire Flammable Materials e Flammable and combustible liquids must be stored and used in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 106 or the most current NFPA 30 Potential Ignition Sources e Ensure that utility lights always have some type of wire guard
319. s on their personal auto policy e 300 000 combined single limit or e 100 000 per person 300 000 per accident 50 000 property damage Minimum limits of personal autos listed above are for business purposes only They are not meant to address em ployee s entire insurance needs Evaluation of such needs should be referred to the employee s insurance agent or com pany Work Zone Safety e Use traffic signs barricades or flaggers when construction takes place near public roadways e Ensure the traffic control zone is divided and maintained in five distinct areas advance warning area transition area buffer area worker area and termination area e Display properly spaced advance warning signs to notify drivers of lane tapering shoulder work paving or other activity Flaggers signaling by flaggers and the garments worn must follow the OSHA rules that are incorporated by refer ence from the U S Department of Transportation s Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices Part 6 Company Vehicle Maintenance Vehicles will be inspected by insert job title of responsible person every insert inspection frequency At a minimum the following items will be checked e Ensure seat belts are in working order e Check vehicles before each shift to ensure that all parts and accessories are in safe operating condition Examples include brake system tire inflation and condition emergency brakes steering and all lights e Ensure au
320. s Analyses Refresher Safety Union Process Inspections Prejob Briefings Safe Work Management Practices Safety Disciplinary Fleet Management Safety Talks Summary and Management Policy Alcohol and Closing Remarks Drug Policy 177 Supervisor Training To ensure that supervisors have the skill sets required for their respective duties and responsibilities they will re ceive at least insert number of hours hours annually of safety and health continuing education training The following matrix will be updated and modified based on company and departmental needs This will be the responsibility of Insert job title of person responsible Supervisor Training Matrix Example Department Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Welcome and OSHA 300 Log Union Process Company Safe Skills Assessment Introductions DART and TCR Work Practices Workers Leadership Skills Conducting Company Safe Skills Assessment Compensation Inspections Work Practices Workers Leadership Skills Company Safety Company Safe Skills Assessment Compensation Programs Work Practices Refresher Accident Reporting Leadership Skills Company Safety Company Safe Job Progression Programs Work Practices Refresher Supervisor Safety Company Safety Company Safe Job Progression Accident Management Programs Work Practices Investigations Refresher Supervisor Risk Control Company Safety Preventive Job safety Accident Programs Main
321. s a guard that is fastened to the side rails of the fixed ladder or to the structure to en circle the climbing space of the ladder for the safety of the person who must climb the ladder Cages will extend a minimum of 42 inches above the top of a landing unless other acceptable protection is provided Cages will extend down the ladder to a point not less than 7 feet and no more than 8 feet above the base of the ladder Manually Propelled Mobile Ladder Stands and Scaffolds Towers e All exposed surfaces of mobile ladder stands and scaffolds will be free from sharp edges burrs or other safety hazards e The maximum work height will not exceed four times the minimum base dimension unless outriggers guys or braces are added to provide stability e This standard requires guardrails and toeboards for work levels 10 feet or more above the ground or floor Other Working Surfaces Portable dockboards bridge plates will be secured in position either by being anchored or equipped with devices that will prevent their slipping Movement of the dockboard during material handling operations has resulted in fork lifts overturning or falling off the dock often with serious injury or death to the driver and damage to equipment and material e Handholds will be provided on portable dockboards to permit safe handling when the dockboard must be reposi tioned or relocated e Portable dockboards will be inspected prior to use e When not in use po
322. s greater than 1 4 inch 0 63 cm wide and other simi lar tools These tools also may be equipped with a lock on control if it allows the worker to also shut off the control in a single motion using the same finger or fingers The following hand held power tools must be equipped with either a positive on off control switch a constant pressure switch or a lock on control disc sanders with discs 2 inches 5 08 cm or less in diameter grinders with wheels 2 inches 5 08 cm or less in diameter platen sanders routers plan ers laminate trimmers nibblers shears and scroll saws jigsaws saber and scroll saws with blade shanks a nominal 1 4 inch 0 63 cm or less in diameter It is recommended that the constant pressure control switch be regarded as the pre ferred device Other hand held power tools such as circular saws having a blade diameter greater than 2 inches 5 08 cm chain saws and percussion tools with no means of holding accessories securely must be equipped with a constant pressure switch Electric Tools Safe Work Practices Employees using electric tools must be aware of several dangers Among the most serious hazards are electrical burns and shocks Electrical shocks which can lead to injuries such as heart failure and burns are among the major hazards associated with electric powered tools Under certain conditions even a small amount of electric current can result in fibrillation of the heart and deat
323. s of fire that can be used in making a hazard assessment Table 1 Class A Ordinary combustible materials such as paper wood cloth and some rubber and plastic materials Class B Flammable or combustible liquids flammable gases greases and similar materials and some rubber and plastic materials Class C Energized electrical equipment and power supply circuits and related materials Class D Combustible metals such as magnesium titanium zirconium sodium lithium and potassium Determining Fire Hazards This section consists of two steps first identifying the existing fire hazards in the workplace and second taking ac tion to resolve them The inspection checklist located at end of program provides a guide for precise fire safe prac tices that must be followed The location of these major fire hazards are denoted in the table found at the end of this program Also found is a listing of the personnel responsible for the maintenance of the equipment and systems in stalled to prevent or control fires 63 Material hazards will be identified as evident on the specific material safety data sheets MSDS and labeled on containers as soon as they arrive in the workplace The identification system will also be incorporated into the com pany s hazard communication program Storage and Handling Procedures The storage of material will be arranged such that adequate clearance is maintained away from heating surface
324. s or toxic materials described above may normally be done with out mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment These protections will be provided however where an unsafe accumulation of contaminants exists because of unusual physical or atmospheric conditions Employees performing any type of welding cutting or heating will be protected by suitable eye protective equip ment 169 Note The following section contains example training matrixes Please add modify or delete content to each matrix as deemed necessary to meet your company s needs The matrixes and course descriptions are a best practice Section 3 Training and Instruction Employee Training Orientation Initial Training All employees will go through an orientation training program that covers safe work practices OSHA requirements and safety policies and procedures Depending on the employee s job or career track the employee will then be re leased to the safety coordinator for on the job training OJT combination OJT classroom or other job progression training schedule All employees will also be on a probation period dictated by human resources and management Orientation Training Matrix lInitial Example Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Welcome and Respiratory Hazard Forklifts Fall Protection Introductions Protection Communication Company Safety PPE Trenching and Scaffolding Ladder Safety Policy and Excavations Procedures Company Safety Hot
325. s will be repainted as necessary to ensure readability Training All employees will be instructed on the locations and proper use of fire extinguishers in their work areas Employees will also be instructed as to how to operate the building s fire alarm system and be familiar with evacuation routes The training of all employees will include the locations and types of materials and processes that pose potential fire hazards Ongoing training will include regularly scheduled fire drills The training program will also emphasize the following e Use and disposal of smoking materials e The importance of electrical safety Proper use of electrical appliances and equipment Unplugging heat producing equipment and appliances at the end of each workday Correct storage of combustible and flammable materials e e e e Safe handling of compressed gases and flammable liquids where appropriate 66 Fire Prevention Checklist This checklist should be reviewed regularly and kept up to date Electrical Equipment No makeshift wiring Extension cords serviceable Motors and tools free of dirt and grease areas if required Lights clear of combustible materials Friction Machinery properly lubricated Special Fire Hazard Materials Storage of special flammable isolated Welding and Cutting Area surveyed for fire safety Permit issued Open Flames Kept away from spray rooms and booths No gas leak Portable Heaters Set up with am
326. safety and or health hazard Duties and Responsibilities Authorized Attendant The trained individual stationed outside the permit space to monitor the authorized entrants and to perform all attendant duties The attendant will 35 Remain outside the permit space during entry operations unless relieved by another authorized attendant Perform non entry rescues when specified by the company s rescue procedure Know existing and potential hazards including information on the mode of exposure signs or symptoms conse quences and physiological effects Maintain communication with and keep an accurate account of those workers entering the permit space Order evacuation of the permit space when a prohibited condition exists when a worker shows signs of physio logical effects of hazard exposure when an emergency outside the confined space exists or when the attendant cannot effectively and safely perform required duties Summon rescue and other services during an emergency Ensure that unauthorized people stay away from permit spaces or exit immediately if they have entered the permit space Inform authorized entrants and the entry supervisor if any unauthorized person enters the permit space Perform no other duties that interfere with the attendant s primary duties Authorized Entrant The trained individual who enters the permit space The entrant is required to Know space hazards including information on the means of
327. sions made to ensure the exhaust gases are vented outside of the enclosure O 0 O Iseach confined space checked for decaying vegetation or animal matter that may produce methane m O m Is the confined space checked for possible industrial waste that could contain toxic properties O O O Ifthe confined space is below the ground and near areas where motor vehicles are operating is it pos sible for vehicle exhaust or carbon monoxide to enter the space Environmental Controls O O O Are all work areas properly illuminated O QO UO Are employees instructed in proper first aid and other emergency procedures O QO O Are hazardous substances blood and other potentially infectious materials that may cause harm by in halation ingestion or skin absorption or contact identified m O O Are employees aware of the hazards involved with the various chemicals they may be exposed to in their work environment such as ammonia chlorine epoxies and caustics Is employee exposure to chemicals in the workplace kept within acceptable levels Are the safest methods and products being used Is the work area s ventilation system appropriate for the work being performed OoOddo OoOddo OoOddo Are spray painting operations done in spray rooms or booths equipped with an appropriate exhaust system m O m Is employee exposure to welding fumes controlled by ventilation use of respirators exposure time or other means O O O Ar
328. sles and passageways kept clear O O O Are aisles and walkways marked as appropriate 183 Yes No NA O O O Are wet surfaces covered with nonslip materials O QO O Are holes in the floor sidewalk or other walking surfaces repaired properly covered or otherwise made safe O O O Is there safe clearance for walking in aisles where motorized or mechanical handling equipment is op erating O 0 O Are materials or equipment stored in such a way that sharp projectiles will not interfere with the walk way O 0 O Are spilled materials cleaned up immediately O OQ UO Are changes of direction or elevation readily identifiable O QO O Areaisles or walkways that pass near moving or operating machinery welding operations or similar operations arranged so employees will not be subjected to potential hazards O 0 O Isadequate headroom provided for the entire length of any aisle or walkway O OQ O Are standard guardrails provided wherever aisle or walkway surfaces are elevated more than 30 inches above any adjacent floor or the ground O QO UO Are bridges provided over conveyors and similar hazards Floor and Wall Openings O OQ O Are floor openings guarded by a cover guardrail or equivalent on all sides except at entrance to stair ways or ladders O O O Are toeboards installed around the edges of permanent floor openings where people may pass below the opening O QO O Are skylight screens of such construction and mounting that they
329. ss recording and reporting regulation 29 CFR 1904 Cumulative Trauma Disorders Studies show that workers with jobs requiring frequent hand exertion may develop cumulative trauma disorders Cu mulative trauma disorders are injuries that develop gradually from repeated stress to a particular body part Such disor ders are also called overuse or wear and tear repetitive strain disorders They occur primarily in the upper extremity and include soft tissue injuries such as muscle strain tendinitis neuritis and carpal tunnel syndrome A num ber of things contribute to cumulative trauma disorders Standing in one position for long periods of time can cause dis comfort or strain to muscles of the back and legs because the muscles remain in a position of contraction without allowing for periods of relaxation or movement Similarly the height of a work area may contribute to muscle strain for a very short or very tall individual because he or she may be forced to reach beyond a comfortable point Often work requires the active use of the hand or arm making the upper extremity vulnerable to trauma The upper extremity in cludes the shoulder upper arm elbow forearm wrist hand and fingers The arm and hand move through actions of the joints muscles and tendons Upper extremity movement can range from large sweeping motion to fine precise manip ulation Hands and arms work best in a neutral or natural position Figure 3 illustrates and iden
330. ssive vacuum or pressure as a result of filling emptying or atmosphere temperature changes O QO UO Are storage tanks equipped with emergency venting that will relieve excessive internal pressure caused by fire exposure O O Are NO SMOKING rules enforced in areas involving storage and use of hazardous materials Hazardous Chemical Exposure m O m Are employees trained in the safe handling practices of hazardous chemicals such as acids and caustics O m O Are employees aware of the potential hazards involving various chemicals stored or used in the work place such as acids bases caustics epoxies and phenols Is employee exposure to chemicals kept within acceptable levels Are eyewash fountains and safety showers provided in areas where corrosive chemicals are handled Are all containers such as vats and storage tanks labeled with their identity and hazards OoOddo m0000 OoOddo Are all employees required to use personal protective clothing and equipment when handling chemi cals gloves eye protection respirators etc m O m Are flammable or toxic chemicals kept in closed containers when not in use O O O Are chemical piping systems clearly marked as to their content O QO O Where corrosive liquids are frequently handled in open containers or drawn from storage vessels or pipelines are adequate means readily available for neutralizing or disposing of spills or overflows properly and safely 1
331. ste removal Are equipment and machinery securely placed and anchored when necessary to prevent tipping or other movement that could result in personal injury Is there a power shut off switch within reach of the operator s position at each machine Can electric power to each machine be locked out for maintenance repair or security Are the noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrically operated machines bonded and grounded Are foot operated switches guarded or arranged to prevent accidental actuation by personnel or falling objects Are manually operated valves and switches controlling the operation of equipment and machines clearly identified and readily accessible Are all emergency stop buttons colored red 188 Yes OoOddo m m0m0oo0u n80 0 OoOddo m No 00 0 00 m0m0o0u n0 0 OoOddoO m Oodda0 OoOddo m Are all pulleys and belts that are within 7 feet of the floor or working level properly guarded Are all moving chains and gears properly guarded Are splash guards mounted on machines that use coolant to prevent the coolant from reaching employees Are methods provided to protect the operator and other employees in the machine area from hazards created at the point of operation ingoing nip points rotating parts flying chips and sparks Are machinery guards secure and so arranged that they do not offer a hazard in their use If special hand tools are used for placing and removing materi
332. t are projected when the tool is fired A tool containing a high velocity load must be designed not to fire unless it has this kind of safety device To prevent the tool from firing accidentally two separate motions are required for firing The first motion is to bring the tool into the firing position and the second motion is to pull the trigger The tool must not be able to operate until it is pressed against the work surface with a force of at least 5 pounds 2 2 kg greater than the total weight of the tool If a powder actuated tool misfires hold the tool in the operating position for at least 30 seconds before trying to fire it again If it still will not fire the user must hold the tool in the operating position for another 30 seconds and then carefully remove the load in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions This procedure will make the faulty car tridge less likely to explode The bad cartridge should then be put in water immediately after removal If the tool devel ops a defect during use it should be tagged and must be taken out of service immediately until it is properly repaired Safety precautions that must be followed when using powder actuated tools include the following e Do not use a tool in an explosive or flammable atmosphere e Inspect the tool before using it to determine that it is clean that all moving parts operate freely and that the barrel is free from obstructions and has the proper shield guard and att
333. t attachments such as chisels on a chipping hammer from being ejected during tool operation Pneumatic tools that shoot nails rivets staples or similar fasteners and operate at pressures more than 100 pounds per square inch 689 kPa must be equipped with a special device to keep fasteners from being ejected unless the muz zle is pressed against the work surface Airless spray guns that atomize paints and fluids at pressures of 1 000 pounds or more per square inch 6 890 kPa must be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety devices that will prevent pulling the trigger until the safety device is manually released Eye protection is required and head and face protection is recommended for employees working with pneumatic tools Screens must also be set up to protect nearby workers from being struck by flying fragments around chippers rivet ing guns staplers or air drills Compressed air guns should never be pointed toward anyone Never dead end them against yourself or anyone else A chip guard must be used when compressed air is used for cleaning Use of heavy jackhammers can cause fatigue and strains Heavy rubber grips reduce these effects by providing a se cure handhold When operating a jackhammer wear safety glasses and safety shoes that protect you against injury if the jackhammer slips or falls A face shield should also be used Noise is another hazard associated with pneumatic tools Working with noisy tools su
334. t aware of the 11 designations of industrial trucks or tractors D DS DY E ES EE EX G GS LP and LS wee Designated Use of Requirements Are safety coordinator and operators knowledgeable about the use of industrial trucks in various locations wee Fuel Handling and Storage Requirements Is the storage and handling of liquid fuels in accordance with NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code NFPA No 58 1969 nee Is the storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas fuel in accordance with NFPA Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases NFPA No 58 1969 o L Changing and Charging Storage Batteries Are battery charging installations located in areas designated for that purpose ne Are facilities provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electrolyte o e Are facilities provided for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries nnn Is proper handling equipment conveyor and hoists provided for handling batteries OO O C aaa o e Is a carbon filter or siphon provided for handling electrolyte l Is care taken to ensure that vent caps are functioning when charging batteries ne Note The battery or compartment covers will be open to dissipate heat Is smoking prohibited in the charging area enn Are precautions taken to prevent open flames sparks or electric arcs in battery charging areas wen Are tools and other metallic objects kept away fro
335. t compromised Utility gloves will be discarded if they are cracked peeling torn punctured or show other signs of deterioration or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised Eye and Face Protection Masks in combination with eye protection devices such as goggles or glasses with solid side shields or chin length side face shields must be worn whenever splashes spray splatter or droplets of blood or OPIM may be generated and eye nose or mouth contamination can be reasonably anticipated The following situations require such protection Housekeeping Note A cleaning and decontamination schedule must be developed based on the type of contamination and the sur faces to be decontaminated This schedule should include the frequency with which decontamination must be accom plished such as immediately after a blood or body fluid release once per shift or after each procedure causing contamination of materials or surfaces Blood or OPIM release or spills must be reported to the supervisor or appropriately trained cleaning staff and sur faces must be decontaminated immediately or per the pre established cleaning schedule Decontamination may be ac complished by using sodium hypochlorite mixed with water in a 1 10 to 1 100 concentration This must be mixed daily or immediately prior to use Additionally other appropriate disinfectants may be used in accordance with the manufac turer s instructions as follows insert l
336. t device sign his her name and enter job title Use a separate sheet if needed Step Six a Ensure that personnel are not exposed b attempt to start the equipment with the normal operating controls to ensure that lockout tagout is effective c return the operating controls to neutral or off The equipment is now properly locked or tagged out Tagout Justification System If the machine equipment or process can be locked out and or tagged out and a tag is chosen instead respond to parts one and two of the following tagout justification system then return to Sequence for LOTO Step Six Requirement One Full Employee Protection If you cannot indicate a yes answer by checking each of the following items do not use the tagout system e Tagout system provides full employee protection e Tagout devices placed at the same location where the lockout device would have been placed e Tagout system provides safety equivalent to the lockout program e Employees can fully comply with all tagout related provisions Additional Safety Measures Check the measure s used to provide equivalent protection and or state any other alter native used e Isolating circuit element removal e Control switches blocked e Extra disconnecting device opened e Removal of valve handles e Alternative measures used to provide equivalent protection 126 Tagout Device Check the tagout device against each criterion listed below T
337. t employees against contact with energized circuit parts directly with any part of their body or indirectly through some other conductive object When working on energized parts the appropriate PPE will be used Note Examples of work that may be performed on or near energized circuit parts because of infeasibility due to equipment design or operational limitations include testing of electric circuits that can only be performed with the cir cuit energized troubleshooting and work on circuits that form an integral part of a continuous industrial process that would otherwise need to be shut down completely to permit work on one circuit or piece of equipment Lockout Tagout While any employee is exposed to contact with parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits that have been de ener gized the circuits energizing the parts will be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph in the following order Procedures will be in place before equipment may be de energized Circuits and equipment to be worked on will be disconnected from all electrical energy sources Stored electrical energy that poses a hazard to workers will be released Stored nonelectrical energy in devices that could re energize electric circuit parts will be blocked or relieved to the extent that the circuit parts could not be accidentally energized by the device A lock and a tag will be placed on each disconnecting means used to de energi
338. t location of hazardous chemical list A material safety data sheet MSDS for each hazardous chemical on the list referenced above is on file at insert lo cation of MSDSs The MSDSs are accessible during each work shift for any employee to review If you have further questions about the MSDS procedure contact your supervisor Insert job title of responsible person is responsible to ensure that the list of hazardous chemicals is kept current and that a current MSDS is on hand for each hazardous chemical used A chemical that is not shown on the current list will not be ordered without prior coordination with insert job title of responsible person All containers of hazardous chemicals in each workplace will be conspicuously labeled with the identity of the chemical same as on the applicable MSDS and the appropriate hazard warnings If the chemical is a known or sus pected cancer causing agent carcinogen or if it is known to affect a specific organ of the body this information will also be placed on the container label The person having supervisory responsibility for the storage or use of each haz ardous chemical will ensure that such labels are not defaced and that they remain legible at all times Insert job title of responsible person will ensure that an adequate supply of labels is kept on hand and made avail able to the responsible supervisors Insert job title of responsible person is responsible for anticipating as much
339. t originally equipped with such 77 Vehicles will never be used to lift people unless you have a properly designed safety platform securely attached to the forks and the mast Dockboards or bridge plates will be properly secured before they are driven over Dockboard or bridge plates will be driven over carefully and slowly and their rate capacity never exceeded Elevators will be approached slowly and then entered squarely after the elevator car is properly leveled Once on the elevator the transmission will be in neutral the engine shut off and the brakes set Never pick up loads in excess of the rated capacity of the vehicle Traveling All traffic regulations will be observed including observing all stop signs and yield signs The driver must always slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and when approaching blind corners inter sections or other locations where vision is obstructed A safe distance under normal conditions will be maintained approximately three vehicle lengths from the truck ahead The driver should always keep to the right of the aisle when possible If the load being carried obstructs forward view the driver must travel in reverse Railroad tracks will be crossed diagonally whenever possible Parking closer than 8 feet from the center of the railroad tracks is prohibited Grades will be ascended or descended slowly keeping the load uphill Never operate diagonally across an incline Operators should n
340. t the employee is unable to function nor mally wearing a respirator or that the employee s safety and health or that of others would be affected by the employee s use of a respirator In this case we will employee to another job or give the employee the opportunity to transfer to a different job that does not require the use of a respirator Protective Clothing For any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos that exceed the PEL or EL we will provide PPE at no cost to the employee and require the use of protective clothing such as coveralls or similar full body clothing head coverings gloves and foot coverings In addition wherever the possibility of eye irritation exists face shields vented goggles or other appropriate protective equipment will be provided and worn Asbestos contaminated work clothing will be removed in change rooms and placed and stored in closed labeled containers that prevent dispersion of the asbestos into the ambient environment Protective clothing and equipment will be cleaned laundered repaired or replaced to maintain effectiveness We will provide clean protective clothing and equipment at least weekly to each affected employee We will also in form any person who launders or cleans asbestos contaminated clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to asbestos In addition we will ensure that the person doing the cleaning or laundering has been properly instructed o
341. t to these policies as deemed necessary The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Dipping and Coating Operations Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 124 All employees that work in the spray finishing area should follow the work practices outlined below Safe Work Practices e Follow the permit required confined space procedures whenever entering a dip tank e Before entering a tank for cleaning purposes drain contents of tank and open cleanout doors Ventilate and clear pockets where hazardous vapors may have accumulated Inspect hoods and ventilation ductwork for corrosion and damage at least quarterly after any shutdown e Inspect all dipping and coating equipment including covers drains overflow piping and electrical and fire extin guishing systems and promptly correct any deficiencies routinely e Use respirators and other appropriate PPE as needed for the work being conducted e Before conducting any welding on dip tanks ensure that they are thoroughly cleaned of solvents and vapors e No eating and drinking in work area e Smoking is prohibited in work area 41 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard The standard requires the company to maintain a written copy of the procedures outlined in paragraph b 2 of the standard The written procedures may be in the form of a copy of paragraph b of 1910 333
342. tandard operating procedures for the selection and use of respirators where needed Are restrooms and washrooms kept clean and sanitary Is all water provided for drinking washing and cooking potable Are all outlets for water not suitable for drinking clearly identified Are employees physical capacities assessed before being assigned to jobs requiring heavy work Are employees instructed in the proper manner of lifting heavy objects Where heat is a problem have all fixed work areas been provided with spot cooling or air conditioning OoOoOooadage oo ao OOoOoadage ogoonu ao OOoOooadage ogo ao oo Are employees screened before assignment to areas of high heat to determine if their health condition might make them more susceptible to having an adverse reaction m O O Are employees working on streets and roadways where they are exposed to the hazards of traffic re quired to wear high visibility or reflective warning vests m O m Are exhaust stacks and air intakes so located that contaminated air will not be recirculated within a building or other enclosed area O m O Is equipment producing ultraviolet radiation properly shielded O O O Are universal precautions observed where occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infec tious materials can occur and in all instances where differentiation of types of body fluids or potentially infectious materials is difficult or impossible Flammable and Combustible Mate
343. ted in areas where hazardous substances are stored or used Employees whose hands are cut or scratched are not to handle any lead based products 109 All switches or drives on machinery must be shut down and locked out before cleaning greasing oiling or mak ing adjustments or repairs Circuit breaker boxes and fuse boxes should be kept closed at all times It is a requirement to maintain a minimum clearance of 36 inches in front of them Flammables kerosene gasoline and combustible materials coats rags cleaning supplies should not be stored in mechanical rooms or around electrical boxes Extension cords should not be run across aisles or through oil or water Inspect cords for kinks worn insulation and exposed strands of wire before use When fuses blow continually it is an indication of an overload or short Report this condition to your safety coor dinator immediately Keep electrical equipment properly maintained and free of grease and dirt To prevent static sparks keep drive belts dressed Also check belts for proper tension to prevent overloading mo tors Maintain fire inspections and other fire prevention measures 110 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Ple
344. tenance Analyses Investigations Refresher Accident Reviews Risk Management Company Safety Inspections Safety Talks and Corrective Programs Action Refresher Accident Reviews Disciplinary Company Safety Prejob Briefings Summary and and Corrective Policy Alcohol and Programs Closing Remarks Action Drug Policy Refresher 178 Section 4 Reference Material N C Department of Labor A Z Topics http www nclabor com osha etta A_to Z Topics a to z toc htm OSH Division Compliance Material http www nclabor com osha compliance manuals htm PowerPoint Presentations http www nclabor com osha etta presentations presentations htm Publications http www nclabor com pubs htm Safety and Health Programs http www nclabor com osha consult sample_programs htm Training Requirements http www nclabor com osha etta indguide ig8 pdf Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration Publications http www osha gov pls publications publication html Training Resources http www osha gov dte index html Ergonomic Resources http www osha gov SLTC ergonomics guidelines html 179 Section 5 Facility Inspection Forms e Comprehensive Safety Inspection Checklist e Monthly Building Inspection Form 180 Yes m No O NA m Comprehensive Safety Inspection Checklist Employer Posting Is the required NCDOL workplace poster displayed in a prominent location where all employees are like
345. that he or she is to never attempt to operate an energy iso lating device when it is locked or tagged Each employee must be retrained if there is a change in the employee s job assignment a change in machinery or equipment that presents a new hazard a change in energy control procedures or management considers that retraining is necessary Training or retraining must include e How to recognize hazardous energy sources e Type and magnitude of energy used especially with respect to the machinery or equipment to which the employee will be exposed e Purpose of the lockout tagout procedure e Steps for shutting down isolating blocking and securing equipment to which the employee will be exposed e Steps for placement removal and transfer of lockout tagout devices and the division of responsibility for accom plishing those tasks e Requirements for testing to determine and verify effectiveness of lockout tagout devices e The proper use and limitations of tags Employees who will use actually implement the lockout tagout procedure must receive written authorization from supervision 124 Energy Isolating Devices Each employee must be instructed that every department has conducted a survey of all machinery equipment and processes that possess potentially hazardous energy The survey located all equipment and identified all isolating de vices that must be locked or tagged to render the equipment safe for service maintenance or r
346. the employer any specific findings or diagnoses that are not related to workplace lead exposure We will provide a copy of the written medical opinion to the examined worker within two weeks after receiv ing it Worker Training and Communication It is critically important that workers recognize the hazards associated with exposure to lead and understand the measures they can take to protect themselves Training will be provided initially and annually thereafter The requirements of the Lead Standard e The medical surveillance program required by the standard including recognition of the signs and symptoms of adverse health effects that may result from lead exposure We will also have a copy of the Lead Standard available without cost to affected workers 122 Recordkeeping Accurate records can demonstrate employer compliance with the standard and can assist in diagnosing and identify ing workplace related illnesses Therefore we will maintain records of worker lead exposures including air monitoring data historical monitoring data and objective data biological monitoring data and medical surveillance records Air Monitoring Data We will keep an accurate record of all air monitoring performed to comply with the standard The record will indi cate e The date of the measurement for each sample taken e The operation involving exposure to lead that was monitored e Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their acc
347. the exit traffic O OQ O Are doors on cold storage rooms provided with an inside release mechanism that will release the latch and open the door even if it s padlocked or otherwise locked on the outside O QO O Where exit doors open directly onto any street alley or other area where vehicles may be operated are adequate barriers and warnings provided to prevent employees stepping into the path of traffic O 0 O Are doors that swing in both directions and are located between rooms where there is frequent traffic provided with viewing panels in each door Portable Ladders O O m Are all ladders maintained in good condition joints between steps and side rails tight all hardware and fittings securely attached and moveable parts operating freely without binding or undue play Are nonslip safety feet provided on each ladder Are nonslip safety feet provided on each metal or rung ladder Are ladder rungs and steps free of grease and oil Ooodda Oodda Oodda Is it prohibited to place a ladder in front of doors opening toward the ladder except when the door is blocked open locked or guarded O m O Is it prohibited to place ladders on boxes barrels or other unstable bases to obtain additional height O m O Are employees instructed to face the ladder when ascending or descending O 0O O Are employees prohibited from using ladders that are broken missing steps rungs or cleats broken side rails or other faulty equipme
348. the following e Acopy of the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard e A description of the exposed employee s duties as they relate to the exposure incident e Documentation of the route s of exposure and circumstances under which exposure occurred e Results of the source individual s blood testing e All medical records relevant to the appropriate treatment of the employee including vaccination status Health Care Professional s Written Opinion Insert job title of person responsible will obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating HCP s written opinion within 15 days of completion of the evaluation For hepatitis B vaccination the HCP s written opinion will be limited to whether the vaccination is indicated for an employee and whether the employee has received such vaccination For post exposure follow up the HCP s written opinion will be limited to the following e A statement that the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation e Astatement that the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or OPIM which may require further evaluation or treatment Note The doctor must be informed that all other findings or diagnoses unrelated to the bloodborne pathogens expo sure incident must remain confidential and must not be included in the written report from the doctor to the company Labels and Signs Insert job title of person responsible will ens
349. the person who performed the training Include signature and date of the person who authorized the use of the tagout system Procedure for Restoring Machines or Equipment to Normal Production Operations e When servicing maintenance or repair is complete and the equipment machine is ready to be started up the au thorized employee will ensure that a no one is exposed to the equipment machine b all tools have been re moved from the machine equipment c guards have been reinstalled d there are no exposed electrical wires e and that he or she is satisfied that it is safe for start up e After responding to important notes below remove all lockout tagout devices Note e Ifthe authorized employee is not available to remove the lockout tagout devices the devices may only be re moved by or under the direction of the supervisor who completes the following a Identify the authorized employee whose device is being removed insert name b Describe all reasonable efforts to locate this employee insert efforts made c Describe the action taken to ensure that prior to his or her resumption of work the employee knows that the device was removed insert efforts made d Enter signature and date of supervisor to certify the above steps were taken insert signature and date e If more than one authorized employee is required to remove a lockout tagout device the designated group coordi nator will have each employee who
350. the pro cedures of these standards Such individuals will be capable of working safely on energized circuits and will be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques personal protective equipment insulating and shielding materi als and insulated tools Ilumination Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts unless illumination is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observa tion of the work to be performed employees may not perform tasks near exposed energized parts Employees may not reach blindly into areas that may contain energized parts Conductive Materials and Equipment Conductive materials and equipment that are in contact with any part of an employee s body will be handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting exposed energized conductors or circuit parts If an employee must handle long dimensional conductive objects such as ducts or pipes in areas with live parts the hazard must be minimized by the use of insulation guarding or material handling techniques Note Nonconductive fish tapes must be used when pulling wire through conduit that contains energized conductors or when entering an enclosure with exposed live parts e Portable ladders Portable ladders must be of the nonconductive type wood or fiberglass if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energiz
351. the source individual s testing will be made available to the exposed employee and the employee will be informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectious status of the source individual 25 Collection and testing of blood for hepatitis B virus HBV and human immunodeficiency virus HIV serological status will comply with the following e The exposed employee s blood will be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained e The employee will be offered the option of having his or her blood collected for testing of the employee s HIV serological status The blood sample will be preserved for up to 90 days to allow the employee to decide if the blood should be tested for HIV status Any employee who incurs an exposure incident will be offered post exposure evaluation and follow up in accor dance with the OSHA standard All post exposure follow up will be provided by Insert first aid clinic doctor s office urgent care emergency room information Information Provided to the Health Care Professional Insert job title of person responsible will ensure that the health care professional HCP responsible for the em ployee s hepatitis B vaccination is provided with a copy of the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard 29 CFR 1910 1030 Insert job title of person responsible will ensure that the HCP who evaluates an employee following an exposure incident is provided with
352. ther Requirements Foldout or stepladders must have a metal spreader or locking device to hold the front and back sections in an open position when in use When two or more ladders are used to reach a work area they must be offset with a landing or platform between the ladders The area around the top and bottom of a ladder must be kept clear Ladders must not be tied or fastened together to provide longer sections unless they are specifically designed for such use Never use a ladder for any purpose other than the one for which it was designed 117 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Lead Policy Ref 29 CFR 1910 1025 Exposure Limits The permissible exposure level for lead is 50 micrograms per cubic meter of air 50 ug m3 averaged over an 8 hour period Action level is 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air 30 g m averaged over an 8 hour period Exposure Monitoring and Determination We have assessed the workplace and work operations and have determined that some employees may be exposed to lead at or above the action level Initial Monitoring We have conducted initial exposure monitoring to determine exposure to lead for each worker We have taken a suf ficient number of perso
353. these alternatives the employees must wash their hands with soap and running water as soon as feasible Personal Protective Equipment PPE Insert job title of person responsible is responsible for ensuring that the following provisions are met All PPE used will be provided without cost to the employee PPE will be chosen based on the anticipated exposure to blood or OPIM The PPE will be considered appropriate only if it does not permit blood or OPIM to pass through or reach the employee s clothing skin eyes mouth or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time while the protective equipment will be used 23 PPE Cleaning Laundering and Disposal All PPE will be cleaned laundered or disposed of by the company at no cost to employees All repairs and replace ments will be provided by the company at no cost to employees Gloves Gloves will be worn where it is reasonably anticipated that employees will have hand contact with blood OPIM non intact skin and mucous membranes when performing vascular access procedures and when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces Disposable gloves are not to be washed or decontaminated for reuse and are to be replaced as soon as practical when they become contaminated or if they are torn punctured or their ability to function as a barrier is compromised Utility gloves may be decontaminated for reuse provided that the integrity of the glove is no
354. tifies various hand wrist positions 52 Figure 3 Hand Wrist Positions NORMAL FLEXION EXTENSION Hand in neutral position Bending the wrist down toward Bending the wrist up and back the palm P D f B y a a d RADIAL DEVIATION ULNAR DEVIATION SUPPINE POSITION Bending the wrist toward the Bending the wrist toward the Palm up thumb little finger The joints of the upper extremity include the shoulder elbow wrist and fingers Joints are formed where ligaments connect the end of one bone to another When joints are twisted beyond their normal range of motion an injury called a sprain occurs Muscles are fiber bundles that contract to produce movement Aching and swelling can result from small strains to muscles Other injuries may result from the tearing of muscle fibers or from a blow or crush that causes blood to seep out into a large area of the muscle The speed of work may be determined by the speed of a conveyor belt For example in chicken processing the faster the conveyor line the more frequent is the requirement for the cutting of chicken the repetition of a specific task Jobs that require frequent repetition of the task cause muscles to contract frequently requiring more muscle effort and less recovery time Force for example required to make a particular cut either with a knife or scissors can con tribute to cumulative trauma disorders Increasing the applied force increases muscle effort decreases circul
355. tion if you know it for each toxic substance that you l be exposed to when you re using your respirator s Name of the first toxic substance Estimated maximum exposure level per shift Duration of exposure per shift Name of the second toxic substance Estimated maximum exposure level per shift Duration of exposure per shift Name of the third toxic substance Estimated maximum exposure level per shift Duration of exposure per shift The name of any other toxic substances that you ll be exposed to while using your respirator 19 Describe any special responsibilities you ll have while using your respirator s that may affect the safety and well being of others for example rescue security 152 Appendix D to Sec 1910 134 Mandatory Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required Under the Standard Respirators are an effective method of protection against designated hazards when properly selected and worn Respira tor use is encouraged even when exposures are below the exposure limit to provide an additional level of comfort and protection for workers However if a respirator is used improperly or not kept clean the respirator itself can become a hazard to the worker Sometimes workers may wear respirators to avoid exposures to hazards even if the amount of hazardous substance does not exceed the limits set by OSHA standards If your employer pro
356. to en sure that all requirements are being met Lockout Tagout Control of Hazardous Energy Program Ref 29 CFR 1910 147 The purpose of the lockout tagout LOTO program is to provide a system for the locking out and or tagging out of energy isolating devices to protect employees from the unexpected energization or startup of machines or equipment or the release of stored energy that could cause injury to the employee Wherever possible energy isolating devices should be locked out Before employees service repair or perform maintenance the machine or equipment must be iso lated from all hazardous energy and the energy isolation device s for the machine or equipment must be locked out or tagged out Types and Magnitude of Energy and Hazards Each employee must be instructed in the types and magnitude of energy used by the company The following types of energy are used a b The magnitude of energy a energy used is the magnitude of hazards presented by the energy is The magnitude of energy b energy used is the magnitude of hazards presented by the energy is Training and Retraining of Affected and Authorized Employees Each employee must be thoroughly trained with respect to lockout tagout procedure used by our company Each em ployee must know that lockout tagout is used to protect employees against hazardous energy from inadvertent operation of equipment or machinery Each employee must understand
357. uards that provide effective protection When the servicing or maintenance is completed there are specific steps that must be taken to return the machine or piece of equipment to service These include e Inspection of the machine or equipment to ensure that all guards and other safety devices are in place and func tional Checking the area to ensure that energization and start up of the machine or equipment will not endanger employees Removal of the lockout devices Re energization of the machine or equipment Notification of affected employees that the machine or equipment may be returned to service If it is necessary to oil machine parts while the machine is running special safeguarding equipment may be needed solely to protect the oiler from exposure to hazardous moving parts Maintenance personnel must know which ma chines can be serviced while running and which cannot The danger of accident or injury is greatly reduced by shutting off and locking out all sources of energy Exposure of Blades When the periphery of the blades of a fan is less than 7 feet above the floor or working level the blades must be guarded The guard must not have openings larger than 4 inch 132 Eye and Face Protection Eye and face protection must be provided to each employee when exposed to eye or face hazards from flying particles Energy Control Procedures The employer must establish an energy control program consisting of energy control proc
358. uch as oil gasoline or waste Cylinders should be stored away from electrical connections gas flames or other sources of ignition and sub stances such as flammable solvents and combustible waste material Flammable gases should be separated from oxidizing gases in storage areas Oxygen and fuel gas cylinders should be separated by a minimum of 20 feet when in storage Storage rooms for cylinders should be kept dry cool and well ventilated Cylinders should be stored away from incompatibles excessive heat continuous dampness salt or other corrosive chemicals and any areas that may subject them to damage Storage areas should be permanently posted with the names of the gases stored in the cylinders All compressed gas cylinders should have their contents and precautionary labeling clearly marked on their exteriors Compressed gas cylinder valve covers should be in place when cylinders are not in use All compressed gas cylinders should be stored so they do not interfere with exit paths All compressed gas cylinders should be subjected to periodic hydrostatic testing and interior inspection All compressed gas cylinders should have a safety pressure relief valve Cylinders should always be maintained at temperatures below 125 F The safety relief devices in the valve or on the cylinder should be kept free from any indication of tampering Repair or alteration to the cylinder valve or safety relief devices is prohibited All alterations
359. uction of elevated locations e Use of hand knee and toe rails where required e Proper design of fixed ladders and stairs e Adequate lighting in all areas Administrative Controls e Training for all employees who work at elevated location e Routine inspections of ladders stairs walking and working surfaces e Following housekeeping program requirements e Immediate cleanup of material spills D General Requirements Housekeeping Simple housekeeping methods can prevent slip trip fall hazards e All work areas passageways storerooms and service rooms will be kept clean and orderly and in a sanitary condition 160 The floor of every area will be maintained in a clean and so far as possible a dry condition Where wet processes are used drainage will be maintained and gratings mats or raised platforms will be provided e Every floor work area and passageway will be kept free from protruding nails splinters holes or loose boards Aisles and Passageways e Aisles and passageways will be kept clear and in good repair with no obstruction across or in aisles that could create a hazard e Permanent aisles and passageways will be appropriately marked e Where mechanical handling equipment is used aisles will be sufficiently wide Improper aisle widths coupled with poor housekeeping and vehicle traffic can cause injury to employees damage the equipment and material and can limit egress in emergencies Floor Loading Protecti
360. ues to be effective Program evaluation will include discussions with employees required to use respirators to assess the employees views on program effectiveness and to identify any problems Any problems that are identified during this assessment will be corrected Factors to be assessed include but are not limited to e Respirator fit including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with effective workplace performance e Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the employee is exposed e Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the employee encounters and e Proper respirator maintenance Recordkeeping The company will retain written information regarding medical evaluations fit testing and the respirator program This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program assist the company in auditing the ade quacy of the program and provide a record for compliance determinations by OSHA Training and Information Effective training for employees who are required to use respirators is essential The training must be comprehen sive understandable and recur annually and more often if necessary Training will be provided prior to requiring the employee to use a respirator in the workplace The training will ensure that each employee can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following e Why the respirator is necessary and how improper fit usage or maintenance ca
361. uld an RPE respiratory protection equipment fail a SCBA is required in this environment and or conduct a HazMat entry a buddy system detail will be used with a safety watchman with constant voice visual or signal line communication Employees will follow the established emergency re sponse program and or confined space entry program when applicable e Management will establish and maintain surveillance of jobs and work place conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress to maintain the proper procedures and to provide the necessary RPE e Management will establish and maintain safe operation procedures for the safe use of RPE with strict enforcement and disciplinary action for failure to follow all general and specific safety rules Standard operation procedures for general RPE use will be maintained as an attachment to the respiratory protection program and standard operation procedures for RPE use under emergency response situations will be maintained as an attachment to the emer gency response program Selection of Respirators The company has evaluated the respiratory hazards in each workplace has identified relevant workplace and user factors and has based respirator selection on these factors Also included are estimates of employee exposures to respi ratory hazards and an identification of the contaminant s chemical state and physical form This selection has included appropriate protective respirators for use in I
362. ules are in addition to safety and health practices that must be followed when doing particular jobs or operating certain equipment Those rules are listed in the safety hazard work practices and health hazard work practices sections of this manual Failure to comply with any safety or health rules may result in disciplinary action The following are examples of basic safety and health rules The company should base these rules on the hazards in its work environment e Never do anything that is unsafe in order to get the job done If a job is unsafe report it to your supervisor or safety committee representative We will find a safer way to do that job e Do not remove or disable any safety device Keep guards in place at all times on operating machinery e Never operate a piece of equipment unless you have been trained and are authorized e Use your personal protective equipment whenever it is required e Obey all safety warning signs e Loose clothing jewelry and hair longer than shoulder length will not be worn around moving machinery e Working under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs and using them at work are prohibited e Do not bring firearms or explosives onto company property including personal vehicles in company owned park ing lots e Smoking is not permitted on company grounds including in personal vehicles in company owned parking lots OR if smoking is permitted it is only permitted outside the building away from any e
363. ult in an uncontrolled release of lead that is not an incidental release that can be controlled by workers in the immediate area or by maintenance personnel e Where workers are exposed above the PEL for fewer than 30 days per year and the employer has opted not to im plement engineering work practice controls to achieve the PEL e Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls e Operations where all feasible engineering and work practice controls have been implemented but are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL Where respirator use is required employees will follow our respirator program Requirements for Protective Work Clothing and Equipment We will provide and ensure the proper use of appropriate protective clothing and equipment whenever a hazard eval uation of the workplace has identified that skin or eye contact with lead presents or is likely to present a hazard to workers Where such a hazard is identified we will select the clothing and equipment needed to protect workers from lead hazards 119 Some examples of protective clothing and equipment that may be necessary include but are not limited to gloves aprons coveralls foot coverings and goggles Normal street clothing and uniforms or other accessories that do not pro tect workers from lead hazards are not considered protective clothing or equipment under the standard Employers must provide and maintain the
364. unds containing alcohol hydroxyl groups to produce polyurethane polymers which are components of polyurethane foams thermoplastic elastomers spandex fibers and polyurethane paints Isocyanates are the raw materials that make up all polyurethane products Jobs that may involve exposure to isocyanates include painting foam blowing and the manufacture of many Polyurethane products such as chemicals polyurethane foam insulation materials surface coatings car seats furni ture foam mattresses under carpet padding packaging materials shoes laminated fabrics polyurethane rubber and adhesives and during the thermal degradation of polyurethane products Health effects of isocyanate exposure include irritation of skin and mucous membranes chest tightness and difficult breathing Isocyanates include compounds classified as potential human carcinogens and known to cause cancer in ani mals The main effects of hazardous exposures are occupational asthma and other lung problems as well as irritation of the eyes nose throat and skin Engineering controls are the most effective way of reducing exposure Where possible we will enclose or isolate operations and or provide local exhaust ventilation at the site of chemical release Safe Work Practices e Personal protective equipment should be used to prevent or minimize exposure Gloves goggles and or face shields should be used to prevent skin contact as well as other garments as necessary
365. uracy e The number duration and results of samples taken The type of personal protective equipment used e g type of respirators worn The name Social Security number and job classification of all workers represented by the monitoring specifying which workers were actually monitored Medical Surveillance We will maintain an accurate record for each worker provided medical surveillance under the standard The record will include the following information about the worker e Name and Social Security number e Acopy of the PLHCP s written opinions e A copy of the information that the employer was required to provide to the PLHCP i e a description of the worker s duties as they relate to occupational lead exposure the worker s lead exposure levels a description of the personal protective equipment used by the worker biological monitoring and information from previous em ployment related medical examinations We will maintain or ensure that the physician maintains those medical records for at least 40 years or for the dura tion of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer 123 Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example written program and may be modified to meet the company needs The standard requires only your lockout tagout procedures and inspections to be in writing The standard should be referenced
366. ure that biohazard labels are affixed to containers of regulated waste refrigerators and freezers containing blood or OPIM and other containers used to store transport or ship blood or OPIM The universal biohazard symbol will be used Labels will be fluorescent orange or orange red and will be af fixed as close as feasible to the container by string wire adhesive or other method that prevents loss or unintentional removal Red bags or containers may be substituted for labels Information and Training Insert job title of person responsible will ensure that training is provided at the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may occur and that training is repeated within 12 months of the previous training Train ing will be tailored to the education and language level of the employee and offered during the normal work shift 26 Recordkeeping Medical Records nsert job title of person responsible is responsible for maintaining medical records as indicated below These records are confidential and must be maintained for the duration of employment plus 30 years Training Records Insert job title of person responsible is responsible for maintaining BBP training records These records will be maintained for three years from the date of training 27 Note The declination form must include this exact wording with no additions or deletions However the information may be put on employer 5 letterhead or other co
367. ures for working with extension cords implemented Only qualified persons allowed to perform test work Measures taken to prevent hazards from the occasional use of flammable materials near electrical equipment Safeguards for Personnel Protection Personal protective equipment appropriate for the electrical hazard provided and used Insulated tools and handling equipment used for work performed near exposed energized circuits Protective shields barriers or insulating materials used near exposed electrical circuits or where dangerous electric heating or arcing may occur Appropriate alerting techniques used to warn and protect workers 49 Yes O O L Yes ee ee Oo ooo Oo oooz Oo ooo S ooodos No O O O 0 a OO i Ee ea lel ig g a ere aA aE Audit Performed by N A Comments O O E N A Comments gt Comments N A Comments Note This program may be mandatory for your company Please reference the scope and application of the referenced OSHA standard This is an example program and may be modified to meet the company s needs This program does not have to be in writing for employers with 10 or fewer employees The standard should be referenced to ensure that all requirements are being met Emergency Action Plan Ref 29 CFR 1910 38 The intent of this plan is to ensure all employees a safe and healthful workplace Those employees assigned specific duties under this
368. ures the proper initial fitting and that the company provides training in the use and care of all hearing provided to employees Employee hearing protection training is required e Annually during hearing conservation training e Each time an employee shows a standard threshold shift change in hearing To prevent a hearing loss hearing protectors must be worn correctly and taken care of Keep your ear plugs clean by washing them in warm soapy water and make sure they are completely dry before inserting them in your ears Inspect your hearing protection regularly If they become damaged hard or worn out replace them with a new pair Due to the fact that everyone has different size ear canals each person will be fitted by insert name to ensure they receive the right size Each employee will be instructed on how to put their personal hearing protectors in and also be given the chance to practice in front of the hearing conservationist Two different types of hearing protectors will be provided to employees If there is a problem with the fit comfort of your hearing protectors see insert name and you will be given a different type of protection Hearing Protection Life Span The life of the hearing protector is dependent upon the care it is given A sponge type hearing protector is disposable But as long as it is clean it may be used until it no longer expands How long the hearing protection lasts is unique to each employee depending on the c
369. use e Closely examine all of the nylon webbing to ensure there are no burn marks which could weaken the material e Verify there are no torn frayed broken fibers pulled stitches or frayed edges anywhere on the harness e Examine D ring for excessive wear pits deterioration or cracks e Verify that buckles are not deformed or cracked and will operate correctly e Check to see that all grommets if present are secure and not deformed from abuse or a fall e Harness should never have additional punched holes e All rivets should be tight not deformed e Check tongue straps for excessive wear from repeated buckling A competent person will conduct an annual inspection of all harnesses The documentation will be provided to in sert job title of responsible person and maintained for insert length of time to keep record Storage will consist of hanging in an enclosed cabinet to protect from damage All harnesses that are involved in a fall will be removed from tagged out of service immediately Lanyards Shock Absorbing Lanyard Before each use the employee must e Check lanyard material for cuts burns abrasions kinks knots broken stitches and excessive wear e Inspect the snap hooks for hook locks and eye distortion e Check carabineer for excessive wear distortion and lock operation e Ensure that all locking mechanisms seat and lock properly e Once locked locking mechanism should prevent hook from opening e Visually inspect sh
370. used on files and similar tools Are employees made aware of the hazards caused by faulty or improperly used hand tools Oodaq0 Oodaq0 Oodda 0 Are appropriate safety glasses face shields etc used while using hand tools or other equipment that might produce flying materials or be subject to breakage Are jacks checked periodically to ensure they are in good operating condition Are tool handles wedged tightly in the head of all tools Are tool cutting edges kept sharp so the tool will move smoothly without binding or skipping Are tools stored in a dry secure location where they won t be tampered with Oodda a0 Ooaodaq0 Oodda0 Is eye and face protection used when driving hardened or tempered studs or nails Portable Power Operated Tools and Equipment Are grinders saws and similar equipment provided with appropriate safety guards Are power tools used with the correct shield guard or attachment recommended by the manufacturer Are portable circular saws equipped with guards above and below the base shoe OoOddo OoOddo m0000 Are circular saw guards checked to ensure they are not wedged up thus leaving the lower portion of the blade unguarded O O m Are rotating or moving parts of equipment guarded to prevent physical contact O QO O Areall cord connected electrically operated tools and equipment effectively grounded or of the ap proved double insulated type O O O Are effective guards in place over belts
371. ust be preserved and maintained as required by the specific standard Analyses using exposure or medical records must be preserved and maintained for at least 30 years Training Records Some standards require training records to be maintained for three years and some do not require training records Records of employees who have worked for less than one year need not be retained after employment but we are required to provide these records to the employee upon termination of employment Our policy is to maintain training records for insert time frame Note The following example policy is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Accident Incident Investigation Policy Accident Incident Investigation Procedures If an employee dies while working or within 30 days of the initial accident incident causing an injury or illness or when three or more employees are admitted to the hospital as a result of a work related accident incident the company must contact the N C Department of Labor s OSH Division within eight hours of becoming aware of the accident inci dent The toll free notification number is 1 800 NC LABOR 1 800 625 2267 Whenever there is an incident that results in death or serious injuries or illnesses a preliminary investigation will be conducted by an accident investigation team made up of the immediate supervisor of the injured person s a person designated by management an e
372. vides respirators for your voluntary use or if you provide your own respirator you need to take certain precautions to be sure that the respirator itself does not present a hazard You should do the following 1 Read and heed all instructions provided by the manufacturer on use maintenance cleaning and care and warnings regarding the respirators limitations 2 Choose respirators certified for use to protect against the contaminant of concern NIOSH the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health of the U S Department of Health and Human Services certifies respirators A label or statement of certification should appear on the respirator or respirator packaging It will tell you what the respira tor is designed for and how much it will protect you 3 Do not wear your respirator into atmospheres containing contaminants for which your respirator is not designed to protect against For example a respirator designed to filter dust particles will not protect you against gases vapors or very small solid particles of fumes or smoke 4 Keep track of your respirator so that you do not mistakenly use someone else s respirator 153 Note The following program is an example of a written program and based on the referenced standard The standard does not require a written program but as a best practice it has been put into writing in this manual Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary The standard
373. will obtain a written signed opinion from the physician The written opinion will contain the results of the medical examination and the physician s opinion as to whether the employee has any detailed medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk from exposure to as bestos any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as respi rators a statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the examination and a statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the combined effect of smoking and asbestos exposure The physician is not to reveal in the written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos We will provide a copy of the physician s written opinion to the affected employee within 30 days of its receipt Recordkeeping We will keep an accurate record of all exposure measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to asbestos This record will be kept for 30 years We will also maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveil lance This record will be maintained for the duration of employment plus 30 years In addition the employer must maintain all employee training records for one year beyond the last date of employment by the employee All records will be made available to the co
374. will retrain that employee Retraining is required at least in the fol lowing circumstances e Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete e Changes in the types of fall protection systems or equipment to be used render previous training obsolete e Inadequacies in an affected employee s knowledge or use of fall protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill Enforcement Best Practice e Subject to discipline e Documentation of any violations will be kept in the staff member s personnel file e Any employee not following the fall protection program or a portion of this procedure will be subject to discipli nary action Rescue Procedures In the event of a fall the following people will be notified as soon as possible to initiate rescue e Rescue personnel on site e Supervisor management e Fire department or emergency medical services if necessary At the beginning of any work activity where fall protection is required rescue plans must be identified and discussed with all employees in case of a fall The supervisor will develop the rescue plans All employees involved in a fall arrest or fall will be sent for a medical evaluation to determine extent of injuries if any Program Evaluation This fall protection program will be evaluated periodically to determine effectiveness The following criteria will be used to evaluate its performance e Ac
375. will withstand a load of at least 200 pounds O 0O O Is the glass in the windows doors glass walls etc which are subject to human impact of sufficient thickness and type for the condition of use O OQ O Are grates or similar type covers over floor openings such as floor drains of such design that foot traf fic or rolling equipment will not be affected by the grate spacing O QO O Are unused portions of service pits and pits not actually in use either covered or protected by guardrails or equivalent O O O Are manhole covers trench covers and similar covers plus their supports designed to carry a truck rear axle load of at least 20 000 pounds when located in roadways and subject to vehicle traffic O 0 O Are floor or wall openings in fire resistive construction provided with doors or covers compatible with the fire rating of the structure and provided with a self closing feature when appropriate Stairs and Stairways O OQ O Are standard stair rails or handrails on all stairways having four or more risers m O m Are all stairways at least 22 inches wide Do stairs have landing platforms not less than 30 inches in the direction of travel and extend 22 inches in width at every 12 feet or less of vertical rise Do stairs angle no more than 50 and no less than 30 degrees Are stairs of hollow pan type treads and landings filled to the top edge of the pan with solid material Are step risers on stairs uniform from top to bottom
376. with Cr VI wash their hands and faces at the end of the work shift and prior to eating drinking smoking chewing tobacco or gum applying cosmetics or using the toilet Eating and drinking areas and surfaces will be maintained as free as practicable of Cr VI whenever employers allow workers to consume food or beverages at a worksite where Cr VI is present We will ensure that workers do not enter eating and drinking areas wearing protective clothing or equipment unless the protective clothing or equipment is properly cleaned beforehand No one should blow dust off protective clothing and equipment We will ensure that workers do not eat drink smoke chew tobacco or gum or apply cosmetics or carry or store products associated with these activities in regulated areas or in areas where skin or eye contact with Cr VI occurs Housekeeping Proper housekeeping requirements are important because they target sources of exposure to Cr VJ that engineering controls are generally not designed to address such as skin exposures We will ensure that all surfaces are maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of Cr VI Spills and releases of Cr VJ containing material will be cleaned up promptly Cleaning Methods Surfaces contaminated with Cr VI will be cleaned by HEPA filtered vacuuming or other methods that minimize ex posure to Cr VI including wet methods such as wet sweeping or wet scrubbing Dry methods e g dry shoveling dry
377. y at least 3 feet Chemicals kept near the spray booth should be limited to the amount needed for one shift Employees working at spray operations should stay upwind of the object being sprayed o If downwind the employee must wear an appropriate respirator Review MSDS for each chemical being used before initial use Maintain good housekeeping practices in work area at all times Do not allow combustible residue to build up on the interior of the spray booth clean walls and floors regularly Rags or debris wet with flammable liquid should be disposed of in a covered metal trash container o Trash containers should be emptied to an outdoor location at least once a day When transferring flammable or combustible liquid from one container to another ensure that they are electrically bonded between the two containers Ensure that the spray equipment that is under air pressure has a visible pressure gauge and a relief valve Ensure that a portable fire extinguisher is located near the spray area and is in serviceable condition No smoking is allowed in the spray areas or paint storage rooms No eating or drinking is in spray areas or paint storage rooms Employees should use appropriate PPE for work being conducted 157 Note The following topic is a best practice Please modify or delete content to these policies as deemed necessary Thermal Exposures Policy Ref OSHA Directive TED 01 00 015 Cold Stress Safe Work Practices e
378. y flow system are the nozzles of the self closing type Identification of Piping Systems O 0 O When nonpotable water is piped through a facility are outlets or taps posted to alert employees that it is unsafe and not to be used for drinking washing or other personal use O QO O When hazardous substances are transported through above ground piping is each pipeline identified at points where confusion could introduce hazards to employees O QO O When a pipeline is identified by color painting are all visible parts of the line so identified O 0 UO When pipelines are identified by color painted bands or tapes are the bands or tapes located at reason able intervals and at each outlet valve or connection O 0 O When pipelines are identified by color is the color code posted at all locations where confusion could introduce hazards to employees O 0 O When the contents of pipelines are identified by name or name abbreviation is the information readily visible on the pipe near each valve or outlet O OQ UO When pipelines carrying hazardous substances are identified by tags are the tags constructed of durable materials the message carried clearly and permanently distinguishable and are tags installed at each valve or outlet 202 Yes No NA O 0 O When pipelines are heated by electricity steam or another external source are suitable warning signs or tags placed at unions valves or other serviceable parts of the system Materia
379. y mounted Are fire extinguishers inspected on a monthly and annual basis Exits Yes No N A Are emergency exits adequate in number and location and properly identified Are any exits blocked or locked preventing escape to the outside 207 OSH Publications We provide a variety of OSH publications These include general industry and construction regulations industry guides that cover different OSH topics quick cards fact sheets and brochures that cover a wide variety of serious safety and health workplace hazards Workplace labor law posters are available free of charge Review the entire list of publications at www nclabor com pubs htm To obtain publications call toll free at 1 800 NC LABOR 1 800 625 2267 or direct at 919 807 2875 You may also download publications from www nclabor com pubs htm or visit us at 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh 4th Floor near state capitol Occupational Safety and Health OSH Sources of Information You may call 1 800 NC LABOR 1 800 625 2267 to reach any division of the N C Department of Labor or visit the NCDOL home page on the World Wide Web http www nclabor com Occupational Safety and Health Division Mailing Address Physical Location 1101 Mail Service Center 111 Hillsborough St Raleigh NC 27699 1101 Old Revenue Building 3rd Floor Local Telephone 919 807 2900 Fax 919 807 2856 For information concerning education training interpretat
380. y signs and signals in the English language to respond to official inquiries and to make entries on reports records e Driver can by reason of experience training or both safely operate the type of commercial motor vehicle you in tend to have the driver operate e Driver is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle e Driver has a valid commercial motor vehicle operator s license e Driver has prepared and furnished you a list of moving violations covering the last 12 months e Driver is not disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle e Driver has successfully completed a driver s road test and has been issued a certificate of driver s road test from a previous or current employer For prospective commercial motor vehicle drivers inquiries must be made of former employers over the last three years and at a minimum the last three years of the driver s driving records must be requested from the appropriate agency of every state where the driver was licensed to operate over the past three years Road Tests Prior to operating a company vehicle in addition to providing a valid driver s license and meeting the motor vehicle record criteria drivers must complete a road test provided by an authorized member of management This is generally a 20 30 minute documented observation of your driving skills with the vehicle you are expected to be operating Undue concerns may result in an advanced driver training course
381. ze circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed except as provided below Each tag will contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag If a lock cannot be applied or if the employer can demonstrate that tagging procedures will provide a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use ofa lock a tag may be used without a lock A tag used without a lock as permitted above will be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock Examples include the removal of an iso lating circuit element blocking of a controlling switch or opening of an extra disconnecting device A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions o Only one circuit or piece of equipment is de energized o The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift o Employees exposed to the hazards associated with re energizing the circuit or equipment are familiar with this procedure Before any circuits or equipment can be considered and worked as de energized o A qualified person will operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify that the equipment cannot be restarted o A qualified person will use test equipment to test the circuit elements and electrical parts of equipment to which employees will be exposed and will verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts a

Ref. 29 CFR 1910.1000 - NC Department of Labor

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents